RES apt nk se PAG he To OG Li an Math nif Foe TAA Reith = Re Rea eaumra a nae imal ak et oas aaa eee tet er ie 4 : Pt Rat Ere tthe Senet + h-hh teih-Be-e elle ee mn Sag : 1h Toa -P ty th — Ph Bhe Te Ph Sa Bm ihich- E acle heaahh Sac Tvl Paced th eR lettin ber F Cote Be Tain: EAN Reese a ; ate nate tar of Rex . ‘ % 3. ° ae AS yoae aA hone Paar arin neon SPR StS A RR NAR. eceb ee ee $F t-a ere te : Men ee aot Gl PO AR enn Ss pitty ebay wah ne Sosa eos Ra ee ea ree . tte ¢ SP Pt rity ah stag bas Or al Paap eho eet te S ~8-- Pains ieiaeace hehe sho tse ne — EAL eda, Waphin onrey 8 Cemort meanest a *: 3 ’ = ' Prstd nem e oteeo er se oe a TERT piesa ay inerin aeons be : 5 adi Noe 2h) AW 40S 3 one | 0) On JOURNAL es OF THE ee STRAITS BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. JUNE, 1890. SINGAPORE: Printed ar TUE GovernMENT PRINTING OFFICE. AGENTS OF THE SOCIEDY: London and America, ..: Tripnen.& Co. : Paris): 2.0 Ernest Lbinorx a7 Crag. Germany, ... K, I. Kornner’s Anriquarium, Leipzig. he : ea ' i Nad if s if a 7 ‘ - - Te > , ‘ ely F a 2 nt me! id a a \ 7 i a * o a é ‘4 ‘ ‘ i 4 v a f ¢ ; ava f / is. . i ily f La - ‘ s San é } + 4 y 7 = (i ae, ‘ ; J ® ~ C [No. 21.] JOURNAL OR fe mei liS BRANCH OR hE: ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. JUNE, 1890. SINGAPORE: PRintED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. AGENTS OF THE SOCIETY: London and America, ... Triipner & Co. Paris, ... Ernest Leroux & Cin. Germany, ... K. F. Kornter’s Antiquartum, Leipzig. Peer CONTENTS. Peds Council for 1890, Mr. R. B. SHarpe on Birds collected in Perak, British Borneo: Sketches of Brunai, Sarawak, Labuan and North Borneo—by W. H. Treacher, 0.M.G., Journal of a Collecting Expedition to the Mountain of Batang Padang, Perak—by L. Wray, Jr.,... Gemencheh ee of cee eee Sembilan—bly ZL. C. Isnard, 123 167 THE See Ae SS be ANC oH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. PATRON: His Excellency Sir CHCIL CLEMENTI SMITH, K.C.M.G, oe f(OUNCIL FOR 1890. His Excellency Sir J. FrepERIcK DICKSON, K.c.M.G., President. The Right Revd. Bishop G. I’. Hosz, Vice-President, Singapore. D. Logan, Esquire, Vice- President, Penang. H. N. Rivusy, Esquire, Honorary Secretary. EK. Korx, Esquire, Honorary Treasurer. The Hon’ble J. W. Bonser, W. Nanson, Esquire, W. Davison, Esquire, Councillors. H. L. Noronna, Esquire, ~~ er A. Kyieut, Esquire, / Mek, B. SHARPE ON BIRDS COLLECTED iN BRERA Se ee ee ee ee ee PBN 7 fe ROM the collections previously sent by Mr. WRAY re ‘ MCG ee On OOOn) py, SSO; ANG, LOOT, p. 430 )y it (REE , Wasi SO easy to prophecy that his future explorations would bring to light the existence of more Hima- =i layan genera in the high mountains of the Malay Peninsula, that I can take little credit for my prog- nostications; but the foreshadowing of Mr. WRAy’s accom- plishments does not impair the credit of that explorer’s suc- cess in his last expedition into the mountain ranges of the interior of the Peninsula. : He states that the mountains, on which he has lived for six months, “contain really very few more birds than the Larut range, though they are so much more extensive,’ and he collected up to an altitude of 7,000 feet. By the present collection several interesting forms have been revealed, representatives of allied species in Tenasserim, and the ranges of several birds are extended southwards. The genera hitherto unrecorded from the mountains of Ma- lacca are Anthipes, Brachypteryx, Gamsorhynchus, and Cutia—all Himalayan in Tenasserim forms, of which, so far as we know, only Srachypteryx has occurred in Sumatra. The Avifauna of the latter island is further linked to that of the mountain ranges of the Malay Peninsula by the discovery of a black Babbling Thrush representing the Melanocichla bicolor of Sumatra. The unexampled success which has attended Mr. WRAy’S efforts so far will, we hope, encourage him to still further investigations of the interesting region in which he is domi- ciled. The references in the present paper are chiefly to Mr. OATES’ “Handbook of the Birds of British Burma,” which 2 : BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. includes an a]lusion to the paper on the birds of Tenasserim by Messrs. HUME & DAVISON. Ihave also referred to Count SALVADORI’S essay on Dr. BECCARI’S collections from high Sumatra (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. xiv, p. 169), whenever there occurs any affinity in the Avifauna of that island with the collection under discussion. Mr. WRaAy’Ss original remarks, by far the most important part of the present paper, are placed in inverted commas. FAM.—FALCONIDA. Neopus malayensis (Temm.). Neopus malayensis, Sharpe, P. Z. 5., 1387, p: 433, samemes Sues [iy WSIOh Da Ave “No. 18. 2 ad. Mountains of Perak (Gunong Batu Puteh). “Trides brown; feet yellow; cere yellow ; expanse 5 feet Town.) lenothiz tect Smine “The stomach contained the remains of a rat, a bird’s egg, and a snake’s egg. The plumage of this specimen was far darker than that of the two I obtained last year on the Larut alice: FAM.—CORVID-. Platylophus ardeciacus (Blyth). Platylophus ardesiacus, Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., in, p. 137;, Hume & Davison, Str. F., 1878, p. 480 s@amesmien ‘Brit. Burm., 1, p: 40; Hume, Sir i.) 16709 psoo “No. 117. @ ad. Batang Padang (mountains of Perak). ‘“Trides dark brown; bill black; feet and les black frequents the undergrowth of the forest.” FAamM.—CAMPOPHAGIDE. Pericrocotus wrayr, Sp. 1. (Plate xv). | 7 “No. 53. 2. igneus, 69 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Pera I can hardly believe that this is the species I identified and returned to Mr. WRAY as Pericrocotus tgneus (Py 2a 1887, p. 435. If such be- the case, | was greatly amiemmem for the pair of birds now sent are decidedly distinct from that species. P. wrayz has the quill-lining red, instead BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 3 of yellow, and also the under wing-coverts, and it has the throat slaty grey and the ear-coverts slaty black, instead of glassy black like the head. Total length 6.3 in., culmen 0.5, Miners 1, tail 3:2. tarsus. 0.55. Lhe’ female of P. zgneus differs very much from the female of P. wray7in being entire- ly bright yellow below and in having a scarlet rump. The nearest ally of P. wrayd as regards the female plumage is that of P. brevirostris, but P. wrayz is of a darker slate-grey, has a brighter yellow lower back and rump, no yellow on the forehead, and the chin white. The males of P. neglectus and P. brevirostris differ in their glassy black throat and fiery crimson, not scarlet, under sur- face. While on the subject of the genus Pericrocotus, | may mention that Count SALVADORI very kindly sent me over the types of his new species from Tenasserim, and I am able to state with certainty that P. rubrolimbatus, Salvad., Ann. Mus. Cues Genoy. (2) Vv, p. 582; is==P. solaris, and P. puicher- Wiig aavad., 7.6, p: 500, 1S. neglectus of ume. Pertcrocotus croceus, Sp. n. “No. 107. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet). ‘“Trides dark brown; legs and feet black.” This is a beautiful bird, but I feel grave doubts whether it is anything more than a yellow variety of P. wrayi, the red part in P. wrayt being golden yellow in P. croceus, and the throat is darker, being black like the cheeks and sides of face. Total length 6.1 inches, culmen 0.45, wing 3.4, tail 2.95, tarsus 0.55. FamM.—MUSCICAPID/E. Muscicapula hyperythra (Blyth). Muscicapula hyperythra, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., 1v, p. ZOOr Salvad:., 2. 6. Pp. 203: “No. 93. 6 ad. Ulu Batang Padang (4,200 feet). “Trides dark brown; legs and feet flesh-colour. Frequents the undergrowth in the forests.” This little Flycatcher is now recorded from the Malay 4 BIRDS COLLECIED) IN PERAK Peninsula for the first time. Its presence was, however, to be suspected, as the species occurs in the Eastern Hymalayas and again in Java and Sumatra. Muscicapula westermanni, Sp. n. “No. 115. ¢ ad. Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4,200 feet). “Trides light brown.’’ Adult male.—-General colour above blue grey, with a slight brown wash on the scapulars and lower back; rump ochreous brown; upper tail-coverts a little more refuscent; wing- coverts dusky, edged with ochreous brown; bastard-wing, primary-coverts, and quills blackish, fringed with olive-brown, the secondaries rather more rufescent on the base of the outer web, tail feathers brown, externally rufous brown ; head blue-grey like the back, a little more hoary on the forehead ; lores and eyelid white ; ear-coverts and sides of face blue-grey, with afew whitish lines on the former; throat white, witha slight ashy tinge; remainder of under surface of body white, the sides of the breast ashy grey; sides of the body also washed with ashy grey ; under fail coverts white ; thighs ashy ; axillaries and under wing-coverts white, the edge of “the wing blackish; quills dusky below, white along the edge of the inner web. Total length 3.7 inches, culmen 0.45, wing 2.2, tail 1.55, tarsus 0.55. This is a very curious form, recalling the characters of several of the other AM/uscicapule. \t may not be the fully adult of its species, but I believe it to be so. The reddish upper tail-coverts and tail remind one of the female of 7. maculata, but the blue-grey upper surface distinguishes it at a glance. The female and young male of J. super ciliaris have generally an ochreous tinge on the throat which dis- tinguish them; but one specimen from Sikhim is white below like A. w ester mannt, while the upper surface is brown and the shade of blue which is seen on it (it is apparently a young male) is not slaty blue, but bright blue as in the adults, Terstphone affints (Blyth.). Tersiphone afinis, Oates, B. Brit. Burm., 1., p. 261. Muscipeta afinis, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 58. BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. x “No. 118. @ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. “Trides dark brown; bill black; legs and feet same. This species occurs in Penang, Province Wellesley, and Batang Padang District of Perak, but in Larut it is replaced by a slightly larger and whiter species.” Philentoma velatum (Temm.). tauuenroma velatum, Oates, ¢.¢., p: 203; Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 58. “No. 128. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. “rides crimson ; bill black ; feet and legs black.” Phitentoma pyrrhopterum (Temm.). Philentoma pyrrhopterum, Oates, ¢. c., p. 264; Hume, Str. He o70, Dp. 5°. “No. 127. 6 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. ‘“ Trides red; bill black.” Identical with male from other parts of the peninsula and from Tenasserim. I have re-examined the type of P. znfer- medium of Hume from Johor, and I cannot see how it differs from P. pyrrhopterum. - Culicicapa ceylonensts (Sw.). | Culicicapa ceylonensis, Sharpe, Cat. Birds Brit. Mus., iv, p. B0eEsOates, 7.6, p. 274 Lume, otr. F., 1879, p. 50. [Newiit. 6 ad: Gunong Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides reddish brown ; feet and legs warm brown ; soles of feet red; bill black.” Cryptolopha davisont, Sp. n. “No. 96. ¢ ad. Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4,200 feet). “Trides dark brown ; bill above brown, beneath yellow; legs and feet flesh-colour.” This is a Malayan representative of C. montis of Kina Balu, from which it differs in its larger size and intensified colour- ing, being dark grass-green instead of yellowish green, having all the rufus parts of the head chestnut instead of ferruginous, and in being much brighter yellow below. Total length 3.8 inches, culmen 0.4, wing 2.15, tail 1.55, tarsus 0.7. 6 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. Cryptolopha trivirgata (Strickl.). Cryptolopha trivirgata, Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 435; Salvad., Z: ¢., 204. “No. 97. @ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet). “Trides dark brown.” Stoparola thalassinotdes (Cab.). Stoparola thalassinoides, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., tv, pn. gy) 2 jalan Sites Ile WSOhy 0m, SO SINio: 130. Owads tank. “Trides light brown.” A truly Malayan species, represented by the ordinary S. me- Janops in ‘Tenasserim, to which province the present bird does not extend. Anthipes malayana, Sharpe, antea, p. 247. “No. 94. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet). ‘“Trides dark brown; legs and feet white; bill nearly black. Lives apparently on the ground.” A young bird, mottled all over after the manner of Fly- catchers, is sent by Mr. WRAy from the same locality. “No. 98. Irides deep brown; legs and feet pale flesh-colour. Hops about among the undergrowth, searching for insects, making anearly continual chirping.’ Although the Hume collection does not contain any young Anthipes for compari- son, I think that the present specimen must belong to a spe- cies of that subgenus. Niltava grandis (Hodgs.). Niltava grandis, Shatpe, P. Z. S., 1880, p> 25% “No. 11. 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” Niltava leucoprocta (\Yweed.). Niltava leucoprocta, Oates, B. Brit. Burm., 1, p. 298. “No. 103. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides light brown; bill black; legs and feet light grey ; soles of feet flesh-colour.”’ I have compared the adult male now sent with others from Tenasserim, and find it to be identical. —The extension of the range of the species is interesting. BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. %) FAM.—PYCNONOTIDAZ. Criniger gutturalis (Bp.). Criniger gutturalis, Oates, ¢.c., p. 185; Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 61. “Nos. 104, 105. g ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides red-brown. A noisy harsh-voiced bird; flies in small parties, rather high up in the trees.” Mr. Wray sends me one Criniger (No. 105), which, after much hesitation and careful comparison with the series of skins in the Hume collection, I have decided to be only the young of C. gutturalis. Its much lighter bill and rufous wings and tail, at first sight, make it look very different. Rubigula cyaniventris (Blyth). Rubigula cyaniventris, Oates, ¢t. ¢., p. 200. Ixidia cyaniventris, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 63; Salvad., PGa i 230: SWeri3t. 2 ad. Larut. “Trides light brown.” Trachycomus ochrocephalus (Gm.). Trachycomus ochrocephalus, Oates, ¢t.c., p. 188; Hume, Sim 0070, p. Or; Salvad , ¢. ¢,, p. 218. “No. 121. 6 ad. Batang Patang mountains, Perak. “Trides brown; bill black. “This is the Szbharoh or Upth Bidau of the Malays. It is very plentiful among the bushes which fringe the river-banks, but it is so shy that is hardly ever seen, though its prolonged, loud, musical, and very involved song is one of the most noticeable river side sounds in the country.” FAM.—TROLODYTID-. Pnoépyga pusilla (Hodgs.). Pnoépyga pusilla, Hume and Davison, ¢.c., p. 234; Salvad., i. €.; p. 220. “No. 95. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet). “Trides dark brown; feet and legs pale brown; bill black, whitish beneath and at angle. Ground bird.” 8 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. Identical with a specimen collected in Karennee by Cap- tain WARDLAW RAMSAy. It has also occurred on Mooleyit. FAM.—TIMELIID/E. Brachypteryx nipalensis (Hodgs.). Brachypteryx nipalensis, Hume and Davison, ¢. ¢., p. 236; Oatesi ac... 1G: “No. 89. g ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4,300 feet). ‘“Trides brown ; bill black ; feet and legs ash-colour. Lives on the ground in the forest.” An adult male, rather darker than the generality of Hima- layan and Tenasserim specimens, though some of the latter equal it in intensity of colouring. Phyllergates cucullatus (Temm.). Phyllergates cucullatus, Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1887, p. 440. “No. 112. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3)4eoecn “Trides dark brown; bill black above, yellowish beneath; legs and feet pale-brown. Also met with on Gunong Ulu Batang Padang at about the same altitude.” Gampsorhynchus saturotior, Sp. n. “No. tor. ? ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3\400teenr “Trides bright yellow ; legs and feet bluish ash with tintings of flesh-colour in places; claws flesh-colour; soles of feet dull yellow ; bill pale flesh-colour, dusky on the ridge below the nostrils. The fold of skin in which the rictal bristles are inserted is very prominent, and evidently when alive the bird can move the bristles as a whole backwards and forwards with great freedom. “Length 10% inches, expanse’ 12 inches, /heystomeackh contained one large hairy caterpillar and the partly digested remains of various insects, and the egg of one of the Phas- mide. ‘This bird gave me a great deal of trouble, for every night and early each morning a small party of them used to pass the camp, sometimes on one side and sometimes on the other. They made a loud shrill cry something like the cry of the BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK, fe) Krekah monkey, and flew quickly from tree to tree. Day after day we went out into the jungle to watch for them, but as there was no certainty which side of the camp they would take, and they always passed when it was so dark in the forest that neither they nor the sight of the gun could be dis- tinguished, we were never successful, until nearly the last day of our stay at that camp, in shooting one. ‘The strange thing was that we never saw these birds in the daytime. They passed up the hill to roost at night-fall and down again at dawn. Their note is so loud and distinctive, and they are so noisy, that they could not easily be overlooked or mistaken for any other bird. — “They are evidently rare, as only this one small party was seen.” This new species is very closely allied to G. torguatus (Hume) from Tenasserim, but is altogether of much darker colour, the upper surface being. more rufous-brown. It is evidently a southern race of the Tenasserim form. Stbia simillima, Salvad. Ola siilimea, Sharpe, P. Z, 5.1880, p. 352. fleterophasia simillima, Salvad., ¢. c., p. 232. “No. 13. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” Pomatorhinus borneensis, (Cab.). Pomatorhinus borneensis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vii, Pain biome, ote, Po 1870, p. Ov. “No. 100. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides very light brown ; bill white, with black on the top of the ridge, reaching about halfway to the point; legs and feet bluish ash; soles of feet yellowish brown. Only one pair of these birds were seen; they were in company with a number of other birds.”’ Melanocichla peninsularts, Sp. n. “No. 84. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “‘Trides bluish grey ; bare skin round eye and also the skin of the head and neck under the feathers dark purplish blue ; bill bright reddish orange; legs grey, edges of the scales fe) BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. yellowish; feet same, but more yellow; soles of feet yellow. Stomach contained a quantity of reddish-coloured ants. It is a shy and uncommon bird, frequents dense jungle, in pairs or small parties of three or four, is noisy and harsh-voiced. I saw it also at nearly 5,000 feet on Gunong Ulu Batang Padang.” This species is an interesting representative of AZ. Jugubris of Sumatra, but is slaty grey, instead of brown on blackish, both above and below. Total length 10 inches, culmen 1.1, wing 4.8, tail 4.6, tarsus 1.45. PRhinocichla mitrata (S. Mill.). Khinocichla mitrata, Sharpe, P. Z. S., 1o8O"pae see Levothiie mitrard; al\vad sac. Cap Zoo. “No. 12. ? ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” Stachyris nigriceps (Hodgs.). Stachyris nigriceps, Sharpe, P. Z. Ss, 18875 pases “No. 84. 2 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh and Gunong Ulu Batang Padang (4,000 to 5,000 feet). “Trides light brown; bill black, greyish beneath ; feet, legs and claws ash-colour, slightly tinted with green. Soles of feet light brown. Stomach contained insects. This birds is usually in company with other small birds.” Stachyris nigricollis (Yemm.). Stachyris nigricollis, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vu, p. 535- Timelia nigricollis, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 60. “No. 125. 6 ? ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” “Trides red; bill above black, lower mandible pale straw- colour, tipped dusky.” Lurdinus sepiartus (Horsf.). Turdinus sepiartus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vil, p. 544. “No; 132, 9 ads Kinta, erak mountams: ‘Apparently not to be separated from Javan and Bornean specimens. The flanks are perhaps a trifle more rufous- brown.” BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. i Drymocataphus nigricapitatus (Eyton.). Drymocataphus nigricapitatus, Oates, t.c., p. 63. “No. 135. 3 ad. Larut, Perak mountains. lnidesi ted. - Mixornis gularis (Raffl.). Wawa oularis. Oates, ¢. ¢., Pp. 51 ;Atume, Str. I’... 1870, poo oalvad., 2. c., Pp. 223. |eNo- 134. Uarut, Perak mountains. “Trides dark brown.” Macronus ptilosus, J. & S. Macronus ptilosus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., vu, p. 583; PMMemota . LO7O, p. 00; Salvad., 2. ¢., p. 224. “No. 124. 6 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. ‘Trides dark brown; bill black; skin of head and neck and round eyes cobalt-blue.”’ Flerpornts xantholeuca (Hodgs.). er pouiis xantnoleuca, Oates, t. ¢., Pp. 151. “No. tog. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides dark brown; feet and legs flesh-colour, bill black above, fleshy beneath and at angle.” Siva castaneicauda (Hume). Stva castaneicauda, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, p. oye Oates, 75.6, Dp. 145. “No. 102. 6 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh. “Trides dark brown; feet and legs bluish-grey ; bill brown, pale beneath. This bird seems to have the same habits as Mesia argentauris. 1 saw it onthe summits of Gunong Batu Puteh and Gunong Brumbrin at between 6,000 and 7,000 feet altitude. The only other birds I noticed were Zthopyga wrayt (Sharpe) and a large lght greyish-brown-coloured Eagle; but this latter was far out of range.” Identical with the types from Tenasserim in the Hume collection. Siva sordidior, Sp. n. sro@ sonaiad, ohnatpe, P, Z, S., 1887, p.. 438 (nec Hume), 12 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. “No. 33. 6 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” In my first paper I ventured to doubt the identity of a spe- cimen sent by Mr. WRAY with Szva sordida of Hume from Tenasserim; but as that specimen was not adult, I refrained from describing it. Now that two more adult birds have been procured by Mr. WRay, there is no longer any doubt that the Perak bird is distinct, differing in its still duller colouration, the absence of blue on the head, which is like the back, and also in the absence of the ochreous brown-colour of the lower back and rump. ‘Total length 6 inches, culmen 0.55, wing 2.555, tail 2:6, tarsus 0.05. Mesia argentauris (Hodgs.). Mesta argentauris, Sharpe, P: Z. Si, 1866, page “No. 10. ¢@ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” Cutia cervinicrissa, Sp. n. “No. 85. ¢ 2 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh. ‘Trides light brown; legs and feet bright chrome-yellow ; claws white; bill black above, grey beneath and at angle. It is.a rare bird, and I did not see it lower than 4,000 feet. It frequents the higher trees, in small parties of three or four, and has a loud whistling double note, repeated several times in succession.” This is a race of C. nipalensts, a bird unknown in Tenas- serim, from which the Perak form differs in its fulvescent under-surface, and twany-coloured lower abdomen and under tail-coverts. These characters, though slight, are well estab- lished when the pair sent by Mr. WRAy are compared with our large series in the British Museum, all of which are white below. ‘The measurement are as follows :— Total length. Culmen. Wing. Tail. Tarsus. 6 ad. Perak (Wray) 7.0 O1O 1) BUOSS 223 Ui iee Saeki; me, Oe O:85) Big) 2: thea FAM.—LANIIDA. Pterythrius zralatus (Tickell), ) Pterythrius eralatus, Sharpe, P. Z, S., 1887, p. 440, BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 13 “No. 34. 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” Count SALVADORI has recently (Ann. Mus. Civic. Genov. (2) v, p. 600) expressed his non-concurrence in the views of Captain WARDLAW RAMSAY and myself that Pterythrius cameranot of Sumatra is identical with P. gralatus of Tickell. The male of P. cameranoi is said by him to want the rosey tinge on the flanks, which is present in Tenasserim specimens, which are also larger; while the female of P. cameranoz differs from that of P. vralatus in the grey of the head being less pure, the back more olivaceous, and in the rufous colour of the under parts being brighter and more extened towards the throat. I therefore once more compared our series of these two birds in the British Museum, including the specimens in the Iweeddale collection. I agree with Count SALVADORI that the females are rather different, as described by him, and the female from Perak is grey-headed like the Tenasserim bird, but the male agrees with the Sumatran P. cameranot better than with the true P. zralatus. There is a slight difference in the gloss of the head in the males from Tenas- serim and Sumatra, the latter having a blue black gloss, and the Tenasserim birds being rather greenish black on the head. The Sumatra birds have decidedly more pink on the flanks. FAM.—PARID-. Melancchlora suitanea (Hodgs.). Melanochlora sultanea, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, Dacor C28esye. 6, p. 129 ; Hume, Str. E.,.1879, p. 65. ‘“No. go. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh. “Trides brown; bill dark grey; feet and legs blue grey. This ‘Sultan Tit’ I have seen as high as 4,500 feet, both on the Larut Hills and also on the main mountain chain.” FAM.—NECTARINIID:. Ethopyga wrayt. E_uLopyed Wray, slarpe, Fs Z. 5., 1887, Pp: 440 “No. 108. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides black; legs and feet brown; bill black, yellowish at angle,” 14 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. Not distinguishable from the female of 4. sanguinipectus. FPAM.—DICAID 7a. Prionochilus tgnicapillus (Eyton). Prionochitlus ignicapillus, Sharpe, Cat. B. Brit. Mus., x, 65. : “No. 110. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides brown ; bill black above, yellow beneath with dusky tip ; legs and feet nearly black.” A young bird, without any of the fine colouring of the adult, being almost entirely olive green. Proc, Zool Soc, toes, No. XX. FAM.—MOFACILLIDA. Limonidromus indicus (Gm.). Limonidromus indicus, Oates, t.c., p. 164; Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 65. “No. 133: 9 ad. Larut) Perak-mountams=: FAM.—EURYLAEMID-. Corydon sumatranus (Raffl.). Corydon sumatranus, Hume and Davison, ¢.c., p. 97; Oates, ¢..¢., p. 430; Hume, Str. F., 1870, p. 505 Salwar De 220- “No. 92. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides light brown ; bill above reddish, on ridge lighter, white at tip, beneath pale flesh-colour ; bare skin round eye flesh-red ; feet and legs black ; soles of fone light brown. ‘Male has the bill black above tinted with red. The patch under the neck is also paler than in the female. “The bird I send from the low country (No. 116) differs in several respects from the hill form, but possibly the differences are not sufficient to separate the two specially. Iris brown; bill fleshy red.” The difference in plumage noticed by Mr. WRAy consists principally in the darker colouration of one of the specimens, but it is not sufficient to separate them. BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. 15 FAM.—CAPRIMULGID/. Lyncornis temmincki (Gould). Lyncornis temminckt, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 48; Salvad., Cea GAD. O)5,. “No. 129. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. “Trides dark brown.” FamM.—CYPSELID/E. Macropteryx comatus (Temm.). Macropteryx comatus, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, p. Pg oalvads 7c: cp. 190. Dendrochelidon comata, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 47. “No. 120. ¢ 9 Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” “Trides dark brown. This bird sits on the upper branches Ommeamiaile tree and flies ot, like a Phycatcher, after insect, returning again to its perch. I have seen it on the hills as high as 1,000 feet.” Macropteryx longipennts (Raffl.). Macropteryx longipennis, Hume and Davison, ¢. c., p. 52. Dendrochelidon longipennis, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 47. imNowieor co) ad. arut, Perak mountains. “Trides dark brown.” RAW IP ICDA, Miglyptes tukki (Less.). Wii pres, tune, Oates, ¢. c., vol. ni, p. 61 ; Hume, Str. F., no Tomy 52 barcitt, Ibis, 1684, p. 193. _ “No. 123. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak.” “Trides brown ; bill black above, pale hony beneath.” Lepocestes pyrrhotts (Hodgs.). Venilia pyrrhotis, Hume and Davison, Str. F., 1878, p. 142; @atesy 7.¢., p: 30. “No. 99. ¢ ad. Gunong. “Trides warm light brown; bill pale yellow; feet and legs 16 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. dull blackish brown. Seems to be rare, as I only saw this single specimen.” Lepocestes porphyromelas (Boil.). Lepocestes porphyromelas, Salvad., t. c., p. 181. Venilia porphyromelas, Hume and Davison, ¢. c., p. 143; Oates, 7.c.; p. 40; Sharpe, PZ. 5. 8a 7a Blythipicus porphyromelas, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 52. “No. g1. g¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (4400 feeue “Trides red ; bill bright yellow ; feet and legs dark blackish brown.” Gecinus pun:ceus (Horsf.). Gecinus puniceus, Hargitt, Ibis, 1888, p. 176. Chrysophlegma puniceus, Oates, ¢t. c., p. 44. Collolophus puniceus, Hume, Str. F., 1879, p. 52. “No. 113. @ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides red brown; bill black above, yellow beneath.” Micropternus brachyurus (V.). Micropternus brachyurus, Oates, ¢. ¢., p. 58; Hume, Str. PS 1870) p52 5 plareebe, Ibis; a 885, 1 ano: “No. 122. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. ‘‘Trides dark brown; bill black.” Sasta abnormts (T.). Sasia abnormis, Hume, Str. F., 1870, p. 53) 7blaromemtionee Use On 28s “No. 126. ¢ ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. “Trides white, skin round eye fleshy red; bill above black, beneath yellow; legs and feet flesh-colour ; claws pale yellow.” Chrysophlegma wrayt, Sp. n. “No. 87. 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (from 3,400 to 4,000 feet). “Trides red brown; feet and legs ash-colour; bill black above, grey beneath and at angle. The irides in one speci- men were dark brown. No males were collected.” A very interesting race of C. favinucha of Tenasserim, BIRDS COLEBCLED IN] PERAK: 7 with a large series of which I have compared it. I showed the specimens to my friend Mr. HARGITT, and examined it together, so that I have the best possible confirmation of the distinctness of the species. It differs from C. favinucha in having the feathers of the throat pure black, narrowly margined, except at the tip, with white, the black expanding about midway. The bill is black, yellowish at the angle of the lower mandible; the rufous bars on the wings are about equal in width to the black interspaces. The size is considerably less, and the general colouration is darker, especially on the face, which is deep olive. Total length 10.5 inches, culmen 1.28, wing 5.6, tail 4, tarsus 0.93. The immature female of C. favinucha, which the Perak bird most resembles, has the feathers of the throat of an clive- black, edged with white, the black contracted above midway. The adult of the same species has the base of the feathers entirely white, the apex only being olive-black. FaAM.—TROGONID-. flarpactes erythrocephalus (Gould). FHlarpactes erythrocephalus, Oates, t. ¢., p. QQ. Harpactes hodgsont, Gould, Hume and Davison, ¢. c., p. 66. “No. 86. 6 9 ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides light red; feet pale flesh-colour, with bluish-white bloom ; bill cobalt-blue, black on ridge and at points; bare skin round eye purple. The female has the irides light brown, at least in the single specimen I met with. It keeps usually in the undergrowth and lower trees of the forest, and has the same habits as Harpactes hasumba.” Compared with Himalayan specimens, and apparently quite identical. Hlarpactes oreskius (J.). Marpactes oreskius, Oates, ¢. ¢., p. 100. “No. 114. ¢ ? ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides light brown, the female pale grey; bill black, shading into cobalt-blue at angle; legs and feet ash.” 18 BIRDS COLLECTED IN PERAK. FAM.—CAPITONIDE. Megalxma versicolor (Raffl.). Megalema vesicolor, Wume, Str. F., 1879, p. 53- “No. 119. 9 ad. Batang Padang mountains, Perak. ‘ Trides dark brown, bill black. “This is a rare bird, which I have only met with on two occasions, both times in heavy jungle.”’ Calorhamphus hayii (Gray). Calorhamphus hay, Oates, t. c., p. 138; Hume; ome 1879, Pp. 53. ‘No. 106. ¢ ad. Gunong Batu Puteh (3,400 feet). “Trides red-brown ; legs and feet orange.” BRITISH? BORNEO: SKETCHES OF BRUNAI, SARAWAK, LABUAN AND NORTH BORNEO. (Continued from Fournal No. 20, p. 74.) ——=OO™— OOS CHAPTER IV. Having alluded to the circumstances under which the Gov- ernment of Sarawak became vested in the BROOKE family, it may be of interest if I give a brief outline of the history of that State under its European rulers up to the present time. The territory acquired by Sir JAMES BROOKE in 1841 and known as Sarawak Proper, was a small district with a coast line of sixty miles and with an average depth inland of fifty miles—an area of three thousand square miles. Since that date, however, rivers and districts lying tothe northward have been acquired by cessions for annual payments from the Brunai Government and have been incorporated with the original district of Sarawak, which has given its name to the enlarged territory, and the present area of Raja BROOKE’S possessions is stated to be about 40,000 square miles, supporting a popu- tation of 280,000 souls, and possessing a coast line of 380 miles. The most recent acquisition of territory was in 1884, so that the young State has shewn a very vigorous growth since its birth in 1841—at the rate of about 860 square miles a year, or an increase of thirteen times its original size in the space of forty-three years. Now, alas, there are no “more lands to conquer,” or ac- quire, unless the present kingdom of Brunai, or Borneo Pro- per, as it is styled by the old geographers, is altogether swal- 20 BRITISH BORNEO. lowed up by its offspring, which, under its white ruler, has developed a vitality never evinced under the rule of the Royal house of Brunai in its best days.* The limit of Sarawak’s coast line to the South-West is Cape, or Zanjong, Datu, on the other side of which commences the Dutch portion of Borneo, so that expansion in that direction is barred. To the North-East the boundary is Labuk Pulai the Eastern limit of the watershed, on the coast, of the important river Barram which was acquired by Raja BROOKE, in 1881, for an annual payment of £1,000. Beyond this com- mences what is left of the Brunai Sultanate, there being but one stream of any importance between the Barram river and that on which the capital—Brunai—is situated. But Sarawak does not rest here; it acquired, in 1884, from the then Pange- ran Tumonggong, who is now Sultan, the Trusan, a river to the East of the Brunai, under somewhat exceptional circum- stances. The natives of the river were in rebellion against the Brunai Government, and in November, 1884, a party of Sarawak Dyaks, who had been trading and collecting jungle produce in the neighbourhood of the capital, having been warned by their own Government to leave the country be- cause of its disturbed condition, and having further been warned weered also by the Sultan not to enter the Trusan, could not refrain from visiting that river on their homeward journey, in order to collect some outstanding trade debts. They were received is so friendly a manner, that their suspicions were not in the slightest degree aroused, and they took no precau- tions, believing themselves to be amongst friends. Suddenly in the night they were attacked while asleep in their boats, and the whole party, numbering about seventeen, massacred, with the exception of one man who, though wounded, manag- ed to effect his escape and ultimately found his way to La- buan, where he was treated in the Government Hospital and made a recovery. ‘The heads of the murdered men were, as is customary, taken by the murderers. No very distinct reason can be given for the attack, except that the Trusan * On the 17th March, 1890 the Limbang River was forcibly annexed by Sarawak, subject to the Queen’s sanction, BRITISH BORNEO. 21 people were ina “slaying’’ mood, being on the “ war-path” andin arms against their own Government, and it has also been said that those particular Dyaks happened to be wear- ing trowsers instead of their ordinary chawat, or loin cloth, and, as their enemies, the Brunais, were trowser-wearers, the Trusan people thought fit to consider all natives wearing such extravagant clothing as their enemies. The Sarawak Government, on hearing of the incident, at once despatched Mr. MAXWELL, the Chief Resident, to demand redress. The Brunai Government, having no longer the warlike Kyans at their beck and call, that tribe having passed to Raja BROOKE with the river Barram, were wholly unable to under- take the punishment of the offenders. Mr. MAXWELL then demanded as compensation the sum of $22,000, basing his calculations on the amount which some time previously the British Government had exacted in the case of some British subjects who had been murdered in another river. This demand the bankrupt Government of Brunai was equally incompetent to comply with, and, thereupon, the mat- ter was settled by the transfer of the river to Raja BROOKE in consideration of the large annual payment of $4,500, two years’ rental—$9g,000, being paid in advance, and Sarawak thus acquired, as much by good luck as through good management, a pied a terre inthe very centre of the Brunai Sultanate and practically blocked the advance of their northern rivals—the Company—on the capital. This river was the kouripan (see ante, page 38 of Journal No. 20) of the present Sultan, anda feeling of pique which he then entertained against the Govern- ment of British North Borneo, on account of their refusing him a monetary loan to which he conceived he had a claim, caused him to make this cession with a better grace and more readily than might otherwise have been the case, for he was well aware that the British North Borneo Company viewed with some jealousy the extension of Sarawak territory in this direction, having, more than probably, themselves an ambition to carry their own southern boundary as near to Brunai as circumstances would admit. The same feeling on the part of the Tumonggong induced him to listen to Mr. MAXWELL’S proposals for the cession to Sarawak of a still 22 BRITISH BORNEO. more important river—the Limbang—one on which the ex- istence of Brunai itself as an independent State may be said to depend. But the then reigning Sultan and the other Ministers of State refused their sanction, and the Tumonggong, since his accession to the throne, has also very decidedly changed his point of view, and is now in accord with the large majority of his Brunai subjects to whom such a cession would be most distasteful. It should be explained that the Limbang is an important sago-producing river, close to the capital and forming an actual portion of the Brunai river it- self, with the waters of which it mingles; indeed, the Brunai river is probably the former mouth of the Limbang, and is itself but a salt-water inlet, producing nothing but fish and prawns. As the Brunais themselves put it, the Limbang is their przuk nasi, their rice pot, an expression which gains the greater force when it is remembered that rice is the chief food with this eastern people, in a more emphatic sense even than bread is with us. This question of the Limbang river will afford a good instance and specimen of the oppressive government, or want of government, on the part of the Brunai rulers, and I will return to it again, continuing now my short glance at Sarawak’s progress. Raja BROOKE has had little difficulty in establishing his authority in the districts acquired from time to time, for not only were the people glad to be freed from the tyranny of the Brunai Rajas, but the fame of both the present Raja and cf his famous uncle Sir JAMES had spread far and wide in Borneo, and, in addition, it was well known that the Sarawak Government had at its back its war-like Dyak tribes, who, now that ‘‘head-hunting”’ has been stopped amongst them, would have heartily wel- comed the chance of a little legitimate fighting and “at the commandment of the Magistrate to wear weapons and serve in the wars,’ as the XXXVIIth Article of our Church permits. In the Trusan, the Sarawak flag was freely dis- tributed and joyfully accepted, and in a short time the Brunai river was dotted with little roughly ‘dug-out’”’ canoes, manned by repulsive-looking, naked, skin-diseased savages, each proudly flying an enormous Sarawak ensign, with its Christian symbol of the Cross, in the Muhammadan capital. BRITISH BORNEO. 23 A fine was imposed and paid for the murder of the Sarawak Dyaks, and the heads delivered upto Mr. A. H. EVERETT, the Resident of the new district, who'thus found his little launch on one occasion decorated in an unusual manner with these ghastly trophies, which were, | believe, forwarded to the sorrowing relatives at home. In addition to these levies of warriors expert in jungle fight- ing, on which the Government can always count, the Raja has a small standing army known as the “Sarawak Rangers,” recruited from excellent material—the natives of the country— under European Officers, armed with breech-loading rifles, and numbering two hundred and fifty or three hundred men. There is, in addition, a small Police Force, likewise composed of natives, as also are the crews of the small-steamers and launches which form the Sarawak Navy. With the exception, therefore, of the European Officers, there is no foreign element in the military, naval and civil forces of the State, and the peace of the people is kept by the people themselves, a state of things which makes for the stability and popularity of the Government, besides enabling it to provide for the defence of the country and the preservation of internal order at a lower relative cost than probably any other Asiatic country the Gov- ernment of which is in the hand of Europeans. Sir JAMES BROOKE did not marry, and died in 1868, having appointed as his successor the present Raja CHARLES JOHNSON, who has taken the name of BROOKE, and has proclaimed his eldest son, a youth of sixteen, heir apparent, with the title of Raja Muda. The form of Government is that of an absolute monarchy, but the Raja is assisted by a Supreme Council composed of two European officials and four natives nominated by himself. There is also a General Council of some fifty members, which is not usually convened more frequently than once in two or three years. For administrative purposes, the country is divided into Divisions, each under a European Resident with European and Native Assistants. The Resident administers justice, and is responsible for the collection of the Revenue and the pre- servation of order in the district, reporting direct to the Raya. Salaries are on an equitable scale, and the regulations for leave and pension on retirement are conceived in a liberal spirit. 24 BRITISH BORNEO. There is no published Code of Laws, but the Raja, when the occasion arises, issues regulations and proclamations for the guidance of officials, who, in criminal cases, follow as much as possible the Indian Criminal Code. Much is lett tothe common sense of the Judicial Officers, native customs and religious prejudices receive due consideration, and there is a right of appeal to the Raja. Slavery was in full force when Sir JAMES BROOKE assumed the Government, all captives in the numerous tribal wars and piratical expeditions being kept or sold as slaves. Means were taken to mitigate as much as possible the con- dition of the slaves, not, as a rule, a very hard one in these countries, and to gradually abolish the system altogether, which latter object was to be accomplished by 1888. The principal item of revenue is the annual sum paid by the person who secures from the Government the sole right of importing, preparing for consumption, and retailing opium throughout the State. The holder of this monopoly is known as the ‘‘Opium Farmer,” and the monopoly is termed the ‘Opium Farm.” These expressions have occasionally given rise to the notion that the opium-producing poppy is culti- vated locally under Government supervision, and I have seen it included among the list of Borneo products in a recent geographical work. It is evident that the system of farming out this monopoly has a tendency to limit the consumption of the drug, as, owing to the heavy rental paid to the Govern- ment, the retail price of the article to the consumer is very much enhanced. Were the monopoly abolished, it would be impossible for the Government efficiently to check the contraband importa- tion of so easily smuggled an article as prepared opium, or chandu, and by lowering the price the consumption would be increased. The use of the drug is almost entirely confined to the Chinese portion of the population. A poll-tax, customs and excise duties, mining royalties and fines and fees make up the rest of the revenue, which in 1884 amounted to $237,752 and in 1885 to $315, 264. The expenditure for the same years is given by Vice-Consul CADELL as $234,161 and $321,264, BRITISH BORNEO. 25 respectively. In the early days of Sarawak, it was a very serious problem to find the money to pay the expenses of a most economical Government. Sir JAMES BROOKE sunk all his own fortune—30,000—in the country, and took so gloomy a view of the. financial prospects of his kingdom that, on the refusal of England to annex it, he offered it first to France and then to Holland. Fortunately these offers were never carried into effect, and, with the assistance of the Borneo Com- pany (not to be confused with the British North Borneo Com- pany), who acquired the concession of the right to work the minerals in Sarawak, bad times were tided over, and, by patient perseverance, the finances of the State have been brought to their present satisfactory condition. What the amount of the national public debt is, I am not in a position to say, but, like all other countries aspiring to be civilized, it possesses a small one. The improvement in the financial position was undoubt- edly chiefly due to the influx of Chinese, especially of gam- bier and pepper planters, who were attracted by liberal con- cessions of land and monetary assistance in the first instance from the Government. The present Raja has himself said that ‘‘ without the Chinese we can do nothing,” and we have only to turn to the British possession in the far East—the Straits Settlements, the Malay Peninsula, and Hongkong—to see that this is the case. For instance, the revenue of the Straits Settlements in 1887 was $3,847,475, of which the opium farm alone—that is a tax practically speaking borne by the Chinese population—contributed $1,779,600, or not very short of one half of the whole, and they of course con- tribute in many other ways as well. The frugal, patient, in- dustrious, go-ahead, money-making Chinaman is undoubtedly the colonist for the sparsely inhabited islands of the Malay archipelago. Where, as in Java, there is a large native popu- lation and the struggle for existence has compelled the natives to adopt habits of industry, the presence of the Chinaman is not a necessity, but in a country like Borneo, where the inha- bitants, from time immemorial, except during unusual periods of drought or epidemic sickness, have never found the problem of existence bear hard upon them, it is impossible to impress upon the natives that they ought to have ‘ wants,” whether 26 BRITISH BORNEO. they feel them or not, and that the pursuit of the dollar for the sake of mere possession is an ennobling object, differen- . tiating the simple savage from the complicated product of the higher civilization. The Malay, in his ignorance, thinks that if he can obtain clothing suitable to the climate, a hut which adequately protects him from sun and rain, and a wife to be the mother of his children and the cooker of his meals, he should therewith rest content; but, then, no country made up of units possessed of this simple faith can ever come to anything—can ever be civilized, and hence the necessity for the Chinese immigrant in Eastern Colonies that want to shew an annual revenue advancing by leaps and bounds. The Chinaman, too, in addition to his valuable properties as a keen trader and a man of business, collecting from the natives the products of the country, which he passes on to the European merchant, from whom he obtains the European fabrics and American “notions” to barter with the natives, 1s also a good agriculturist, whether on a large or small scale; he is muscu- lar and can endure both heat and cold, and so is, at any rate in the tropics, far and away a superior animal to the white labourer, whether for agricultural or mining work, as an arti- zan, or as a hewer of wood and drawer of water, as a cook, a housemaid or a washerwoman. Hecan learn any trade that a white man can teach him, from ship-building to watchmaking, and he does not drink and requires scarcely any holidays or Sundays, occasionally only a day to worship his ancestors. It will be said that if he does not drink he smokes opium. Yes! he does, and this, as we have seen, is what makes him so beloved of the Colonial Chancellors of the Exchequer. At the same time he is, if strict justice and firmness are shewn him, wonderfully law-abiding and orderly. Faction fights, and serious ones no doubt, do occur between rival classes and rival secret societies, but to nothing like the extent )ihat would be the case were they white men. It is not, I think, sufficiently borne in mind, that a very large proportion of the Chinese there are of the lower, I may say of the lowest, orders, many of them of the criminal class and the scourings of some of the large cities of China, who arrive at their destination in possession of nothing but a pair of trowsers and a jacket and, BRITISH BORNEO. 27 may be, an opium pipe; in addition to this they come from different provinces, between the inhabitants of which there has always been rivalry, and the languages of which are so entirely different that it is a usual thing to find Chinese of different provinces compelled to carry on their conversation in Malay or ‘“pidgeon” English, and finally, as though the elements of danger were not already sufficient, they are pressed on their arrival to join rival secret societies, between which the utmost enmity and hatred exists. Taking all these things into consideration, I maintain that the Chinaman is a good and orderly citizen and that his good qualities, especially as a revenue-payer in the Far East, much more than counter- balance his bad ones. The secret societies, whose organiza- tion permeates Chinese society from the top to the bottom, are the worst feature in the social condition of the Chinese colonists, and in Sarawak a summary method of suppressing them has been adopted. The penalty for belonging to one of these societies is death. When Sir JAMES BROOKE took over Sarawak, there was a considerable Chinese population, settled for generations in the country and recruited from Dutch ter- ritory, where they had been subject to no supervision by the Government, whose hold over the country was merely nomi- nal. They were principally gold diggers, and being accustomed to manage their own affairs and settle their disputes amongst themselves, they resented any interference from the new rulers, and, in 1857, amisunderstanding concerning the opium revenue having occurred, they suddenly rose in arms and seized the capital. It was some time before the Raja’s forces could be collected and let loose upon them, when large numbers were killed and the majority of the survivors took refuge in Dutch territory. The-scheme for introducing Chinese pepper and gambier planters into Sarawak was set on foot in 1878 or 1879, and has proved a decided success, though, as Vice-Consul CADELL remarked in 1886, it is difficult to understand why even larger numbers have not availed themselves of the terms offered ‘since coolies have the protection of the Sarawak Government, which further grants them free passages from Singapore, whilst the climate is a healthy one, and there are 28 BRITISH BORNEO. no dangers to be feared from wild animals, tigers being un- known in Sarawak.’ The fact remains that, though there is plenty of available land, there is an insufficiency of Chinese labour still. The quantity of pepper exported in 1885 was 392 tons, valued at £19,067, and of gambier 1,370 tons, valued at. £23,772. Sarawak is said to supply more than half of the sago pro- duce of the world. The value of the sago it exported in 1885 is returned at £35,953. Of the purely uncultivated jungle products that figure in the exports the principal are gutta- percha, India rubber, and rattans. Both antimony ores and cinnabar (an ore -of quicksilver) are worked by the Borneo Company, but the exports of the former ore and of quicksilver are steadily decreasing, and fresh deposits are being sought for. Only one deposit of cinnabar has so far been discovered, that was in 1867. Antimony was first discovered in Sarawak in 1824, and for a long time it was from this source that the principal supplies for Europe and America were obtained. The ores are found “ generally as boulders deep in clayey soil, or perched on tower-like summits and craggy pinnacles and, sometimes, in dykes zz situ.” The ores, too poor for shipment, are reduced locally, and the regul/us exported to London. Coal is abundant, but is not yet worked on any considerable scale.* The Borneo Company excepted, all the trade of the country is in the hands of Chinese and Natives, nor has the Government hitherto taken steps to attract European capital for planting, but expirements are being made with the public funds under European supervision in the planting of cinchona, coffee, and tobacco. ‘The capital of Sarawak is Kuching, which in Malay signifies a “cat.” It is situated about fifteen miles up the Sara- wak river and, when Sir JAMES first arrived, was a wretched native town, with palm leaf huts and a population, includ- ing a few Chinese and Klings (natives of India), of some two thousand. Kuching now possesses a well built ‘‘Istana,” or Palace of the Raja, a Fort, impregnable to natives, a substan- * Since this was written, Raja Sir CHARLES BRooxKE has acquired valuable coal concessions at Muara, at the mouth of the Brunai river, and the develop- ment of the coal resources of the State is being energetically pushed forward. BRITISH BORNEO. 29 tial Gaol, Court House, Government Offices, Public Market and Church, and is the headquarters of the Bishop of Singa- pore and Sarawak, who is the head of the Protestant Mission in the country. There is a well built brick Chinese trading quarter, or ‘“‘bazaar,’’ the Europeans have comfortable bun- galows, and the present population is said to number twelve thousand. In the early days of his reign, Sir JAMES BROOKE was energetically assisted in his great work of suppressing piracy and rendering the seas and rivers safe for the passage of the peaceful trader, by the British men-of-war on the China Sta- tion, and was singularly fortunate in having an energetic co-adjutor in Captain (now Admiral) Sir HENRY KEPPEL, K.C.B. It will give some idea of the extent to which piracy, then almost the sole occupation of the I[llanun, Balinini, and Sea Dyak tribes, was indulged in that the ‘‘ Headmoney,” then paid by the British Government for pirates destroyed, amount- ed in these expeditions to the large total of £20,000, the awarding of which sum occasioned a great stir at the time and led to the abolition of this system of “ payment by re- sults.” Mr. HUME took exception altogether to the action of Sir JAMES BROOKE, and, in 1851, charges were brought against him, and a Royal Commission appointed to take evidence on the spot, or rather at Singapore. A maulike BROOKE, of anenthusiastic, impulsive, unselfish and almost Quixotic disposition, who wore his heart on his sleeve and let his opinions of men and their actions be freely known, could not but have incurred the enmity of many meaner, self- seeking minds. The Commission, after hearing all that could be brought against him, found that there was nothing proved, but it was not deemed advisable that Sir JAMES should con- tinue to act as the British representative in Borneo and as Governor of the Colony of Labuan, positions which were in- deed incompatible with that of the independent ruler of Sara- wak. Sarawak independence was first recognised by the Americans, and the British followed suit in 1863, when a Vice- Consulate was established there. The question of formally proclaiming a British Protectorate over Sarawak is now being 30 BRITISH BORNEO. considered, and it is to be hoped, will be carried into effect.* The personel of the Government is purely British, most of the merchants and traders are of British nationality, and the whole trade of the country finds its way to the British Colony of the Straits Settlements. We can scarely let a country such as this, with its local and other resources, so close to Singapore and on the route to China, fall into the hands of any other European Power, and the only means of preventing such a catastrophe is by the pro- clamation of a Protectorate over it—a Protectorate which, so long as the successors of Raja BROOKE prove their compe- tence to govern, should be worked so as to interfere as little as possible in the internal affairs of the State. The virulently hostile and ignorant criticisms to which Sir JAMES BROOKE was subjected in England, and the financial difficulties of this little kingdom, coupled with a serious dispute with a nephew whom he had appointed his successor, but whom he was compelled to depose, embittered the last years of his life] | lo trerend he fought his foes in his old, plucky, honest, vigorous and straightforward style. He died in June, 1868, from a paraly- tic stroke, and was succeeded by his nephew, the present Raja. What Sir JAMES BROOKE might have accomplished had he not been hampered by an opposition based on ignor- ance and imperfect knowledge at home, we cannot say ; what he did achieve, I have endeavoured briefly to sketch, and un- prejudiced minds cannot but deem the founding of a pros- perous State and the total extirpation of piracy, slavery and head-hunting, a monument worthy of a high, noble and un- selfish nature. In addition to that of the Church of England) tineneshias, within the last few years, been established a Roman Catholic Mission, under the auspices of the St. Joseph’s College, Mill Hill. The Muhammadans, including all the true Malay inhabitants, do not make any concerted effort to disseminate the doctrines of their faith. The following information relative to the Church of Eng- * This has since been formally proclaimed. BRITISH BORNEO. al Reverend Dr. HOSE, the present Bishop of “Singapore, La- buan and Sarawak,’ which is the official title of his extensive See which includes the Colony of the Straits Settlements— Penang, Province Wellesley, Malacca and Singapore—and its Dependencies, the Protected States of the Malay Penin- sula, the State of Sarawak, the Crown Colony of Labuan, the Territories of the British North Borneo Company and the Congregation of English people scattered over Malaya. The Mission was, in the first instance, set on foot by the efforts of Lady BURDETT-COUTTS and others in 1847, when Sir JAMES BROOKE was in England and his doings in the Far East had excited much interest and enthusiasm, and was spe- cially organized under the name of the ‘‘Borneo Church Mis- sion.’ The late Reverend T. MCDOUGALL, was the first Missionary, and subsequently became the first Bishop. His name was once well known, owing to a wrong construction put upon his action, on one occasion, in making use of fire arms when a vessel, on which he was aboard, came across a fleet of pirates. Hewasa gifted, practical and energetic man and had the interest of his Mission at heart, and, in addition to other qualifications, added the very useful one, in his posi- tion, of being a qualified medical man. Bishop MCDOUGALL was succeeded on his retirement by Bishop CHAMBERS, who had experience gained while a Missionary in the country. The present Bishop was appointed in 1881. _The Mission was eventually taken over by the Society for the Propagation of the Gospel, and this Society defrays, with unimportant excep- tions, the whole cost of the See. Dr. Hose has under him in Sarawak eight men in holy orders, of whom six are Europeans, one Chinese and one Eu- rasian. The influence of the Missionaries has spread over the Skerang, Balau and Sibuyan tribes of Sea-Dyaks, and also among the Lazd-Dyaks near Kuching, the Capital, and among the Chinese of that town and the neighbouring pepper plan- tations. There are now seven churches and twenty-five Mission chaples in Sarawak, and about 4,000 baptized Christians of the Church of England. The Mission also provides means of 32 BRITISH BORNEO. education and, through its press, publishes translations of the Bible, the Prayer Book and other religious and education- al works, in Malay and in two Dyak dialects, which latter have only become written languages since the establishment of the Mission. In their Boys’ School, at Kuching, over a hundred boys are under instruction by an English Master, assisted by a staff of Native Assistants; there is also a Girls’ School, under a European Mistress, and schools at all the Mission Stations. The Government of Sarawak allows a small grant-in-aid to the schools and a salary of £200 a year to one of the Missionaries, who acts as Government Chaplain. The Roman Catholic Mission commenced its works in Sara- wak in 1881, and is under the direction of the Reverend Fa- ther JACKSON, Prefect Apostolic, who has also two or three Missionaries employed in British North Borneo. In Sarawak there are six or eight European priests and schoolmasters and a sisterhood of fourorfivenuns. In Kuching they havea Cha- pel and School and a station among the Land-Dyaks in the vici- nity. They have recently established a station and erected a Chapel on the Kanowit River, an affluent of the Rejang. The Missionaries are mostly foreigners and, I believe, are un- der a vow to spend the remainder of their days in the East, without returning to Europe. Their only reward is their consciousness of doing, or try- ing to do good, and any surplus of their meagre stipends which remains, after providing the barest necessaries of life, is re- funded to the Society. I do not know what success is attend- ing them in Sarawak, but in British North Borneo and Labuan, where they found that Father QUARTERON’S labours had left scarcely any impression, their efforts up to present have met with little success, and experiments in several rivers have had to be abandoned, owing to the utter carelessness of the Pagan natives as to matters relating to religion. When I left Nerth Borneo in 1887, their only station which appeared to show a prospect of success was one under Father PUNDLEIDER, amongst the semi-Chinese of Bundu, to whom reference has been made on a previous page. But these people, while per- mitting their children to be educated and baptized by the e BRITISH BORNEO. 33 Father, did not think it worth their while to join the Church themselves. Neither Mission has attempted to convert the Muhammadan tribes, and indeed it would, at present, be perfectly useless to do so and, from the Government point of view, impolitic and inadvisable as well. CHAPTER V. J will now take a glance at the incident of the rebel- lion of the inhabitants of the Limbang, the important river near Brunai to which allusion has already been made, as from this one sample he will be able to judge of the ordinary state of affairs in districts near the Capital, since the establishment of Labuan as a Crown Colony and the con- clusion of the treaty and the appointment of a British Consul- General in Brunai, and will also be able to attempt to imagine the oppression prevalent before those events took place. The river, being a fertile and well populated one and near Brunai, had been from old times the common purse of the numerous nobles who, either by inheritance, or in virtue of their official positions, as I have explained, owned as their followers the inhabitants of the various villages situated on its banks, and many were the devices employed to extort the uttermost farthing from the unfortunate people, who were quite incapable of offering any resistance because the war- like Kyan tribe was ever ready at hand to sweep down upon them at the behest of their Brunai oppressors. The system of dagang sera (forced trade) | have already explained. Some of the other devices I will now enumerate. Chukez basoh batis, or the tax of washing feet, a contribution, varying in amount at the sweet will of the imposer, levied when the lord of the village, or his chief agent, did it the honour ofa visit. Chuket bongkar-sauh, or tax on weighing anchor, similarly levied when the lord took his departure and perhaps therefore, paid with more willingness. Chukezt tolongan, or tax of assistance, levied when the lord had need of funds for some special purpose or on a special occasion such as a wed- ding—and these are numerous amongst polygamists—a birth, 24 BRITISH BORNEO. the building of a house or of a vessel. Chop dibas, literally a free seal; this was a permission granted by the Sultan to some noble and needy favourite to levy a contribution for his own use anywhere he thought he could most easily en- force it. The method of inventing imaginary crimes and delinquencies and punishing them with heavy fines has been already mentioned. Then there are import and export duties as to which no reasonable complaint can be made, but a real grievance and hindrance to legitimate trade was the effort which the Malays, supported by their rulers, made to prevent the interior tribes trading direct with the Chinese and other foreign traders—acting themselves as middlemen, so that but a very small share of profit fell tothe aborigines. The lords, too, had the right of appointing as many orang kayas, or head- men, from among the natives as they chose, a present being expected on their elevation to that position and another on their death. In many rivers there was also an annual poll- tax, but this does not appear to have been collected in the Limbang.. Sir SPENCER ST.JOHN, writing in 1856, gives, in his “Life in the Forests of the Far East,’’ several instances of the grievous oppression practiced on the Limbang people. Amongst others he mentions how a native, in a fit of despera- tion, had killed an extortionate tax-gatherer. Instead of hav- ing the offender arrested and punished, the Sultan ordered his village to be attacked, when fifty persons were killed and an equal number of women and children were made prison- ers and kept as slaves by His Highness. The immediate cause of the rebellion to which I am now referring was the extraordinary extortion practised by one of the principal Ministers of State. The revenues of his office were prin- cipally derived from the Limbang River and, as the Sultan was very old, he determined to make the best possible use of the short time remaining to him to extract all he could from his wretched feudatories. To aid him in his design, he obtained, with the assistance of the British North Borneo Company, a steam launch, and the Limbang people subsequently pointed out to me this launch and complained bitterly that it was with the money forced out of them that this means of oppres- sing them had been purchased. He then employed the BRITISH BORNEO. 35 most uncrupulous agents he could discover, imposed out- rageous fines for trifling offences, and would even interfere if he heard of any private disputes among the villagers, adjudicate unasked in their cases, taking care always to inflict a heavy fine which went, not to the party aggrieved, but into his own pocket. If the fines could not be paid, and this was often the case, owing to their being purposely fixed at such a high rate, the delinquent’s sago plantations—the principal wealth of the people in the Limbang River-—would be con- fiscated and became the private property of the Minister, or of some of the members of his household. The patience of the people was at length exhausted, and they remembered that the Brunai nobles could no longer call in the Kayans to enforce their exactions, that tribe having become subjects to Raja BROOKE. About the month of August, 1884, two of the Ministers messengers, or tax collectors, who were engaged in the usual process of squeezing the people, were fired on and killed by the Bisayas, the principal pagan tribe in the river. The Tumonggong determin- ed to punish this outrage in person and probably thought his august presence on the spot in a steam-launch, would quickly bring the natives to their knees and afford him a grand opportunity of replenishing his treasury. He accordingly ascended the river with a considerable force in September, and great must have been his surprise when he found that his messenger, sent in advance to call the people to meet him, was fired on and killed. He could scarcely have believed the evidence of his own ears, however, when shortly afterwards his royal launch and little fleet were fired on from the river banks. For two days was this firing kept up, the Brunais having great difficulty in returning it, owing sto the river being low and the banks steep and lined with large trees, behind which the natives took shelter, and, a few casualties having occurred on board and one of the Royal guns having burst, which was known as the Amiral Muminin, the Tumonggong deemed it expedient to retire and returned ignominiously to Brunai. The rebels, embolden- ed by the impunity they had so far enjoyed, were soon found to be hovering round the outskirts of the capital, and every 30 BRITISH BORNEO. now and then an outlying house would be attacked during the night and the headless corpses of its occupants be found on the morrow. There being no forts and no organized force to resist attack, the houses, moreover, being nearly all construct- ed of highly inflammable palm leaf thatch and matting, a universal panic prevailed amongst all classes, when the Limbang people announced their intention of firing the town. Considerable distress too prevailed, as the spirit of rebellion had spread to all the districts near the capital, and the Brunai people who had settled in them were compelled to flee for their lives, leaving their property in the hands of the insurgents, while the people of the city were unable to follow their usual avocations—trading, planting, sago wash- ing and so forth, the Brunai River, as has been pointed out, producing nothing itself. British trade being thus affected by the continuance of such a state of affairs, and the British subjects in the city being in daily fear from the apprehended attack by the rebels, the English Consul-General did what he could to try and arrange matters. A certain Datu KLASSIE, one of the most influential cf the Bisaya Chiefs, came into Brunai without any followers, but bringing with him, as a proof of the friendliness of his mission, his wife. Instead of utilizing the services of this Chief in opening communication with the natives, the Tumonggong, maddened by his ignomi- nious defeat, seized both Datu KLASSIE and his wife and placed them in the public stocks, heavily ironed. I was Acting Consul-General at the time, and my assistance in arranging matters had been requested by the Brunai Gov- ernment, while the Bisayas also had expressed their warm desire to meet and consult with me if I would trust myself amongst them, and I at once arranged so to do; but, being well aware that my mission would be perfectly futile unless I was the bearer of terms from the Sultan and unless Datu KLASSIE and his wife were released, I refused to take any steps until these two points were conceded. This was a bitter pill for the Brunai Rajas and especially for the Tumonggong, who, though perfectly aware that he was quite unable, not only to punish the rebels, but even to defend the city against their attacks, yet clung to the vain hope that BRITISH BORNEO, a4 the British Government might be induced to regard them as pirates and so interfere in accordance with the terms of the treaty, or that the Raja of Sarawak would construe some old agreement made with Sir JAMES BROOKE as necessitating his rendering armed assistance. However, owing to the experience, tact, perseverance and intelligence of _Inche MAHOMET, the Consular Agent, we gained our point after protracted negotiations, and obtained the seals of the Sultan, the Bandahara,the Di Gadong and the Tu- monggong himself to a document, by which it was provided that, on condition of the Limbang people laying down their arms and allowing free intercourse with Brunai, all arbitrary taxation such as that which has been described should be for ever abolish- ed, but that, in lieu therefor, a fixed poll-tax should be paid by all adult males, at the rate of $3 per annum by married men and $2 by bachelors; that on the death of an orang kaya the contribution to be paid to the feudal lord should be fixed at one pikul of brass gun, equal to about $21; that the posses- sion of their sago plantations should be peaceably enjoyed by their owners; that jungle products should be collected with- out tax, except in the case of gutta percha, on which a royal- ty of 5% ad valorem should be paid, instead of the 20% then exacted; that the taxes should be collected by the headmen punctually and transmitted to Brunai, and that four Brunai tax-gatherers, who were mentioned by name and whose rapacious and criminal action had been instrumental in provoking the rebellion, should be forbidden ever again to enter the Limbang River; that a free pardon should be grant- ed to the rebels. Accompanied by Inche MAHOMET and with some Bisaya interpreters, | proceeded up the Limbang liver, on the 21st October, in a steam-launch, towing the boats of Pangeran [srr NAGARA and of the Datu AHAMAT, who were deputed to accompany us and represent the Brunai Government. Several hundred of the natives assembled to meet us, and the Government conditions were read out and explained. It was evident that the people found it difficult to place much reliance in the promises of the Rajas, although the document was formally attested by the seals of the Sultan and of his 38 BRITISH BORNEO. three Ministers, and a duplicate had been prepared for them to keep in their custody for future reference. It was seen, too, that there were a number of Muhammadans in the crowd who appeared adverse to the acceptance of the terms offered, and, doubtless, many of them were acting at the instigation of the Tumonggong’s party, who by no means relished so peaceful a solution of the difficulties their chief's action had brought about. Whilst the conference was still going on and the various clauses of the frman were being debated, news arrived that the Rajas had, in the basest manner, let loose the Trusan Muruts on the district the day we had sailed for the Limbang, and that these wretches had murdered and carried off the heads of four women, two of whom were pregnant, and two young unmarried girls and of two men who were at work in their gardens. This treacherous action was successful in breaking up the meeting, and was not far from causing the massacre of at any rate the Brunai portion of our party, and the Pangeran and the Datu quickly betook themselves to their boats and scuttled off to Brunai not waiting for the steam-launch. But we determined not to be beaten by the Rajas’ ma- nceuvres, and so, though a letter reached me from the Sultan warning me of what had occurred and urging me to return to Brunai, we stuck to our posts, and ultimately were rewarded by the Bisayas returning and the majority of their principal chiefs signing, or rather marking the document embodying their new constitution, as it might be termed, in token of their acquiescence—a result which should be placed to the cre- dit of the indefatigable Inche MAHOMET, whose services I am happy to say were specially recognised in a despatch from the Foreign Office. Returning to Brunai, I demanded the release of Datu KLASSIE, as had been agreed upon, but it was only after | had made use of very plain language to his mes- sengers that the Tumonggong gave orders for his release and that of his wife, whom I had the pleasure of taking up the river and restoring to their friends. H. M. S. Pegasus calling at Labuan soon afterwards, I seized the opportunity to request Captain BICKFORD to make a little demonstration in Brunai, which was not often visited BRITISH BORNEO. 39 by a man-of-war, with the double object of restoring confi- dence to the British subjects there and the traders generally and of exacting a public apology for the disgraceful conduct of the Government in allowing the Muruts to attack the Lim- bang people while we were up that river. Captain BICKFORD at once complied with my request, and, as the Pegasus drew too much water to cross the bar, the boats were manned and armed and towed up to the city by a steam-launch. It was rather a joke against me that the launch which towed up the little flotilla designed to overawe Brunai was sent for the occasion by one of the principal Ministers of the Sultan. It was placed at my disposal by the Pangeran Di Gadong, who was then a bitter enemy of the Tumonggong, and glad to witness his discomfiture. This was on the 3rd November, 1884. With reference to the heads taken on the occasion men- tioned above, 1 may add that the Muruts were allowed to retain them, and the disgusting sight was to be seen, at one of the watering places in the town, of these savages ‘‘ cook- ing’’ and preparing the heads for keeping in their houses. As the Brunai Government was weak and powerless, I am of opinion that the agreement with the Limbang people might have been easily worked had the British Government thought it worth while to insist upon its observance. As it was, hostilities did cease, the headmen came down and visit- ed the old Sultan, and trade recommenced. In June, 1885, Sultan Mumim died, at the age, according to Native statements, which are very unreliable on such points, of 114 years, and was succeeded by the Tumonggong, who was proclaimed Sultan on the 5th June of the same year, when I had the honour of being present at the ceremony, which was not of an imposing character. The new Sultan did not forget the mortifying treatment he had received at the hands of the Limbang people, and refused to receive their Chiefs. He retained, tuo, in his own hands the appointment of Tu- monggong, and with it the rights of that office over the Lim- bang River, and it became the interest of many different parties to prevent the completion of the pacification of that district. The gentleman for whom I had been acting as Con- 40 BRITISH BORNEO. sul-General soon afterwards returned to his post. In May, 1887, Sir FREDERICK WELD, Governor of the Straits Settle- ments, was despatched to Brunai by Her Majesty’s Govern- ment, on a special mission, to report on the affairs of the Brunai Sultanate and as to recent cessions of territory made, or in course of negotiation, to the British North Borneo Company and to Sarawak. His report has not been yet made public. There were at one time grave objections to allowing Raja BROOKE to extend his territory, as there was no guar- antee that some one of his successors might not prefer a life of inglorious ease in England to the task of governing natives in the tropics, and sell his kingdom to the highest bidder— say France or Germany ; but if the British Protectorate over Sarawak is formally proclaimed, there would appear to be no reasonable objection to the BROOKES establishing their Gov- ernment in such other districts as the Sultan may see good of his own free will to cede, but it should be the duty of the British Government tosee that their ally is fairly treated and that any cessions he may make are entirely voluntary and not brought about by coercion in any form—direct or indirect. CHAPTER VI. The British Colony of Labuan was obtained by cession from the Sultan of Brunai and was in the shape of a guzd pro quo for assistance in suppressing piracy in the neighbouring seas, which the Brunai Government was supposed to have at heart, but in all probability, the real reason of the willingness on the Sultan’s part to cede it was his desire to obtain a power- ful ally to assist him in reasserting his authority in many parts of the North and West portions of his dominions, where the allegiance of the people had been transferred to the Sul- tan of Sulu and to Illanun and Balinini piratical leaders. It was a similar reason which, in 1774, induced the Brunai Gov- ernment to grant to the East India Company the monopoly of the trade in pepper, and is explained in Mr. JESSE'S letter to the Court of Directors as follows. He says that he found the reason of their unanimous inclination to cultivate the friendship and alliance of the Company was their desire for BRITISH BORNEO. 4i “protection from their piratical neighbours, the Sulus and Mindanaos, and others, who make continual depreda- tions on their coast, by taking advantage of their natural timidity.” The first connection of the British with Labuan was on the oc- casion of their being expelled by the Sulus from Balambangan, in 1775, when they took temporary refuge on the island. In 1844, Captain Sir EDWARD BELCHER visited Brunai to en- quire into rumours of the detention of a European female in the country—rumours which provedtobeunfounded. SirJAMES BROOKE accompanied him, and on this occasion the Sultan, who had been terrified by a report that his capital was to be attacked by a British squadron of sixteen or seventeen vessels, addressed a document, in conjunction with Raja Muda HaAssiM, to the Quecn of England, requesting her aid “for the suppres- sion of piracy and the encouragement and extension of trade; and to assist in forwarding these objects they are willing to cede, to the Queen of England, the Island of Labuan, and its islets on such terms as may hereafter be arranged by any person appointed by Her Majesty. The Sultan and the Raja Muda HASSIM consider that an English Settlement on Labuan will be of great service to the natives of the coast, and will draw a considerable trade from the northward, and from China; and should Her Majesty the Queen of Eng- land decide upon the measure, the Sultan and the Raja Muda HASsIM promise to afford every assistance to the Eng- lish authorities.” In February of the following year, the Sul- tan and Raja Muda HAssiM, in a letter accepting Sir JAMES BROOKE as Her Majesty’s Agent in Borneo, without specially mentioning Labuan, expressed their adherence to their former declarations, conveyed through Sir EDWARD BELCHER, and asked for immediate assistance ‘to protect Borneo from the pirates of Marudu,” a Bay situated at the northern extremity of Borneo-~assistance which was rendered in the following August, when the village of Marudu was attacked and de- stroyed, though it is perhaps open to doubt whether the chief, OSMAN, quite deserved the punishment he received. On the ist March of the same year (1845) the Sultan verbally asked Sir JAMES BROOKE whether and at what time the English 43 BRITISH BORNEO. proposed to take possession of Labuan. Then followed the episode already narrated of the murder by the Sultan of Raja Muda HAssiM and his family and the taking of Brunai by Admiral: COCHRANE’S Squadron. In November, 1846, instructions were received in Singapore, from Lord PAL- MERSTON, to take possession of Labuan, and Captain RODNEY MUNDY was selected for this service. He arrived in Brunai in December, and gives an amusing account of how he pro- ceeded to carry out his orders and obtain the voluntary ces- sion of the island. As a preliminary, he sent ‘‘ Lieutenant ‘‘ LITTLE in charge of the boats of the /rzs and Wolf, armed “with twenty marines, to the capital, with orders to moor “ them in line of battle opposite the Sultan’s palace, and to ‘await my arrival.’ On reaching the palace, Captain MUN- DY produced a brief document, to which he requested the Sultan to affix his seal, and which provided for eternal friend- ship between the two countries, and for the cession of Labuan, in consideration of which the Queen engaged to use her best endeavours to suppress piracy and protect lawful commerce. The document of 1844 had stated that Labuan would be ceded ‘‘on such terms as may hereafter be arranged,” and a promise to suppress piracy, the profits 1n which were shared by the Sultan and his nobles, was by no means regarded by them as a fair set off; 1t was a condition with which they would have readily dispensed. The Sultan ventured to re- mark that the present treaty was different to the previous one, and that a money payment was required in exchange for the cession of territory. Captain MUNDy replied that the former treaty had been broken when Her Majesty’s Ships were fired on by the Brunai forts, and “at last I turned to the Sultan, and exclaimed firmly, ‘Bobo chop bobo chop!’ followed up by a few other Malay words, the tenor of which was, that I recommended His Majesty to put his seal forth- with.” And he did so. Captain MUNDY hoisted the British Flag at Labuan on the 24th December, 1846, and there still exists at Labuan in the place where it was erected by the gallant Captain, a granite slab, with an inscription recording the fact of the formal taking possession of the island in Her Majesty’s name. BRITISH BORNEO. 43 In the following year, Sir JAMES BROOKE was appointed the first Governor of the new Colony, retaining his position as the British representative in Brunal, and being also the tuler of Sarawak, the independence of which was not form- ally recognised by the English Government until the year 1863. Sir JAMES was assisted at Labuan bya Lieutenant- Governor and staff of European Officers, who on their way through Singapore are said to have somewhat offended the susceptibilities of the Officials of that Settlement by pointing to the fact that they were Queen’s Officers, whereas the Straits Settlements were at that time still under the Govern- ment of the East India Company. Sir JAMES BROOKE held the position of Governor until 1851, and the post has since been filled by such well-known administrators as Sir HUGH Low, Sir JOHN POPE HENNESSY, Sir HENRY E. BULWER and Sir CHARLES LEES, but the expectations formed at its foun- dation have never been realized and the little Colony appears to be in a moribund condition, the Governorship having been left unfilled since 1881. Onthe 27th May, 1847, Sir JAMES BROOKE concluded the Treaty with the Sultan of Brunai which is still in force. Labuan is situated off the mouth of the Brunai River and has an area of thirty square miles. It was uninhabited when we took it, being only occasionally visited by fishermen. It was: then covered, like all tropi- cal countries, whether the soil is rich or poor, with dense forest, some of the trees being valuable as timber, but most of this has since been destroyed, partly by the succes- sive coal companies, who required large quantities of timber for their mines, but chiefly by the destructive mode of cultiva- tion practised by the Kadyans and other squatters from Borneo, who were allowed to destroy the forest for a crop or two of rice, the soil, except in the flooded plains, being not rich enough to carry more than one or two such harvests under such primitive methods of agriculture as only are known to the natives. The lands socleared were deserted and were soon covered witb a strong growth of fern and coarse useless /alang grass, difficult to eradicate, andit is well known that, when a tropical forest is once destroyed and the land left to itself, the new jungle which may in time spring up rarely contains any 44 BRITISH BORNEO. of the valuable timber trees which composed the original forest. A few cargoes of timber were also exported by Chinese to Hongkong. Great hopes were entertained that the establish- ment of a European Government and a free port on an island lying alongside so rich a country as Borneo would result in its becoming an emporium and collecting station for the vari- ous products of, at any rate, the northern and western por- tions of this country and perhaps, too, of the Sulu Archipelago. Many causes prevented the realization of these hopes. In the first place, no successful efforts were made to restore good government on the mainland, and without a fairly good gov- ernment and safety to life and property, trade could not be developed. Then again Labuan was overshaded by the pros- perous Colony of Singapore, which is the universal emporium for all these islands, and, with the introduction of steamers. it was soon found that only the trade of the coast immediately opposite to Labuan could be depended upon, that of the rest‘ including Sarawak and the City of Brunai, going direct to Singapore, for which port Labuan became a subsidiary and unimportant collecting station. The Spanish authorities did what they could to prevent trade with the Sulu Islands, and, on the signing of the Protocol between that country and Great Britain and Germany freeing the trade from restrictions, Sulu produce has been carried by steamers direct to Singapore. Since 1881, the British North Borneo Company having opened ports to the North, the greater portion of the trade of their possessions likewise finds its way direct by steamers to the same port. Labuan has never ,shipped cargoes direct to England, and its importance as a collecting station for Singapore is now diminishing, for the reasons above-mentioned. Most or a large portion of the trade that now falls to its share comes from the southern portion of the British North Borneo Company’s territories, from which it is distant, at the nearest point, only about six miles, and the most reasonable solution of the Labuan question would certainly appear to be the proclamation of a British Protectorate over North Borneo, to which, under proper guarantees, might be assigned the BRITISH BORNEO. 48 task of carrying on the government of Labuan, a task which it could easily and economically undertake, having a sufficiently well organised staff ready to hand.* By the Royal Charter it is already provided that the appointment of the Company’s Governor in Borneo is subject to the sanction of Her Mayjesty’s Secretary of State, and the two Officers hitherto selected have been Colonial servants, whose service have been /ent by the Colonial Office to the Company. | The Census taken in 1881 gives the total population of La- buan as 5,995, but it has probably decreased considerably since that time. The number of Chinese supposed to be settled there is about 300 or 400—traders, shopkeepers, coolies and sago-washers; the preparation of sago flour from the raw sago, or /amuntah, brought in from the mainland by the natives, being the principal industry of the island and employing three or four factories, in which no machinery is used. All the traders are only agents of Singapore firms and are in a small way of business. There is no European firm, or shop, in the island. Coal of good quality for raising steam is plentiful, especially at the North end of the island, and very sanguine expectations of the successful working of these coal measures were for a long time entertained, but have hitherto not been realised. The Eastern Archipelago Company, with an ambi- tious title but too modest an exchequer, first attempted to open the mines soon after the British oecupation, but failed, and has been succeeded by three others, all I believe Scotch, the last one stopping operations in 1878. The cause of failure seems to have been the same in each case—insufficient capi- tal, local mismanagement, difficulty in obtaining labour. Ina country with a rainfall of perhaps over 120 inches a year, water was naturally another difficulty in the deep workings. but this might have been very easily overcome had the Com- panies been in a position to purchase sufficiently powerful pumping engines. There were three workable seams of coal, one of them, I think, twelve feet in thickness; the quality of the coal, though * My suggestion has taken shape more quickly than I expected, In 1889 Labuan was put.under the administration of the Company. 46 BRITISH’ BORNEO. inferior to Welsh, was superior to Australian, and well report- ed on by the engineers of many steamers which had tried it; the vessels of the China squadron and the numerous steamers engaged in the Far East offered a ready market for the coal. In their effort to make a “show,” successive managers have pretty nearly exhausted the surface workings and so honey- combed the seams with their different systems of developing their resources, that it would be, perhaps, a difficult and ex- pensive undertaking for even a substantial company to make much of them now.* It is needless to add that the failure to develop this one in- ternal resource of Labuan was a great blow to the Colony, and on the cessation of the last company’s operations the revenue immediately declined, a large number of workmen—European, Chinese and Natives—being thrown out of employment, necessitating the closing of the shops in which they spent their wages. It was found that both Chinese and the Natives of Borneo proved capital miners under European supervision. Notwithstanding the ill-luck that has attended it, the little Colony has not been aburden on the British tax-payer since the year 1860, but has managed to collect a revenue—chiefly from opium, tobacco, spirits, pawnbroking and fish ‘ farms’’ and from land rents and land sales—sufficient to meet its small expenditure, at present about £4,000 a year. There have been no British troops quartered in this island since 1871, and the only armed force is the Native Constabulary, numbering, I think, a dozen rank and file. Very seldom are the inhabitants cheered by the welcome visit of a British gun- boat. Still, all the formality of a British Crown Colony is kept up. The administrator is by his subjects styled “ His Excellency’? and the Members of the Legislative Council, Na- tive and Europeans, are addressed as the “Honourable so and so.” An Officer, as may be supposed, has to play many parts. The present Treasurer, for instance, is an ex-Lieutenant of * Since the above was written, a fifth company—the Central Borneo Com- pany, Limited, of London—has taken in hand the Labuan coal and, finding plenty of coal to work on without sinking a shaft, confidently anticipate success, Their £1 shares recently went up to see BRITISH BORNEO. Aq Her Majesty’s Navy, and is at the same time Harbour Master, Postmaster, Coroner, Police Magistrate, hkewise a Judge of the Supreme Court, Superintendent of Convicts, Surveyor-Ge- neral, and Clerk to the Legislative Council, and occasionally has, [ believe, to write official letters of reprimand or en- couragement from himself in one capacity to himself in another. . The best thing about Labuan is, perhaps, the excel- lence of its fruit, notably of its pumeloes, oranges and mangoes, for which the Colony is indebted to the present Sir HUGH Low, who was one of the first officials under Sir JAMES BROOKE, and a man who left no stone unturned in his efforts to promote the prosperity of the island. His name was known far and wide in Northern Borneo and in the Sulu Archipelago. As an instance, I was once proceeding up a river in the island of Basilan, to the North of Sulu, with Cap- tain C. E. BUCKLE,. R.N., in two boats: of H. M.S. Frolic, when the natives, whom we could not see, opened fire on us from the banks. I at once jumped up and shouted out that we were Mr. Low’s friends from Labuan, and in a very short time we were on friendly terms with the natives, who con- ducted us to their village. They had thought we might be Spaniards, and did not think it worth while to enquire before firing. The mention of the /ro/zc reminds me that on the termination of a somewhat lengthy cruise amongst the Sulu Islands, then nominally undergoing blockade by Spanish crui- sers, we were returning to Labuan through the difficult and then only partially surveyed Malawalli Channel, and after dinner we were congratulating oneanother on having been so safely piloted through so many dangers, when before the words were out of our mouths, we felt a shock and found ourselves fast on an unmarked rock which has since had the honour of bearing the name of our good little vessel. Besides Mr. Low’s fruit garden, the only other European attempt at planting was made by my Cousin, Dr. TREACHER, Colonial Surgeon, who purchased an outlying island and opened a coco-nut plantation. I regret to say that in neither case, owing to the decline of the Colony, was the enterprise of the pioneers adequately rewarded. 48 BRITISH BORNEO. Labuan® at one time boasted a Colonial Chaplain and gave its name to the Bishop’s See; but in 1872 or 1873, the Clunen was ‘disestablished’? and the few European Officials who formed the congregation were unable to support a Clergyman. There exists a pretty little wooden Church, and the same in- defatigable officer, whom I have described as filling most of. the Government appointments in the Colony, now acts as un- paid Chaplain, having been licensed thereto by the Bishop of Singapore and Sarawak, and reads the service and even preaches a sermon every Sunday to a congregation which rarely numbers half a dozen. CHAPTER VII. The mode of acquisition of British North Borneo has been referred to in former pages; it was by cession for annual money payments to the Sultans of Brunai and of Sulu, who had conflicting claims to be the paramount power in the northern portion of Borneo. The actual fact was that neither of them exercised any real government or authority over by far the greater portion, the inhabitants of the coast on the various rivers following any Brunai, Illanun, Bajau, or Sulu Chief who had sufficient force of character to bring him- self to the front. The pagan tribes of the interior owned alle- giance to neither Sultan, and were left to govern themselves, the Muhammadan coast people considering them fair game for plunder and oppression whenever opportunity occurred, and using all their endeavours to prevent Chinese and other foreign traders from reaching them, acting themselves as mid- dlemen, buying (bartering) at very cheap rates from the abori- gines and selling for the best price they could obtain to the foreigner. I believe I am right in saying that the idea of forming a Com- pany, something after the manner of the East India Company, to take over and govern North Borneo, originated in the fol- * The administration of this little Crown Colony has since been entrusted to the British North Borneo Company, their present Governor, Mr. C. V. CREAGH, having been gazetted Governor of Labuan. BRITISH BORNEO. 49 lowing manner. In 1865 Mr. MOsEs, the unpaid Consul for the United Sates in Brunai, to whom reference has been made before, acquired with his friends from the Sultan of Brunai some concessions of territory with the right to govern and collect revenues, their idea being to introduce Chinese and establish a-Colony. This they attempted to carry out on a small scale in the Kimanis River, on the West Coast, but not having sufficient capital the scheme collapsed, but the concession was retained. Mr. MOSES subsequently lost his life at sea, and a Colonel TORREY became the chief repre- sentative of the American syndicate. He was engaged in business in China, where he met Baron VON OVERBECK, a merchant of Hongkong and Austrian Consul-General, and interested him in the scheme. In 1875 the Baron visited Borneo in company with the Colonel, interviewed the Sultan of Brunai, and made enquiries as to the validity of the con- cessions, with apparently satisfactory results. Mr. ALFRED DENT * was also a China merchant well known in Shanghai, and he in turn was interested in the idea by Baron OVERBECK. Thinking there might be something in the scheme, he pro- vided the required capital, chartered a steamer, the America, and authorised Baron OVERBECK to proceed to Brunai to en- deavour, with Colonel TORREY’S assistance, to induce the Sultan and his Ministers to transfer the American cessions to himself and the Baron, or rather to cancel the previous ones and make out new ones in their favour and that of their heirs, associates, successors and assigns for so long as they should choose or desire to hold them. Baron VON OVERBECK was accompanied by Colonel TORREY and a staff of three Europeans, and, on settling some arrears due by the Ameri- can Company, succeeded in accomplishing the objects of his mission, after protracted and tedious negotiations, and obtain- eda ‘‘chop” from the Sultan nominating and appointing him supreme ruler, “with the title of Maharaja of Sabah (North Borneo) and Raja of Gaya and Sandakan, with power of life and death over the inhahitants, with all the absolute rights of * Now Sir ALFRRD DENT, K.C.M.G. 50 BRITISH BORNEO. property vested in ae Sultan over the soil of the country, and the right to dispose of the same, as well as of the rights over the productions of the country, whether mineral, vegetable, or animal, with the rights of making laws, coining money, creat- ing an army and navy, levying customs rates on home and foreign trade and shipping, and other dues and taxes on the inhabitants as to him might seem good or expedient, together with all other powers and rights usually exercised by and be- longing to sovereign rulers, and which the Sultan thereby delegated to him of his own free will; and the Sultan called upon all foreign nations, with whom he had formed friendly treaties and alliances, to acknowledge the said Maharaja as the Sultan himself in the said territories and to respect his authority therein; and in the case of the death or retirement from the said office of the said Maharaja, then his duly ap- pointed successor in the office of Supreme Ruler and Governor- in-Chief of the Company’s territories in Borneo should like- wise succeed to the office and titleof Maharaja of Sabah and Raja of Gaya and Sandakan, and all the powers above enu- merated be vested in him.” [am quoting from the preamble to the Royal Charter. Some explanation of the term “Sa- bah” as applied to the territory—a term which appears in the Prayer Book version of the 72nd Psalm, verse 10, ‘“The kings of Arabia and Sabah shall bring gifts’’—seems called for, but I regretto say Ihave notbeen able to obtain a satisfactory one from the Branai people, who use it in connection only with a small portion of the West Coast of Borneo, North of the Brunai river. Perhaps the following note, which I take from Mr. W. E. MAXWELL’S “ Manual ofthe Malay Language,” may have some slight bearing on the point :—“ Sawa, Jawa, Saba, Jaba, Zaba, etc., has evidently in all times been the capital local name in Indonesia. The whole archipelago was pressed into anisland of that name by the Hindus and Romans. Even in the time of MARCO POLO we have only a Java Major and a Java Minor. The Bugis apply the name of Jawa, Fa- waka (comp. the Polynesian Sawazkz, Ceramese Sawaz) to the Moluccas. One of the principal divisions of Battaland in Su- matra is called Zanah Jawa. PTOLEMY has both Jaba and Sa- ba.” —“‘ Logan, Journ. Ind. Arch., iv, 338.” In the Brunai use of BRITISH BORNEO. 51 the term, there is always some idea of a Northerly direction ; for instance, | have hearda Brunai man who was passing from the South to the Northern side of his river, say he was going Saba. When the Company’s Government was first inaugu- rated, the territory was, in official documents, mentioned as Sabah, a name which is still current amongst the natives, to whom the now officially accepted designation of North Borneo is meaningless and difficult of pronunciation. Having settled with the Brunai authorities, Baron VON OVERBECK next proceeded to Sulu, and found the Sultan dri- ven out of his capital, Sugh or Jolo, by the Spaniards, with whom he was still at war, and residing at Maibun, in the prin- cipal island of the Sulu Archipelago. After brief negotiations, the Sultan made to Baron VON OVERBECK and Mr. ALFRED DENT a grant of his rights and powers over the territories and lands tributary to him on the mainland of the island of Borneo, from the Pandassan River on the North West Coast to the Sibuko River on the East, and further invested the Baron, or his duly appointed successor in the office of su- preme ruler of the Company's territories in Borneo, with the high sounding titles of Datu Bandahara and Raja of San- dakan. On a company being formed to work the concessions, Baron VON OVERBECK resigned these titles from the Brunai and Sulu Potentates and they have not since been made use of, and the Baron himself terminated his connection with the country. The grant from the Sultan of Sulu bears date the 22nd January, 1878, and on the 22nd July of the same year he signed a treaty, or act of re-submission to Spain. The Span- ish Government claimed that, by previous treaties with Sulu, the suzerainty of Spain over Sulu and its dependencies in Borneo had been recognised and that consequently the grant to Mr. DENT was void. The British Government did not, however, fall in with this view, and in the early part of 1879, being then Acting Consul-General in Borneo, I was des- patched to Sulu and to different points in North Borneo to pub- lish, on behalf of our Government, a protest against the claim of Spain to any portion of the country. In March, 1885, a 52 BRITISH BORNEO. protocol was signed by which, in return for the recognition by England and Germany of Spanish sovereignty throughout the Archipelago of Sulu, Spain renounced all claims of sove- reignty over territories on the Continent of Borneo which had belonged to the Sultan of Sulu, including the islands of Ba- lambangan, Banguey and Malawali, as well as all those com- prised within a zone of three maritime leagues from the coast. Holland also strenuously objected to the cessions and to their recognition, on the ground that the general tenor of the Treaty of London of 1824 shews that a mixed occupation by England and the Netherlands of any island in the Indian Archipelago ought to be avoided. It is impossible to discover anything in the treaty which bears out this contention. Borneo itself is not mentioned by name in the document, and the following clauses are the only ones regulating the future establishment of new Settlements in the Eastern Seas by either Power:—‘ Article 6. It is agreed that orders shall be given by the two Governments to their Of- ficers and Agents in the East not to form any new Settlements on any of the islands in the Eastern Seas, without previous authority from their respective Governments in Europe. Art. 12. His Britannic Majesty, however, engages, that no British Establishment shall be made on the Carimon islands or on the islands of Battam, Bintang, Lingin, or on any of the other islands South of the Straits of Singapore, nor any treaty con- cluded by British authority with the chiefs of those islands.”’ Without doubt, if Holland in 1824 had been desirous of pro- hibiting any British Settlement in the island of Borneo, such prohibition would have been expressed in this treaty. True, perhaps half of this great island is situated South of the Straits of Singapore, but the island cannot therefore be correctly said to lie to the South of the Straits and, at any rate, such a business-like nation as the Dutch would have noticed a weak point here and have included Borneo in the list with Battam and the other islands enumerated. Such was the view taken by Mr. GLADSTONE’S Cabinet, and Lord GRANVILLE informed the Dutch Minister in 1882 that the XIlth Artielevon@ine Treaty could not be taken to apply to Borneo, and ‘‘that as a a matter of international right they would have no ground to BRITISH BORNEO. 55 object even to the absolute annexation of North Borneo by Great Britain,’ and, moreover, as pointed out by his Lord- ship, the British had already a settlement in Borneo, namely the island of Labuan, ceded by the Sultan of Brunai in 1845 and confirmed by him in the Treaty of 1847. The case of Raja BROOKE in Sarawak was also practically that of a Brit- ish Settlement in Borneo. Lord GRANVILLE closed the discussion by stating that the grant of the Charter does not in any way imply the assump- tion of sovereign rights in North Borneo, z.e., on the part of the British Government. There the matter rested, but now that the Government is proposing® to include British North Borneo, Brunai and Sara- wak under a formal ‘‘ British Protectorate,” the Netherlands Government is again raising objections, which they must be perfectly aware-are groundless. It will be noted that the Dutch do not lay any claim to North Borneo themselves, having always recognized it as pertaining, with the Sulu Archipelago, to the Spanish Crown. It is only to the pre- sence of the British Government in North Borneo that any objection is raised. Ina “Resolution” of the Minister of State, Governor-General of Netherlands India, dated 28th February, 1846, occurs the following:—‘‘The parts of Borneo on which the Netherlands does not exercise any influence are :— a. The States of the Sultan of Brunai or Borneo Proper; b. The State of the Sultan of the Sulu Islands, having for boundaries on the West, the River Kimanis, the North and North-East Coasts as far as 3° N.L., where it is bounded by the River Atas, forming the extreme frontier towards the North with the State of Berow dependant on the Netherlands. c. All the islands of the Northern Coasts of Borneo.” Knowing this, Mr. ALFRED DENT put the limit of his ces- sion from Sulu at the Sibuku River, the South bank of which is in N. Lat. 4° 5’; but towards the end of 1879, that is, long * The Protectorate has since been proclaimed, s4 BRITISH BORNEO. after the date of the cession, the Dutch hoisted their flag at Batu Tinagat in N. Lat. 4° 19’, thereby claiming the Sibuko and other rivers ceded by the Sultan of Sulu fo the British Company. The dispute is still under consideration by our Foreign Office, but in September, 1883, in erder tomprac tically assert the Company’s claims, I, as their Governor, had a very pleasant trip in a very small steam launch and steam- ing at full speed past two Dutch gun-boats at anchor, landed at the South bank of the ‘Sibuko; temporarily hoisted the North Borneo flag, fired a feu- de-joie, blazed a tree, and re- turning, exchanged visits with the Dutch gun-boats, and en- ieninined the Dutch Controlleur at dinner. Having carefully giv en the Commander of one of the gun- boats the exact bear- ings of the blazed tree, he proceeded in hot haste to the spot, and, I believe, onicnmimated the said tree. The DutehiGoy= ernment complained of our having violated Netherlands terri- tory, and matters then resumed their usual course, the Dutch station at Batu Vinagat, or rather at the Tawas River, being maintained unto this day. As is hereafter explained, the cession of coast line from the Sultan of Brunai was not a continuous one, there being breaks on the West Coast in the case of a few rivers which were not included. The annual tribute to be paid to the Sultan was fixed at $12,000, and to the Pangeran Tumonggong $3,000— ‘extravagantly large sums when it is considered that His High- ness’ revenue per annum from the larger portion of the terri- tory ceded was z7/. In March, 1881, through negotiations conducted by Mr. A. H. EVERETT, these sums were reduced to more reasonable proportions, namely, 5,000 in the case of the Sultan, and $2,500 in that of the Tumonggong. ‘The intermediate rivers which were not included in the Sul- tan’s cession belonged to Chiefs of the blood royal, and the Sultan was unwilling to order them to be ceded, but in 1883 Resident DAvIES procured the cession from one of these Chiefs of the Pangalat River for an annual payment of $300, and subsequently the Putalan River was acquired for $1,000 per annum, andthe Kawang River and the Mantanani Islands for lump sums of $1,300 and $350 respectively. In 1884, after prolonged negotiations, I was also enabled to obtain the ces- BRITISH BORNEO. 55 sion of an important Province on the West Coast, to the South of the original boundary, to which the name of Dent Province has been given, and which includes the Padas and Kalias Rivers, and in the same deed of cession were also in- cluded two rivers which had been excepted in the first grant— the Tawaran and. the Bangawan. ‘The annual tribute under this cession is $3,100. ‘The principal rivers within the Com- pany’s boundaries still unleased are the Kwala Lama, Mem- bakut, Inanam and Menkabong. For fiscal reasons, and for the better prevention of the smuggling of arms and ammuni- tion for sale to head-hunting tribes, it is very desirable that the Government of these remaining independent rivers should be acquired by the Company. On the completion of the negotiations with the two Sultans, Baron VON OVERBECK, who was shortly afterwards joined by Mr. DENT, hoisted his flag—the house flag of Mr. DENT’S firm—at Sandakan, on the East Coast, and at Tampassuk and Pappar on the West, leaving at each a European, with a few so-called Police to represent the new Government, agents from the Sultans of Sulu and Brunai accompanying him to notify to the people that the supreme power had been trans- ferred to Europeans. The common people heard the an- nouncement with their usual apathy, but the officer left in charge had a difficult part to play with the headmen who, in the absence of any strong central Government, had practi- cally usurped the functions of Government in many of the rivers. These Chiefs feared, and with reason, that not only would their importance vanish, but that trade with the inland tribes would be thrown open to all, and slave dealing be put a stop to under the new regime. At Sandakan, the Sultan’s former Governor refused to recognise the changed position omattairs, but he had a resolute man to deal with in Mr. We baveRYER, and before he could do much harm, he lost his life by the capsizing of his prahu while on a trading voyage. At Tampassuk, Mr. PRETYMAN, the Resident, had a very uncomfortable post, being in the midst of lawless, cattle-lift- ing and slave-dealing Bajaus and Illanuns. He, with the able assistanee ot Mr. F. X. Witt, an ex-Naval officer of the 56 BRITISH BORNEO. Austrian Service, who subsequently lost his life while explor- ing in the interior, and by balancing one tribe against another, managed to retain his position without com- ing to blows, and, on his relinquishing the service a few months afterwards, the arduous task of representing the Gov- ernment without the command of any force to back up his au- thority developed on Mr. WitTI. In the case of the Pappar River, the former Chief, Datu BAHAR, declined to relinquish his position, and assumed a very defiant attitude. I was at that time in the Labuan service, and I remember proceeding to Pappar in an English man- of-war, in consequence of the dis- quieting rumours which had reached us, and finding the Resi- dent, Mr. A. H. EVERETT, on one side of the small river with his house strongly blockaded and guns mounted in all availa- ble positions, and the Datu on the other side of the stream, immediately opposite to him, similarly armed to the teeth. But not a shot was fired, and Datu BAHAR is nowa peaceable subject of the Company. The most difficult problem, however, which these officers had to solve was that of keeping order, or trying to do so, amongst a lawless people, with whom for years past might had been right, and who considered kidnapping and cattle- lifting the occupations of honourable and high spirited gentlemen. That they effected what they did, that they kept the new flag flying and prepared the way for the Government of the Company, reflects the highest credit upon their pluck and diplomatic ingenuity, for they had neither police nor steam launches, nor the prestige which would have attached to them had they been representatives of the British Government, and under the well known British flag. They commenced their work with none of the éc/a¢t which surrounded Sir JAMES BROOKE in Sarawak, where he found the people in successful rebellion against the Sultan of Brunai, and was himseif recog- nised as an agent of the British Government, so powerful that he could get the Queen’s ships to attack the head hunt- ing pirates, killing such numbers of them that, as I have said, the Head money claimed and awarded by the British Govern- ment reached the sum of £20,000. On the other hand, it is but fair to add that the fame of Sir JAMES’ exploits and the BRITISH BORNEO. 57 action taken by Her Majesty’s vessels, on his advice, in North-West Borneo years before, had inspired the natives with a feeling of respect for Englishmen which must have been a powerful factor in favour of the newly appointed officers. The native tribes, too, inhabiting North Borneo were more sub-divided, less warlike, and less powerful than those of Sarawak. The promoters of the scheme were fortunate in obtaining the services, for the time being, as their chief representative faethe ast ot Mir. VW. oH. READ, €.M.G., an old friend of Sir JAMES BROOKE, and who, as a Member of the Legislative Council of Singapore, and Consul-General for the Nether- lands, had acquired an intimate knowledge of the Malay character and of the resources, capabilities and needs of Malayan countries. On his return to England, Mr. DENT found that, owing to the opposition of the Dutch and Spanish Governments, and to the time required for a full consideration of the subject by Her Majesty’s Ministers, there would be a considerable delay before a Royal Charter could be issued, meanwhile, the expenditure of the embryo Government in Borneo was not inconsiderable, and it was determined to form a “ Provi- sional Association” to carry on till a Chartered Company could be formed. : Mr. DENT found an able supporter in Sir RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, K.C.B., who energetically advocated the scheme from patriotic motives, recognising the strategic and commercial advantages of the splendid harbours of North Borneo and the probability of the country becoming in the near future a not unimportant outlet for English commerce, now so_ heavily weighted by prohibitive tariffs in Europe and America. The British North Borneo Provisional Association Limited, was formed in 1881, with a capital of £300,000, the Directors beng Sib INUIHERFORD, ALCOCK, Mr. A. Dent, MrR. B, MARTIN, Admiral MAYNE, and Mr. W. H. READ. The Asso- ciation acquired from the original lessees the grants and commissions from the Sultans, with the object of disposing of these territories, lands and property to a Company to be in- corporated by Royal Charter. This Charter passed the Great 58 BRITISH BORNEO. Seal on the 1st November, 1881, and constituted and incor- porated the gentlemen above-mentioned as “The British North Borneo Company.”’ The Provisional Association was dissolved, and the Char- tered Company started on its career in May, 1882. The no- minal capital was two million pounds, in £20 shares, but the number of shares issued, including 4,500 fully paid ones re- presenting £90,000 to the vendors, was only 33,030, equal to — £660,600, but on 23,449 of these shares only £12 have so far been called up. The actual cash, therefore, which the Com- pany has had to work with and to carry on the development of the country from the point at which the original conces- sionaires and the Provisional Association had left it, is, includ- ing some £1,000 received for shares forfeited, about £384,000, and they have a right of call for £187,592 more. The Char- ter gave official recognition to the concessions from the Na- tive! Princes, conferred extensive powers on the Company as a corporate body, provided for the just government of the natives and for the gradual abolition of slav ery, and reserved to the Crown the right of disapproving of the person selected by the Company to be their Governor in the East, and of con- trolling the Company’s dealings with any Foreign Power. The Charter also authorised the Company to use a distinc- tive flag, indicating the British character of the undertaking, and the one adopted, following the example of the English Colonies, is the British flag, ‘‘ defaced,” as it is termed, with the Company’s badge—a lion. I have little doubt that this selection of the British flag, in lieu of the one originally made use of, had a considerable effect in imbuing the natives with an idea of the stability and permanence of the Company’s Government. Mr. DENT’s house flag was unknown to them before and, on the West Coast, many thought that the Company’s pre- sence in the country might be only a brief one, lke that of its predecessor, the American syndicate, and, consequently, were afraid to tender their allegiance, since, on the Compa- ny’s withdrawal, they would be left to the tender mercies of their former Chiefs. But the British flag was well-known to those of them who were traders, and they had seen it flying BRITISH BORNEO. 59 ' formany a year in the Colony of Labuan and on board the vessels which had punished their piratical acts in former days. Then, too, I was soon abis to organise a Police Force mainly composed of Sikhs, and was provided with a couple of steam-launches. Owing doubtless to that and other causes, the refractory chiefs, soon after the Company’s formation, appeared to recognize that the game of opposition to the new order of things was a hopeless one. CHAPTER] Valle The area of the territory ceded by the original grants was estimated at 20,000 square miles, but the additions which have been already mentioned now bring it up to about 31,000 square miles, including adjacent islands, so that it is somewhat larger than Ceylon, which is credited with only 25,305 square miles. In range of latitude, in temperature and in rainfall, North Borneo presents many points of resem- blance to Ceylon, and it was at first thought that it might be possible to attract to the new country some of the surplus capital, energy and aptitude for plantiug which had been the foundation of Ceylon’s prosperity. Even the expression ‘“‘ The New Ceylon” was employed as an alternative designation for the country, and a description of it under-that title was published by the well known writer— Mr. JOSEPH HATTON. These hopes have not so far been realized, but on the other hand North Borneo is rapidly becoming a second Sumatra, Dutchmen, Germans and some English having discovered the suitability of its soil and climate for producing tobacco of a quality fully equal to the famed Deli leaf of that island. The coast line of the territory is about one thousand miles, and a glance at the map will shew that it is furnished with capi- tal harbours, of which the principal are Gaya Bay on the West, Kudat in Marudu Bay on the North, and Sandakan Harbour on the East. There are several others, but at those enumer- ated the Company, have opened their principal stations. 60 BRITISH BORNEO. Of the three mentioned, the more striking is that of Sanda- _ kan, which is 15 miles in length, with a width varying from 14 miles, at its entrance, to 5 miles at the broadest part. It is here that the present capital is situated—Sandakan, a town containing a population of not more than 5,000 people, of whom perhaps thirty are Europeans and a thousand Chinese. For its age, Sandakan has suffered serious vicissitudes. It was founded by Mr. PRYER, in 1878, well up the bay, but was soon afterwards burnt to the ground. It was then transferred to its present position, nearer the mouth of the harbour, but in May, 1886, the whole of what was known as the “ Old Town’’ was utterly consumed by fire; in about a couple of hours there being nothing left of the atap-built shops and houses but the charred piles and posts on which they had been raised above the ground. When a fire has once laid hold of an atap town, probably no exertions would much avail to check it; certainly our Chinese held this opinion, and it was impossible to get them to move hand or foot in assist- ing the Europeans and Police in their efforts to confine its ravages to as limited an area as possible. They entertain the idea that such futile efforts tend only to aggra- vate the evil spirits and increase their fury. he pein shopkeepers were successful in saving their quarter of the town by means of looking glasses, long prayers and chants. It is now forbidden to any one to erect atap houses in the town, except in one specified area to which such structures are confined. Most of the present houses are of plank, with tile, or corrugated iron roofs, and the majority of the shops are built over the sea, on substantial wooden piles, some of the principal “streets,” including that to which the ambitious name of “The Praya’’ has been given, being similarly constructed on piles raised three or four feet above high water mark. The reason is that, owing to the steep hills at the back of the site, there is little available flat land for building on, and, moreover, the pushing Chinese trader always likes to get his shops as near as possible to the sea—the highway of the ‘“ prahus”’ which bring him the products of the neighbouring rivers and islands. In time, ne doubt, the Sandakan hills will be used to reclaim more land from the sea, and the town will cease to BRITISH BORNEO. : 61 be an amphibious one. In the East there are, from a sanitary point of view, some points of advantage in having a tide-way passing under the houses. I should add that Sandakan is a creation of the Company’s and not a native town taken over by them. When Mr. PRYER first hoisted his flag, there was only one solitary Chinaman and no Europeans in the harbour, though at one time, during the Spanish blockade of Sulu, a Singapore firm had established a trading station, known as ‘Kampong German,” using it as their head-quarters from which to run the blockade of Sulu, which they successfully did for some considerable time, to their no small gain and advantage. The success attending the Germans’ venture ex- cited the emulation of the Chinese traders of Labuan, who found their valuable Sulu trade cut off and, through the good offices of the Government of the Colony, they were enabled to charter the Sultan of Brunai’s smart little yacht the Sw/- tana, and engaging the services as Captain of an ex-member of the Labuan Legislative Council, they endeavoured to enact the roll of blockade runner. After a trip or two, however, the Sultana was taken by the Spaniards, snugly at anchor in a Sulu harbour, the Captain and Crew having time to make their escape. As she was not under the British flag, the poor Sultan could obtain no redress, although the blockade was not recognised as effective by the European Powers and English and German vessels, similarly seized, had been res tored to their owners. The Sw/fana proved a convenien despatch boat for the Spanish authories. The Sultan of Sulu to prove his friendship to the Labuan traders, had an unfor- tunate man cut to pieces with krisses, on the charge of having betrayed the vessel’s position to the blockading cruisers. Sandakan is one of the few places in Borneo which has been opened and settled without much fever and sickness ensuing, and this was due chiefly to the soil being poor and sandy and to there being an abundance of good, fresh, spring water. It may be stated, as a general rule, that the richer the soil the more deadly will be the fever the pioneers will have to en- counter when the primeval jungle is first felled and the sun’s rays admitted to the virgin soil. 62 BRITISH BORNEO. Sandakan is the principal trading station in the Company’s territory, but with Hongkong only 1,200 miles distant in one direction, Manila 600 miles in another, and Singapore 1,000 miles in a third, North Borneo can never become an empo- rium for the trade of the surrounding countries and islands, and the Court of Directors must rest content with developing their own local trade and pushing forward, by wise and en- couraging regulations, the planting interest, which seems to have already taken firm root in the country and which will prove to be the foundation of its future prosperity. Gold and other minerals, including coal, are known to exist, but the mineralogical exploration of a country covered with forest and destitute of roads is a work requiring time, and we are not yet in a position to pronounce on North Borneo’s expectations in regard to its mineral wealth. The gold on the Segama River, on the East coast, has been several times reported on, and has been proved to exist in sufficient quantities to, at any rate, well repay the labours of Chinese gold diggers, but the district is difficult of access by water, and the Chinese are deferring operations on a large scale until the Government has constructed a road into the district. A European Company has obtained mineral concessions on the river, but has not yet decided on its mode of operation, and individual European diggers have tried their luck on the fields, hitherto without meeting with much success, owing to heavy rains, sickness and the difficulty of getting up stores. The Company will probably find that Chinese diggers will not only stand the climate better, but will be more easily governed, be satisfied with smaller returns, and contribute as much or more than the Europeans to the Government Treasury, by their consumption of opium, tobacco and other excisable arti- cles, by fees for gold licenses, and so forth. Another source of natural wealth lies in the virgin forest with which the greater portion of the country is clothed, down to the water's edge. Many of the trees are valuable as timber, especially the &z//zan, or Borneo iron-wood tree, which is impervious to the attacks of white-ants ashore and almost equally soto those of the teredo navalis afloat, and is wonder- fully enduring of exposure to the tropical sun and the tropical BRITISH BORNEO. 63 downpours of rain. Ido not remember having ever come across a bit of dz//can that showed signs of decay during a residence of seventeen years in the East. The wood is very heavy and sinks in water, so that, in order to be shipped, it has to be floated on rafts of soft wood, of which there is an abundance of excellent quality, of which one kind—the red serayah—is likely to come into demand by builders in England. Other of the woods, such as mirabau, penagah and rengas, have good grain and take a fine polish, causing them to be suitable for the manufacture of furniture. The large tree which yields the Camphor darus of commerce also affords good timber. It is a Dryobalanops, and is not to be confused with the Cinnamomum camphora, from which the ordinary ‘‘cam- _phor’”’ is obtained and the wood of which retains the camphor smell and is largely used by the Chinese in the manufacture of ~ boxes, the scented wood keeping off ants and other insects which auemampestaim the Mar Bast. “Phe Borneo camphor tree is found only in Borneo and Sumatra. The camphor which is collected for export, principally to China and India, by the natives, is found in a solid state in the trunk, but only ina small percentage of the trees, which are felled by the collect- ors. The price of this camphor darus as it is termed, is said to be nearly ahundred times as much as that of the ordinary camphor, and it is used by the Chinese and Indians principally for embalming purposes. Billian and other woods enumerated are all found near the coast and, generally, in convenient prox- imity to some stream, and so easily available for export. Sandakan harbour has some thirteen rivers and streams run- ning into it, and, as the native population is very small, the jungle has been scarcely touched, and no better locality could, therefore, be desired by a timber merchant. Two European Timber Companies are now doing a good business there, and the Chinese also take their share of the trade. China affords a ready and large market for Borneo timber, being itself al- most forestless, and for many years past it has received iron- wood from Sarawak. Borneo timber has also been exported to the Straits Settlements, Australia and Mauritius, and I hear that an order has been given for England. Iron wood is only found in certain districts, notably in Sandakan Bay and on 64 BRITISH BORNEO. the East coast, being rarely met with on the West coast, I have seen a private letter from an officer in command ofa British man-of-war who had some samples of it on board which came in very usefully when certain bearings of the screw shaft were giving out ona long voyage, and were found to last three times as long as lignum vite. In process of time, as the country is opened up by roads and railways, doubtless many other valuable kinds of timber trees will be brought to light in the interior. A notice of Borneo Forests would be incomplete without a reference to the mangroves, which are such a prominent feature of the country as one approaches it by sea, lining much of the coast and forming, for mile after mile, the actual banks of most of the rivers. Its thick, dark-green, never changing foliage helps to give the new comer that general impression of dull monotony in tropical scenery, which, per- — haps, no one, except the professed botanist, whose trained and practical eye never misses the smallest detail, ever quite shakes off. The wood of the mangrove forms most excellent firewood, and is often used by small steamers as an economical fuel in lieu of coal, and is exported to China in the timber ships. The bark is also aseparate article of export, being used as a dye and for tanning, and is said to contain nearly 42% of tannin. The value of the general exports from the territory is increas- ing every year, having been $145,444 in 1881 and $525,879 in 1888. With the exception of tobacco and pepper, the list is almost entirely made up of the natural raw products of the land and sea—such as bees-wax, camphor, damar, gutta percha, the sap of a large forest tree destroyed i in the process of collection of gutta, India rubber, from a creeper likewise destroyed by the collectors, rattans, well known to every school boy, sago, timber, edible birds’-nests, seed-pearls, Mother-o’-pearl shells in small quantities, dried fish and dried sharks’-fins, trepang (sea-slug or béche de mer), aga, or edible sea-weed, tobacco (both Native and European grown), pepper, and occasionally elephants’ tusks—a list which shews the country to be a rich store house of natural productions, and one which will be added to, as the land is brought under cultivation with coffee, BRITISH BORNEO. 65 tea, sugar, cocoa, Manila hemp, pine apple fibre, and other tropical products for which the soil, and especially the rain- fall, temperature and climatic conditions generally, including entire freedom from typhoons and earthquakes, eminently adapt it, and many of which have already been tried with suc- cess on an experimental scale. As regards pepper, it has been previously shewn that North Borneo was in former days an exporter of thisspice. Sugar has been grown by the natives for their ,own consumption for many years, as also tapioca, rice and Indian corn. It is not my object to give a detailed list of the productions of the country, and I would refer any reader who is anxious to be further enlightened on these and kindred topics to the excellent ‘‘Hand-book of British North Borneo,” prepared for the Colonial and Indian Exhibition of 1886, at which the new Colony was represented, and published by Messrs. WILLIAM CLOWES & SONS. The edible birds’-nests are already a source of considerable revenue to the Government, who let out the collection of them for annual payments, and also levy an export duty as they leave the country for China, which is their only market. The nests are about the size of those of the ordinary swallow and are formed by innumerable hosts of swifts—Collocalia fuct- phaga—entirely from a secretion of the glands of the throat. These swifts build in caves, some of which are of very large dimensions, and there are known to be some sixteen of them in different parts of British North Borneo. With only one exception, the caves occur in limestone rocks and, generally, at no great distance from the sea, though some have been dis- covered in the interior, on the banks of the Kinabatangan River. The exception above referred to is that of a small cave on a sand-stone island at the entrance of Sandakan harbour. The Collocalia fuciphaga appears to be pretty well distributed over the Malayan islands, but of these, Borneo and Java are the principal sources of supply. Nests are also exported from the Andaman Islands, and a revenue of £30,000 a year is said to be derived from the nests in the small islands in the inland sea of Tab Sab, inhabited by natives of Malay stock. The finest caves, or rather series of caves, as yet known in the Company’s territories are those of Gomanton, a limestone 66 BRITISH BORNEO. hill situated at the head of the Sapa Gaia, one of the streams running into Sandakan harbour. These grand caves, which are one of the most interesting sights in the country, are, in fine weather, easily accessible from the town of Sandakan, by a water journey across the harbour and up the Sapa Gaia, of about twelve miles, and by a road from the point of debarkation to the entrance of the lower caves, about eight miles in length. The height of the hill is estimated at 1,000 feet, and it con- tains two distinct series of caves. The first series is on the ‘ground floor” and is known as S¢mud Hitam, or “black en- trance.” The magnificent porch, 250 feet high and roo broad, which gives admittance to this series, is on a level with the river bank, and, on entering, you find yourself in a spacious and lofty chamber well lighted from above by a large open space, through which can be seen’ the entrance to the upper set of caves, some 400 to 500 feet up the hill side. In this chamber is a large deposit of guano, formed principally by the myriads of bats inhabiting the caves in joint occupancy with the edible-nest-forming swifts. Passing through this first chamber and turning a little to the right you come to a porch leading into an extensive cave, which extends under the upper series. This cave is filled half way up toits roof, with an enormous deposit of guano, which has been estimated to be 40 to 50 feetin depth. How farthe cave extends has not been ascertained, as its exploration, until some of the deposit is removed, would not be an easy task, for the explorer would be compelled to walk along on the top of the guano, which in some places is so soft that you sink in it almost up to your waist. My friend Mr. C. A. BAMPFYLDE, in whose company I first visited Gomanton, and who, as “ Commissioner of Birds- nest Caves,” drew up a very interesting report on them, inform- ed me that, though he had found it impossible to explore right to the end, he had been a long way in and was confident that the cave was of very large size. To reach the upper series of caves, you leave Simud Hitam and clamber up the hill side—a steep but not difficult climb, as the jagged limestone affords sure footing. The entrance to this series, known as Stmud Putth, or “ white entrance,” is estimated to be at an BRITISH BORNEO, 67 elevation of 300 feet above sea level, and the porch by which you enter them is about 30 feet high by about 50 wide. The floor slopes steeply downwards and brings you into an enor- mous cave, with smaller ones leading off it, all known to the nest collectors by their different native names. You soon come to a large black hole, which has never been explored, but which is said to communicate with the large guano cave below, which has been already described. Passing on, you enter a dome-like cave, the height of the roof or ceiling of which has been estimated at 800 feet, but for the accuracy of this guess | cannot vouch. The average height of the cave before the domed portion is reached is supposed to be about 150 feet, and Mr. BAMPFYLDE estimates the total length, from the entrance to the furthest point, at a fifth of amile. The Simud Putih series are badly lighted, there being only a few “ holes” in the roof of the dome, so that torches or lights of some kind are required. There are large deposits of guano in these caves also, which could be easily worked by lowering quanti- ties down into the Simud Hitam caves below, the floor of which, as already stated, is on a level with the river bank, so that a tramway could be laid right into them and the guano be car- ried down to the port of shipment, at the mouth of the Sapa Gaia River. Samples of the guano have been sent home, and * have been analysed by Messrs. VOELCKER & Co. It is rich in ammonia and nitrogen and has been valued at £5 to £7 a ton in England. ‘The bat-guano is said to be richer as a man- ure than that derived from the swifts. To ascend to the top of Gomanton, one has to emerge from the Simud Putih entrance and, by means ofa ladder, reach an overhanging ledge, whence a not very difficult climb brings one to the cleared summit, from which a fine view of the surrounding country is obtained, in- cluding Kina-balu, the sacred mountain of North Borneo. On this summit will be found the holes already described as help- ing to somewhat lighten the darkness of the dome-shaped cave, on the roof of which we are in fact now standing. It is through these holes that the natives lower themselves into the caves, by means of rattan ladders and, in a most marvellous manner, gain a footing on the ceiling and construct cane stages, by means of which they can reach any part of the roof 68 BRITISH BORNEO. and, either by hand or by a suitable pole to the end of which is attached a lighted candle, secure the wealth-giving luxury for the epicures of China. There are two principal seasons for collecting the nests, and care has to be taken that the col- lection is made punctually at the proper time, before the eggs are all hatched, otherwise the nests become dirty and fouled with feathers, &c., and discoloured and injured by the damp, thereby losing much of their market value. Again, if the nests are not collected for a season, the birds do not build many new ones in the following season, but make use of the old ones, which thereby become comparatively valueless. There are, roughly speaking, three qualities of nests, suffi- ciently described by their names—white, red, and black—the best quality of each fetching, at Sandakan, Bee catty of 14 lbs., $16, 57 and 8 cents respectively. ° The question as to the true cause of the difference in the nests has not yet been satisfactorily solved. Some allege that the red and black nests are simply white ones deteriorated by not having been collected in due season. I myself incline to agree with the natives that the nests are formed by different. birds, for the fact that, in one set of caves, black nests are always found together in one part, and white ones in another, though both are collected with equal care and punctuality, seems almost inexplicable under the first theory. It is true that the differ- ent kinds of nests are not found in the same season, and it is just possible that the red and black nests may be the second efforts at building made by the swifts after the collectors have disturbed them by gathering their first, white ones. In the inferior nests, feathers are found mxed up with the gelatin- ous matter forming the walls, as though the glands were un- able to secrete a sufficient quantity of material, and the bird had to eke it out with its own feathers. In the substance of the white nests no feathers are found. Then, again, it is sometimes found in the case of two dis- tinct caves, situated at no great distance apart, that the one yields alinost entirely white nests, and the other nearly all red, or black ones, though the collections are made with equal regularityin each. ‘Lhe natives, as 1 have said, seem to think that there are two kinds of birds, and the Hon. R. ABER- BRITISH BORNEO. 69 CROMBY reports that, when he visited Gomanton, they shew- Ccmtinb esos Ok idilterent size and explained that one - was laid by the white-nest bird and the other by the black-nest builder. Sir HUGH Low, in his work on Sara- wak, published in 1848, asserts that there are ‘‘two differ- ~ ent and quite dissimilar kinds of birds, though both are swal- lows’”’ (he should have said swifts), and that the one which produces the white nest is larger and of more lively colours, with a white belly, and is found on the sea-coast, while the other is smaller and darker and found more in the interior. He admits, however, that though he had opportunities of ob- serving the former, he had not been able to procure a specimen. The question is one which should be easily settled on the spot, and I recommend it to the consideration of the authori- ties of the British North Borneo Museum, which has been established at Sandakan. The annual value of the nests of Gomanton, when properly collected, has been reckoned at $23,000, but I consider this an excessive estimate. My friend Mr. A. COOK, the Treasurer of the Territory, to whose zeal and perseverance the Company owes much, has arranged with the Buludupih tribe to collect these nests on payment to the Government of a royaity of 97,500 per annum, which is in addition to the export duty at the rate of 10% ad valorem paid by the Chinese exporters. The swifts and bats—the latter about the size of the ordin- ary English bat—avail themselves of the shelter afforded by the caves without incommoding one another, for, by a sort of Box and Cox arrangement, the former occupy the cavés during the night and the latter by day. Standing at the Simud Putih entrance about 5 P. M., the visitor will suddenly hear a whirring sound from below, which is caused by the myriads of bats issuing, for their nocturnal banquet, from the Simud Itam caves, through the wide open space that has been described. ‘They come out in a regularly ascending continuous spiral or corkscrew coil, revolving from left to right in a very rapid and regular manner. When the top of the spiral coil reaches a certain height, a colony of bats breaks off, and continuing to revolve in a well kept ring from left to right gradually ascends higher and higher, until all of /9 BRITISH BORNEO. a sudden the whole detachment dashes off in the direction of the sea, towards the mangrove swamps and the zzpas. Some- times these detached colonies reverse the direction of their revolutions after leaving the main body, and, instead of from left to right, revolve from right to leit:. Some of themmeonas tinue for a long time revolving in a circle, and attain a great height before darting off in quest of food, while others make up their minds more expeditiously, after a few revolutions. Amongst the bats, three white ones were, on the occasion of my visit, very conspicuous, and our followers styled them the Raja, his wife and child. Hawks and sea-eagles are quickly attracted to the spot, but only hover on the outskirts of the revolving coil, occasionally snapping up a prize. I also noticed several hornbil Is, but they appeared to have been only attracted by curiosity. Mr. BAMPFYLDE informed me that, on a previ- ous visit, he had seen a large green snake settled on an over- hanging branch near which the bats passed and that ecca- sionally he managed to secure a victim. I timed the bats and found that they took almost exactly fifty minutes to come out of the caves, a thick stream of them issuing all that time and at a great pace, and the reader can endeavour to form for himself some idea of their vast numbers. They had all got out by ten minutes to six in the evening, and at about six o'clock the swifts began to come home to. roost. They came in in detached, independent parties, and I found it im- possible to time them, as some of them kept very late hours. I sleptin the Simud Putih cave on this occasion, and found: hat next morning the bats returned about 5 A.M., and that he swifts went out an hour afterwards. As shewing the mode of formation of these caves, I may add that I noticed, imbedded in a boulder of rock in the upper caves, two pieces of coral and several fossil marine shells, bivalves and others. : The noise made by the bats going out for their evening promenade resembled a combination of that of the surf break- ing on a distant shore and of steam being gently blown off from a vessel which has just come to anchor. There are other interesting series of caves, and one— that of Madai, in Darvel Bay on the East coast—was BRITISH BORNEO. 7 i visited by the late Lady BRASSEY and Miss BRASSEY in April, 1887, when British North Borneo was honoured by a visit of the celebrated yacht the Suxdeam, with Lord BRASSEY and his family on board. I accompanied the party on the trip to Madai, and shall not easily forget the pluck and energy with which Lady BRASSEy, then in bad health, surmounted the difficulties of the jungle track, and insisted upon seeing all that was to be seen; or the gallant style in which Miss BRASSEY unwearied after her long tramp through the forest, led the way over the slippery bould- ers in the dark caves. The Chinese ascribe great strengthening powers to the soup made of the birds’-nests, which they boildown into a syrup with barley sugar, and sip out of tea cups. The gelatinous looking material of which the substance of the nests is com- posed is in itself almost flavourless. It is also with the object of increasing their bodily powers that these epicures consume the uninviting sea-slug or béche-de-mer, and dried sharks’-fins and cuttle fish. To conclude my brief sketch of Sandakan Harbour and of the Capital, it should be stated that, in addition to being with- in easy distance of Hongkong, it lies but little off the usual route of vessels proceeding from China to Australian ports, and can be reached by half a day’s deviation of the ordinary track. Should, unfortunately, war arise with Russia, there is little doubt their East Asiatic squadron would endeavour both to harass the Australian trade and to damage, as much as possi- ble, the coast towns, in which case the advantages of Sanda- kan, midway between China and Australia, as a base of opera- tions for the British protecting fleet would at once become manifest. It is somewhat unfortunate that a bar has formed just outside the entrance of the harbour, with a depth of water of four fathoms at low water, spring tides, so that ironclads of the largest size would be denied admittance. There are at present, no steamers sailing direct from Bor- neo to England, and nearly all the commerce from British North Borneo ports is carried by local steamers to that great emporium of the trade of the Malayan countries, Singapore, 72 BRITISH BORNEO. distant from Sandakan a thousand miles, and it is a curious fact, that though many of the exports are ultimately intended for the China market, e.g., edible birds’-nests, the Chinese tra- ders find it pays them better to send their produce to Singa- pore in the first instance, instead of direct to Hongkong: This is partly accounted for by the further fact that, though the Government has spent considerable sum in endeavouring to attract Chinamen from China, the large proportion of our Chinese traders and of the Chinese population generally has come to us w7@ Singapore, after as it were having undergone there an education in the knowledge of Malayan affairs. As further illustrating the commercial and strategical ad- vantages of the harbours cf British North Borneo, it should be noted that the course recommended by the Admiralty in- structions for vessels proceeding to China from the Straits, vid the Palawan passage, brings them within ninety miles of the harbours of the West Coast. As to postal matters, British North Borneo, though not in the Postal Union, has entered into arrangements for the ex- change of direct closed mails with the English Post Office, London, with which latter also, as well as with Singapore and India, a system of Parcel Post and of Post Office Orders has been established. The postal and inland revenue stamps, distinguished by the lion, which has been adopted as the Company’s badge, are well executed and in considerable demand with stamp col- lectors, owing to their rarity. The Government also issues its own copper coinage, one cent and half-cent pieces, manufactured in Birmingham and of the same intrinsic value as those of Hongkong and the Straits Settlements. The revenue derived from its issue is an important item to the Colony’s finances, and considerable quantities have been put ino circulation, not only within the hmits of the Company's territory, but also in Brunai and in the British Colony of La- buan, where it has been proclaimed a legal tender on the condition of the Company, in return for the profit which they reap by its issue in the island, contributing to the impover- ished Colonial Treasury the yearly sum of $3,000. BRITISH BORNEO. ae Trade, however, is still, to a great extent, carried on by a system of barter with the Natives. The primitive currency medium in vogue under the native regime has been described in the Chapters on Brunai. The silver currency is the Mexican and Spanish Dollar and the Japanese Yen, supplemented by the small silver coin- age of the Straits Settlements. The Company has not yet minted any silver coinage, as the profit thereon is small, but in the absence of a bank, the Treasury, for the convenience of traders and planters, carries on banking business to a certain extent, and issues bank notes of the values of $1, $5 and $25, cash reserves equal to one-third of the value of the notes in circulation being maintained.* Sir ALFRED DENT is taking steps to form a Banking Com- pany at Sandakan, the establishment of which would materi- ally assist in the development of the resources of the ter- ritory. British North Borneo is not in telegraphic communication with any part of the world, except of course through Singa- ~ pore, nor are there any local telegraphs. ‘The question, how- ever, of supplementing the existing cable between the Straits Settlements and China by another touching at British terri- tory in Borneo has more than once been mooted, and may yet become a fart accompli. \he Spanish Government appear to have decided to unite Sulu by telegraphic communication with the rest of the world, vd Manila, and this will bring San- dakan within 180 miles of the telegraphic station. CHAPTER IX. In the eyes of the European planter, British North Borneo is chiefly interesting as a held for the cultivation of tobacco, in rivalry to Sumatra, and my readers may judge of the im- portance of this question from a glance at the following figures, which shew the dividends declared of late years by three of the principal Tobacco Planting Companies in the latter island :— * Agencies of Singapore Banks have since been established at Sandakan. 74 BRITISH BORNEO. Dividends paid by In . The Deli The Tabak The Amsterdam Maatschappi. Maatschappi. Deli Co. 1882 | 65 percent. ...|~25 per cent. 4. no pemecn= 1883 | IOI soo | SO i 20 as 1884 | 77 55 soo POO . yO ) 1885 | 107 3 a OO i fs | OO i 1886 | 108 “h bo 0 a eal In Sumatra, under Dutch rule, tobacco culture can at pre- sent only be carried on in certain districts, where the soil is suitable and where the natives are not hostile, and, as most of the best land has been taken up, and planters are beginning to feel harassed by the stringent regulations and heavy taxa- tion of the Dutch Government, both Dutch and German plant- ers are turning their attention to British North Borneo, where they find the regulations easier, and the authorities most anxi- | ous to welcome them, while, owing to the scanty population, there is plenty of available land. It is but fair to say that the first experiment in North Borneo was made by an English, or rather an Anglo-Chinese Company, the China-Sabah Land Farming Company, who, on hurriedly selected land in Sanda- kan and under the disadvantages which usually attend pio- neers in a new country, shipped a crop to England which was prenounced by experts in 1886 to equal in quality the best Sumatra-grown leaf. Unfortunately, this Company, which had wasted its resources on various experiments, instead of con- fining itself to tobacco planting, was unable to continue its operations, but a Dutch planter from Java, Count GELOES bD’ELSLOO, having carefully selected his land in Marudu Bay, obtained, in 1887, the high average of $1 per lb. for his trial crop at Amsterdam, and, having formed an influential Company in Europe, is energetically bringing a large area under culti- BRITISH BORNEO. > vation, and has informed me that he confidently expects to rival Sumatra, not only in quality, but also in quantity of leaf per acre, as some of his men have cut twelve pikuls per field, whereas six pikuls per field is usually considered a good crop. The question of ‘“‘ quantity” is a very important one, for qua- lity without quantity will never pay on a_ tobacco estate. Several Dutchmen have followed Count GELOES’ example, and two German Companies and one British are now at work in the country. Altogether, fully 350,000 acres* of land have been taken up for tobacco cultivation in British North Borneo up to the present time. In selecting land for this crop, climate, that is, temperature and rainfall, has equally to be considered with richness of soil. For example, the soil of Java is as rich, or richer than that of Sumatra, but owing to.its much smaller rainfall, the tobacco it produces commands nothing like the prices fetched by that of the former. The seasons and rainfall in Borneo are found to be very similar to those of Sumatra. The average recorded annual rainfall at Sandakan for the last seven years is given by Dr. WALKER, the Principal Medical Officer, as 124.34 inches, the range being from 156.9 to 101.26 inches per annum. Being so near the equator, roughly speaking between N. Latitudes 4 and 7, North Borneo has, unfortunately for the European residents whose lot is cast there, nothing that can be called a winter, the temperature remaining much about the same from year’s end to year’s end. It used to seem to me that during the day the thermometer was generally about 83 or 85 in the shade, but, I believe, taking the year all round, night and day, the mean temperature is 81, and the extremes recorded on the coast line are 67.5 and 94.5. Dr. WALKER has not yet extended his stations to the hills in the interior, but mentions it as probable that freezing point is occasionally reached near the top of the Kinabalu Mountains, which is 13,700 feet high ; he adds that the lowest recorded tempera- ture he has PS a is 36.5, given by Sir SPENCER. ST. JOHN in his “Life in the Forests of the Far East.’ Snow has’ never * Governor CREAGH tells me 600,000 acres have now been taken up. 76 BRITISH BORNEO. been reported even on Kinabalu, and I am informed that the Charles Louis Mountains in Dutch New Guinea, are the only ones in tropical Asia where the limit of perpetual snow is attained. I must stop to say a word in praise of Kinabalu, “the Chinese Widow,’’* the sacred mountain of North Bor- neo whither the souls of the righteous Dusuns ascend after death. It can be seen from both coasts, and appears to read its isolated, solid bulk almost straight out of the level country, so dwarfed are the neighbouring hills by its height of 13,680 feet. The best view of it is obtained, either at sunrise or at sunset, from the deck of a ship proceeding along the West Coast, from which it is about twenty miles inland. During the day time the Widow, asa rule, modestly veils her features in the clouds. The effect when its huge mass is lighted up at evening by the last rays of the setting sun is truly magnificent. On the spurs of Kinabalu and on the other lofty hills, of which there is an abundance, no doubt, as the country be- comes opened up by roads many suitable sites for sanitoria will be discovered, and the day will come when these hill sides, like those of Ceylon and Java, will be covered with thriving plantations. Failing winter, the Bornean has to be content with the the change afforded by a dry and a wet season, the latter be- ing looked upon as the ‘winter,’ and prevailing during the month of November, December and January. But though the two seasons are sufficiently well defined and to be de- pended upon by planters, yet there is never a month during the dry season when no rain falls, nor in the wet season are fine days at all rare. The dryest months appear to be March and April, and in June there generally occurs what Doctor WALKER terms an “ intermediate” and moderately wet pe- riod. Tobacco is a crop which yields quick returns, for in about 110 to 120 days afrer the seed is sown the plant is ripe for cutting. Lhe modus operandi is somewhat after this fashion. First select your land, virgin soil covered with untouched * For the native derivation of this appellation see page 66 of Journal No. 20, BRITISH BORNEO. 77 jungle, situated at a distance from the sea, so that no salt breezes may jeopardise the proper burning qualities of the future crop, and as devoid as possible of hills. Then, a point of primary importance which will be again ered to, engage your Chinese coolies, who have to sign agreements for fixed periods, and to be carefully watched aiterw wards, as it 1s the custom to give them cash advances on signing, the repay- ment of which they frequently endeavour to avoid by slipping away just before your vessel sails and probably engaging themselves to another master. Without the Chinese cooly, the tobacco planter is helpless, and if the proper season is allowed to pass, a whole year may be lost. The Chinaman is too expensive a machine to be employed on felling the forest, and for this purpose, indeed, the Malay is more suitable and the work is accordingly given him to do under contract. Simultaneously with the felling, a track should be cut right through the heart of the estate by the natives, to be afterwards ditched and drained and made passable for carts by the Chinese coolies. That as much as possible of the felled jungle should be burned up is so important a matter and one that so greatly affects the individual Chinese labourer, that it is not left to the Malays to do, but, on the completion of the felling, the whole area which is to be planted is divided out into ‘ fields,” of about one acre each, and each ‘‘field” is assigned by lot toa Chinese cooly, whose duty it is to carefully burn the timber and plant, tend and finally cut the tobacco on his own divi- sion, for which he is remunerated in accordance with the qua- lity and quantity of the leaf he is able to bring into the drying sheds. Each “‘ field,” having been cleared as ‘carefully as may be of the felled timber, is next thoroughly hoed up, and a small “nursery” prepared in which the seeds provided by the manager are planted and protected from rain and sun by palm leaf mats (ajangs) raised on sticks. In about a week, the young plants appear, and the Chinese tenant, as | may cali him, has to carefully water them morning and even- ing. As the young seedlings grow up, their enemy, the worms and grubs, find them out and attack them in such numbers that at least once a day, sometimes oftener, the anxious planter 78 BRITISH BORNEO. has to go through his nursery and pick them off, otherwise in a short time he would have no tobacco to plant out. About thirty days after the seed has been sown, the seedlings are old enough to be planted out in the field, which has been all the time carefully prepared for their reception. The first thing to be done is tomake holes in the soil, at distances of two feet one way and three feetthe other, the earth inthem beingloosened and broken up so that the tender roots should meet with no obstacles to their growth. As the holes are ready for them, the seedlings are taken from the nursery and planted out, being protected from the sun’s rays either by fern, or coarse grass, or, in the best managed estates, by a piece of wood, like a roofing shingle, inserted in the soil in such a way as to provide the required shelter. The watering has to be con- tinued till the plants have struck root, whenthe protecting shelter is removed and the earth banked up round them, care being taken to daily inspect them and remove the worms which have followed them from the nursery. The next operation is that of ‘‘topping”’ the plants, that is, of stopping their fur- ther growth by nipping off the heads. According to the richness of the soil and the general ap- pearance of the plants, this is ordered to be done by the Euro- pean overseer after a certain number of leaves have been pro- duced. If the soil is poor, perhaps only fourteen leaves will be allowed, while on the richest land the plant can stand and properly ripen as many as twenty-four leaves. The signs of ripening, which generally takes place in about three months from the date of transplantation, are well known to the overseers and are first shewn by a yellow tinge becoming apparent at the tips of the leaves. The cooly thereupon cuts the plants down close to the ground and lightly and carefully packs them into long baskets so as not to injure the leaves, and carries them to the drying sheds. There they are examined by the overseer of his divi- sion, who credits him with the value, based on the quantity and quality of the crop he brings in, the price ranging from Sr up to $8 per thousand trees. The plants are then tied in rows on sticks, heads downwards, and hoisted up in tiers to dry in the shed. BRITISH BORNEO. 39 After hanging for a fortnight, they are sufficiently dry and, being lowered down, are stripped of their leaves, which are tied up into small bundles, similar leaves being roughly sorted together. _ The bundles of leaves are then taken to other sheds, where the very important process of fermenting them is carried out. For this purpose, they are put into orderly arranged heaps— small at first, but increased in size till very little heat is given out, the heat being tested by a thermometer, or even an ordin- ary piece of stick inserted into them. When the fermenta- tion is nearly completed and the leaves have attained a fixed colour, they are carefully sorted according to colour, spotti- ness and freedom from injury of any kind. The price realized in Europe is greatly affected by the care with which the leaves have been fermented and sorted. Spottiness is not always considered a defect, as it is caused by the sun shining on the leaves when they have drops of rain on them, and to this the ‘best leaves are liable; but spotted leaves, broken leaves and in short leaves having the same characteristics should be care- fully sorted together. After this sorting is completed as regards class and quality, there is a further sorting in regard to length, and the leaves are then tied together in bundles of thirty-five. These bundles are put into large heaps and, when no more heating is apparent, they are ready to be pressed un- der a strong screw press and sewn up in bags which are care- fully marked and shipped off to Europe—to Amsterdam as a rule. . As the coolies’ payment is by ‘‘results,” it is their interest to take the greatest care of their crops; but for any outside work they may be called on to perform, and for their services _ - as sorters, etc. in the sheds, they are paid extra. During the whole time, also, they receive, for “subsistence” money, $4 or $3 amonth. At the end of the season their accounts are made up, being debited with the amount of the original ad- vance, subsistence money and cost of implements, and credited with the value of the tobacco brought in and any wages that may be due for outside work. Each estate possesses a hospi- tal, in which bad cases are treated by a qualified practitioner, while in trifling cases the European overseer dispenses drugs, 80 BRITISH BORNEO. quinine being that in most demand. If, owing to sickness, or other cause, the cooly has required assistance in his field, the cost thereof 1s deducted in his final account. The men live in well constructed ‘ barracks,’ erected by the owner of the estate, and it is one of the duties of the Chinese “tindals,” or overseers acting under the Europeans to see that they are kept in a cleanly, sanitary condition. The European overseers are under the orders of the head manager, and an estate is divided in sucha way that each overseer shall have under his direct control and be responsible for the proper cultivation of about 100 fields. He receives a fixed salary, but his interest in his division is augmented by the fact that he will receive a commission on the value of the crop it produces. His work is onerous and, during the season, he has little time to himself, but should be here, there, and everywhere in his division, seeing that the coolies come out to work at the stated times, that no field is allowed to get in a backward state, and that worms are carefully removed, and, as a large proportion of the men are probably szxkehs, that is, new arrivals who have never been on a tobacco estate before, he has, with the assistance of the tindals, to instruct them in their work. When the crop is brought in, he has to examine each cooly’s contribution, carefully inspecting each leaf, and keeping an account of the value and quantity of each. Physical strength, intelligence and an innate desire of amas- ing dollars, are three essential qualifications for a good to- bacco cooly, and, so far, they have only been found united in the Chinaman, the European being out of the question asa field-labourer in the tropics. The coolies are, as a rule, procured through Chinese cooly brokers in Penang or Singapore, but as regards North Borneo, the charges for commission, transport and the advances— many of which, owing to death, sickness and desertion, are never repaid—have become so heavy as to be almost prohibi- tive, and my energetic friend, Count GELOES, has set the exam- ple of procuring his coolies direct from China, instead of by the old fashioned, roundabout way of the extortionate labour- brokers of the Straits Settlements. North Borneo, it will be remembered, is situated midway between Hongkong and Sin- BRITISH BORNEO. 81 gapore, and the Court of Directors of the Governing Company could do nothing better calculated to ensure the success of their public-spirited enterprise than to inaugurate regular, direct steam communication between their territory and Hong- kong. In the first instance, this could only be effected by a Government subsidy or guarantee, but it is probable that, in a short time, a cargo and passenger traffic would grow up which would permit of the subsidy being gradually withdrawn. Many of the best men on a well managed estate will re-en- gage themselves on the expiration of their term of agreement, receiving a fresh advance, and some of them can be trusted to go back to China and engage their clansmen for the estate. In British North Borneo the general welfare of the inden- tured coolies is looked after by Government Officials, who act under the provisions of a lawentitled ‘‘The Estate Coolies and Labourers Protection Proclamation, 1883.” Owing to the expense of procuring coolies and to the fact that every operation of tobacco planting must be performed punctually at the proper season of the year, and to the desira- bility of encouraging coolies to re-engage themselves, it is manifestly the planters’ interest to treat his employés well, and to provide, so far as possible, for their health and comfort on the estate, but, notwithstanding all the care that may be taken, a considerable amount of sickness and many deaths must be allowed for on tobacco estates, which, as a rule, are opened on virgin soil; for, so long as there remains any untouched land on his estate, the planter rarely makes use of land off which a crop has been taken. In North Borneo the jungle is generally felled towards the end of the wet season, and planting commences in April or May: The Native Dusun, Sulu and Brunai labour is availa- ble for jungle-felling and house-building, and xzbong palms for posts and zzpa palms for thatch, walls and kajangs exist in abundance. Writing tothe Court of Directors in 1884 I said :—‘‘ The ex- periment in the Suanlambah conclusively proves so far that this country will: do for tobacco,*: * * * There seems every reason to conclude that it will do as well here as in Suma- tra. When this fact becomes known, I presume there will be 82 BRITISH BORNEO. quite a small rush to the country, as the Dutch Government, I hear, is not popular in Sumatra, and land available for to- bacco there is becoming scarcer.” My anticipations have been verified, and the rush is al-_ ready taking place. The localities at present in favour with tobacco planters- are Marudu Bay and Banguey Island in the North, Labuk Bay and Darvel Bay in the neighbourhood of the Silam Sta- tion, and the Kinabatangan River on the East The firstcomers obtained their land on very easy terms, some of them at 30 cents an acre, but the Court has now issued an order that in future no planting land is to be dis- posed of for a less sum than $1* per acre, free of quit-rent and on a lease for g99 years, with clauses providing that a certain proportion be brought under cultivation. At present no export duty is levied on tobacco shipped from North Borneo, and the Company has engaged that no such duty shall be imposed before the 1st January, 1892, after which date it will be optional with them to levy an export royalty at the rate of one dollar cent, ora halfpenny, per lb., which rate, they promise, shall not be exceeded during the succeeding twenty years. The tobacco cultivated in Sumatra and British North Bor- neo is used chiefly for wrappers for cigars, for which purpose avery fine, thin, elastic leaf is required and one that has a good colour and will burn well and evenly, with a fine white ash. This quality of leaf commands a much higher price than ordi- dary kinds, and, as stated, Count GELOES'’ trial crop, from the Ranan Estate in Marudu Bay, averaged 1.83 guilders, or about $1 (3/2) per Ib. It is said that 2 lbs. or 24 lbs. weight of Bornean tobacco will cover 1,000 cigars. Tobacco is not a new culture in Borneo, as some of the hill natives on the West Coast of North Borneo have grown it in a rough and ready way for years past, supplying the po- pulation of Brunai and surrounding districts with a sun-dried article, which used to be preferred to that produced in Java. The Malay name for tobacco is tamébako, a corruption of the * Raised in 1890 to $6 an acre, BRIRISH BORNEO. §3 Spanish and Portuguese term, but the Brunai people also know it as szgup. It was probably introduced into Malay countries by the Por- tuguese, who conquered Malacca in 1511, and by the Spanish, who settled in the Philippines in 1565. Its use has become universal with men, women and children, of all tribes and of allranks. The native mode of using tobacco has been refer- red to in my description of Brunai. Fibre-yielding plants are also now attracting attention in North Borneo, especially the Manilahemp (Musa textzlis) a species of banana, and pine-apples, both of which grow freely. The British Borneo Trading and Planting Company have ac- quired the patent for Borneo of DEATH’S fibre-cleaning machi- nes, and are experimenting with these products on a considera- ble scale and, apparently, with good prospects of success.* For a long time past, beautiful cloths have been manufactured of pine-apple fibre in the Philippines, and as it is said that orders have been received from France for Borneo pine-apple fibre, we shall perhaps soon see it used in England under the name of French sz. In the Government Experimental Garden at Silam, in Dar- vel Bay, cocoa, cinnamon and Liberian coffee have been found to do remarkably well. Sappan-wood and kafok or cotton flock also grow freely. CHAPTER X. Many people have a very erroneous idea of the objects and intentions of the British North Borneo Company. Some, with a dim recollection of untold wealth having been extracted from the natives of India in the early days of the Honourable East India Company, conceive that the Company can have no other object than that of fleecing our natives in order to pay dividends; but the old saying, that it is a difficult matter to steal a Highlander’s pantaloons, is applicable to North Borneo, for only a magician could extract anything much worth having in the shape of loot from the easy going natives * The anticipated success has not been achieved as yet. 84 BRITISH BORNEO. of the country, who, in afar more practical sense than the Christians of Europe, are ready to say “sufficient for the day is the evil thereof,” and who do not look forward and provide for the future, or heap up riches to leave to their posterity. Some years ago, a correspondent of an English paper dis- played his ignorance on the matter by maintaining that the Company coerced the natives and forced them to buy Man- chester goods at extortionate prices. An Oxford Don, when I first received my appointment as Governor, imagined that I was going out as asort of slave-driver, to compel the poor natives to work, without wages, on the Company’s planta- tions. But, asa matter of fact, though entitled to do so by the Royal Charter, the Company has elected to engage nei- ther in trade nor in planting, deeming that their desire to attract capital and population to their territory will be best advanced by their leaving the field entirely open to others, for otherwise there would always have been a suspicion that rival traders and planters were handicapped in the race with a Company which had the making and the administration of laws and the imposition of taxation in its hands. It will be asked, then, if the Company do not make a profit out of trading, or planting, or mining, what could have in- duced them to undertake the Government of a tropical coun- try, some 10,000 miles or more distant from London, for Eng- lishmen, as a rule, do not invest hundreds of thousands of pounds with the philanthropic desire only of benefitting an Eastern race ? The answer to this question is not very plainly put in the Company’s prospectus, which states that its object “is the carrying on of the work begun by the Provisional Association” (said in the previous paragraphs of the prospectus to have been the successful accomplishment of the completion of the pioneer work) ‘‘and the further improvement and full utiliza- tion of the vast natural resources of the country, by the intro- duction of new capital and labour, which they intend shall be stimulated, aided and protected by a just, humane and en- lightened Government. The benefits likely to flow from the accomplishment of this object, in the opening up of new fields of tropical agriculture, new channels of enterprise, and new BRITISH BORNEO. 88 markets for the world’s manufactures, are great and incon- testable.” I quite agree with the framer of the prospectus that these benefits are great and incontestable, but then they would be benefits conferred on the world at large at the expense of the shareholders of the Company, and I presume that the source from which the shareholders are to be recouped is the surplus revenues which a wisely administered Government would ensure, by judiciously fostering colonisation, principally by Chinese, by the sale of the vast acreages of ‘‘waste’’ or Government lands, by leas- ing the right to work the valuable timber forests and such minerals as may be found to exist in workable quantities, by customs duties and the ‘‘ farming out” of the exclusive right to sell opium, spirits, tobacco, etc., and by other methods of raising revenue in vogue in the Eastern Colonies of the Crown. In fact, the sum invested by the shareholders is to be consi- dered in the light of a loan to the Colony—its public debt— to be repaid with interest as the resources of the country are developed. Without encroaching on land worked, or owned by the natives, the Company has a large area of unoccupied land which it can dispose of for the lhighest price obtainable. That this must be the case is evident from a comparison with the Island of Ceylon, where Government land sales are still heid. The area of North Borneo, it has been seen, is larger than that of Ceylon, but its population is only about 160,000, while that of Ceylon is returned as 2,825,000; furthermore, notwithstanding this comparatively large population, it is said that the land under cultivation in Ceylon forms only about one-fifth of its total area. From what I have said of the pros- pects of tobacco-planting in British North Borneo, it will be understood that land is being rapidly taken up, and the Com- pany will soon be ina position to increase its selling price. Town and station lands are sold under different conditions to that for planting purposes, and are restricted as a rule to lots of the size of 66 feet by 33 feet. The lease is for ggg years, but there is an annual quit-rent at the rate of $6 per lot, which is redeemable at fifteen years’ purchase. At Sandakan, lots of this size have at auction realized a premium of $350. In all cases, coal, minerals, precious stones, edible nests and guano 86 BRITISH BORNEO. are reserved to the Government, and, in order to protect the native proprietors, it is provided that any foreigner desirous of purchasing land from a native must do so through the Goy- ernment. Titles and mutations of titles to land are carefully regis- tered and recorded in the Land Office, under the provisions of the Hongkong Registration of Documents Ordinance, which has been adopted in the State. The local Government is administered by a Governor, select- ed by the Court of Directors subject to the approval of the Se- cretary of State for the Colonies. Heis empowered to enact laws, which require confirmation by the Court, and is assisted in his executive functions by a Government Secretary, Resi- dents, Assistant Residents, a Treasurer-General, a Commis- sioner of Lands, a Superintendent of Public Works, Command- ant, Postmaster-General and other Heads of Departments usually to be found in Crown Colonies, and the British Colo- nial Regulations are adhered to as closely as circumstances admit. The title of Resident is borrowed from the Dutch Colonies, and the duties of the post are analogous to those of the Resident Councillors of Penang or Malacca, under the Governor of Singapore, or of the Government Agents in Cey- lon. The Governor can also call to assist him in his delibera- tions a Council cf Advice, composed of some of the Heads of Departments and of natives of position nominated to seats therein. The laws are in the form of ‘‘ Proclamations’ issued by the Governor under the seal of the Territory. Most of the laws are adaptations, in whole or in part, of Ordinances en- acted in Eastern Colonies, such as the Straits Settlements, Hongkong, Labuan and Fiji. The Indian Penal Code, the Indian Codes of Civil and Criminal -Procedure and the Indian Evidence and Con- tract Acts have been adopted in their entirety, “so far as the same shall be applicable to the circumstances of this Wernitoryes The Proclamation making these and other Acts the law in North Borneo was the first formal one issued, and bears date the 22rd) December room: BRITISH BORNEO. 87 The law relating to the protection of estate coolies and labourers has been already referred to. The question of domestic slavery was one of the first with which the Company had to grapple, the Royal Charter having ordained that ‘‘the Company shall to the best of its power discourage and, as far as may be practicable, abolish by he- grees, any system of domestic servitude existing among the tribes of the Coast or interior of Borneo; and no foreigners whether European, Chinese or other, shall be allowed to own slaves of any kind in the Company’s territories.” Sla- very and kidnapping were rampant in North Borneo under native regime and were one of the chief obstacles to the un- animous acceptance of the Company’s rule by the Chiefs. At first the Residents and other officers confined their efforts to prohibiting the importation of slaves for sale, and in assisting slaves who were ill-treated to purchase their liberty. In 1383, a Proclamation was issued which will have the effect of gra- dually abolishing the system, as required by the Charter. Its chief provisions are as follows :—No foreigners are allowed to hold slaves, and no slaves can be imported for sale, nor can the natives buy slaves in a foreign country and introduce them into Borneo as slaves, even should there be no inten- tion of selling them as such. Slaves taking refuge in the country from abroad will not be surrendered, but slaves be- longing to natives of the country will be given up to their owners unless they can prove ill-treatment, or that they have been brought into the territory subsequently to the 1st Novem- ber, 1883, and it is optional for any slave to purchase his or her freedom by payment of a sum, the amount of which is to be fixed, from time to time, by the Government. A woman also becomesfree if she can prove that she has co- habited with her master, or with any person other than her hus- band, with the connivance of her master or mistress; and finally ‘‘all children born of slave parents after the first day of November, 1883, and who would by ancient custom be deemed to be slaves, are hereby proclaimed to be free, and any person treating or attempting to treat any such children as slaves shall be guilty of an offence under this Proclama- tion.” The punishment for offences against the provisions 88 BRITISH BORNEO. of this Proclamation extends to imprisonment for ten years and to a fine up to five thousand dollars. The late Mr. WITTI, one of the first officers of the Associa- tion, at my request, drew up, in 1881, an interesting report on the system of Slavery in force in the Tampassuk District, on the West Coast, of which the following is a brief summary. Slaves in this district are divided into two classes—those who are slaves ina strict and rigorous sense, and those whose servitude is of a light description. The latter are known as anak mas, and are the children of a slave mother by a free man other than her master. Ifa female, she is the slave or anak mas of her mother’s master, but cannot be sold by him; if a boy, he is practically free, cannot be sold and, if he does not care to stay with his master, can move about and earn his own living, not sharing his earnings with his master, as is the case in some other districts. In case of actual need, however, his master can call upon him for his services. If an ananak mas girl marries a freeman, she at once becomes a free woman, but a drzhan, or marriage gift, of from two to two and a half pikuls of brass gun—valued at $20 to $25 a pikul—is payable by the bridegroom to the master. If she marry a slave, she remains an anak mas, but such cases are very rare and only take place when the husband is in a condition to pay asuitable drzhan to the owner. If an ordinary slave woman becomes exceinte by her owner, she and her offspring are henceforth free and, she may remain as one of her late master’s wives. But the jealousy of the inmates of the harem often causes abortion to be procured. The slaves, as a rule, have quite an easy time of it, living with and, as their masters, sharing the food of the family and being supplied with tobacco, betel-nut and other native luxu- ries. There is no difference between them and free men in the matter of dress, andin the arms which all carry, and the mere fact that they are allowed to wear arms is pretty conclu- sive evidence of their not being bullied or oppressed. They assist in domestic duties and in the operations of har- vest and trading and so forth, but there is no such institution as a slave-gang, working under task masters, a picture which BRITISH BORNEO. 89 is generally present to the Englishman’s mind when he hears of the existence of slavery. The slave gang was an institu- tion of the white slave-owner. Slave couples, provided they support themselves, are allowed to set up house and cultivate a patch of land. For such minor offences as laziness and attempting to es- cape, the master can punish his slaves with strokes of the rattan, but if an owner receives grave provocation and kills his slave, the matter will probably not be taken notice of by the elders of the village. An incorrigble slave is sometimes punished by being sold out of the district. If a slave is badly treated and insufficiently provided with food, his offence in endeavouring to escape is generally con- doned by public opinion. If a slave is, without sufficient cause, maltreated by a freeman, his master can demand com- pensation from the agressor. Slaves of one master can, with their owner’s consent, marry, and no drzhan is demanded, but if they belong to different masters, the woman’s master is en- titled to a drihan of one pikul, equal to $20 or $25. They con- tinue to be the slaves of their respective masters, but are allowed to live together, and in case of a subsequent separa- tion they return to the houses of their masters. Shoulda freeman, other than her master, wish to marry a slave, he practically buys her from her owner with a drzhan of $60 or $75. Sometimes a favourite slave is raised to a position interme- diate between that of an ordinary slave and an anak mas, and is regarded as a brother, or sister, father, mother, or child; but if he or she attempt to escape, a reversion to the condition of an ordinary slave is the result. Occasionally, slaves are given their freedom in fulfilment of a vow to that effect made by the master in circumstances of extreme dan- ger, experienced in company with the slave. A slave once declared free can never be claimed again by his former master. Debts contracted by a slave, either in his own name, or in that of his master, are not recoverable. 90 BRITISH BORNEO. By their own extra work, after performing their service to their owners, slaves can acquire private property and even themselves purchase and own slaves. Infidel slaves, of both sexes, are compulsorily converted to Muhammadanism and circumcized and, even thoughthey should recover their freedom, they seldom relapse. M@here are) or rather were, a large number of debt slaves in North Borneo. For a dene of three pikuls—$6o0 to $75—a man might be enslaved if his friends could not raise the re- quisite sum, and he would continue to be a slave until the debt was paid, but, as a most usurious interest was charged, it was almost always a hopeless task to attempt it. Sometimes an inveterate gambler would sell himself to pay off his debts of honour, keeping the balance if any. The natives, regardless of the precepts of the Koran, would purchase any slaves that were offered for sale, whether infidel or Muhammadan. The importers were usually the Hlanun and Sulu kidnappers, who would bring in slaves of all tribes— Bajaus, Illanuns, Sulus, Brunais, Manilamen, natives of Palawan and natives of the interior of Magindanau—all was fish that came into their net. The selling price was as follows :— A boy, about 2 pikuls, a man 3 pikuls. A girl, 3 to 4 pikuls, a young woman, 3to5 pikuls. A person past middle age about 14 pikuls. A young couple, 7 to 8 pikuls, an old cou- ple, about 5 pikuls. The pikul was then equivalent to $20 or $25. Mr. WitTI further stated that in Tampassuk the pro- portion of free men to slaves was only one in three, and in Marudu Bay only one in five. In Tampassuk there were more female than male slaves. . Mr. A. H. EVERETT reported that, in his district of Pappar- Kimanis, there was no slave ¢rade, and that the condition of the domestic slaves was not one of hardship. . Mr. W. B. PRYER, speaking for the East Coast, informed me that there were only a few slaves in the interior, mostly Sulus who had been kidnapped and sold up the rivers. Among the Sulus of the coast, the relation was rather that of follower and lord than of slave and master. When he first settled at Sandakan, he could not get men to work for him for wages, they deemed it degrading to do so, but they said they BRITISH BORNEO. gt would work for him if he would duy them! Sulu, under Spanish influence, and Bulungan, in Dutch Borneo, were the chief slave markets, but the Spanish and Dutch are gradually suppressing this traffic. There was a colony of Illanuns and Balinini settled at Tunku and Teribas on the East Coast, who did a considera- ble business in kidnapping, but in 1879 Commander E. ED- WARDS, in H. M. S. Kestre/, attacked and burnt their village, capturing and burning several piratical boats and prahus. Slavery, though not yet extinct in Borneo, has received a severe check in British North Borneo and in Sarawak, and is rapidly dying out in both countries; in fact it is a losing business to be a slave-owner now. Apart from the institution of slavery, which is sanctioned by the Muhammadan religion, the religious customsand laws of the various tribes ‘‘ especially with respect to the holding, ‘possession, transfer and disposition of lands and goods, and “‘testate or intestate succession thereto, and marriage, divorce “and legitimacy, and the rights of property and personal “rights” are carefully regarded by the Company’s Govern- ment, as in duty bound, according to the terms of Articles 8 and g of the Royal Charter. The services of native headmen are utilised as much as possible, and Courts composed of Native Magistrates have been established, but at the same time efforts are made to carry the people with the Government in ameliorating and advancing their social position, and thus involves an amendment of some of the old customs and laws. Moreover, customs which are altogether repugnant to modern ideas are checked or prohibited by the new Govern- ment; as, for example, the time-honoured custom of a tribe periodically balancing the account of the number of heads taken or lost by it from orto another tribe, an audit which, it is strange to say, almost invariably results in the discovery on the part of the stronger tribe that they are on the wrong side of the account and have a balance to get from the others. These hitherto interminable feuds, though not altogether pu- a stop to in the interior, have been in many districts effectt ually brought to an end, Government officers having been asked by the natives themselves to undertake the examina- 02 BRITISH BORNEO. tion of the accounts and the tribe who was found to be on the debtor side paying, not human heads, but compensation in goods at a fixed rate per head due. Another custom which the Company found it impossible to recognize was that of summungap, which was, in reality, nothing but a form of human sacrifice, the victim being a slave bought for the pur- pose, and the object being to send a message to a deceased relative. With this object in view, the slave used to be bound and wrapped in cloth, when the relatives would dance round him and each thrust a spear a short way into his body, repeat- ing, as he did so, the message which he wished conveyed. This operation was performed till the slave succumbed, The Muhammadan practice of cutting off the hair of a woman convicted of adultery, or of men flogging her with a rattan, and that of cutting off the head of a thief, have also not re- ceived the recognition of the Company’s Government. It has been shewn that the native population of North Borneo is very small, only about five to the square mile, and as the country is fertile and well-watered and possesses, for the tropics, a healthy climate, there must be some exceptional cause for the scantiness of the population. This is to be found chiefly in the absence, already referred to, of any strong central Government in fermer days, and to the consequent presence of all forms of lawlessness, piracy, slave-trading, kidnapping and head-hunting. In more recent years, too, cholera and small-pox have made frightful ravages amongst the natives, almost annihilat- ing some of the tribes, for the people knew of no remedies and, on the approach of the scourge, deserted their homes and their sick and fled to the jungle, where exposure and priva- tion rendered them more than ever liable to the disease. Since the Company’s advent, efforts are being successfully made to introduce vaccination, in which most of the people now have confidence. This fact of a scanty native population has, in some ways, rendered the introduction of the Company’s Government a less arduous undertaking than it might otherwise have proved, and has been a fortunate circumstance for the shareholders, who have the more unowned and virgin land to dispose of. BRITISH BORNEO. 93 In British North Borneo, luckily for the Company, there is not, as there is in Sarawak, any one large, powerful tribe, whose presence might have been a source of trouble, or even of danger to the young Government, but the aborigines are split up into a number of petty tribes, speaking very distinct dialects and, generally, at enmity amongst themselves, so that a general coalition of the bad elements amongst them is im- possible. | The institution and amusement of head-hunting appears never to have been taken up and followed with so much energy and zeal in North Borneo as among the Dyaks of Sarawak. I do not think that it was asa rule deemed absolutely essential with any of our tribes that a young man should have taken at least a head or two before he could venture to aspire to the hand of the maiden who had led captive his heart. The heads of slain enemies were originally taken by the conquerors as a substantial proof and trophy of their successful prowess, which could not be gainsaid, and it came, in time, to be con- sidered the proper thing to be able to boast of the possession of a large number of these ghastly tokens; and so an am- bitious youth, in his desire for applause, would not be parti- cularly careful from whom, or in what manner he obtained a head, and the victim might be, not only a person with whom he had no quarrel, but even a member of a friendly tribe, and the mode of acquisition might be, not by a fair stand-up fight, atest of skill and courage, but by treachery and ambush. Nor did it make very much difference whether the head ob- tained was that of a man, a woman ora child, and in their petty wars it was even conceived to be an honourable distinc- tion to bring in the heads of women and children, the reason- ing being that the men of the attacked tribe must have fought their best to defend their wives and children. The following incident, which occurred some years ago at the Colony of Labuan, serves to shew how immaterial it was whether a friend, or foe, or utter stranger was the victim. A Mutrut chief of the Trusan, a river onthe mainland over against Labuan, was desirous of obtaining some fresh heads on the occasion of a marriage feast, and put to sea toa dis- trict inhabited by a hostile tribe. Meeting with adverse od BRITISH BORNEO. winds, his canoes were blown over to the British Colony ; the Muruts landed, held apparently friendly intercourse with some of the Kadaian (Muhammadan) population and, after a visit of two or three days, made preparations to sail; but meeting a Kadaian returning to his home alone, they shot him and went off with his head—though the man was an entire stranger to them, and they had no quarrel with any of his tribe. With the assistance of the Brunai authorities, the chief and several of his accomplices were subsequently secured and sent for trial to Labuan. The chief died in prison, while awaiting trial, but one or two of his associates paid the penalty of their wanton crime. A short time afterwards, Mr. Cook and I visited the La- was River for sport, and took up our abode in a Murut long house, where, I remember, a large basket of skulls was placed as an ornament at the head of my sleeping place. One night, when all our men, with the exception of my Chinese servant, were away in the jungle, trying to trap the then newly dis- covered “ Bulwer pheasant,’ some Muruts from the Trusan came over and informed our hosts of the fate of their chief. On the receipt of this intelligence, all the men of our house left it and repaired to one adjoining, where a great “ drink” was held, while the women indulged in a loud, low, monoton- ous, heart-breaking wail, which they kept up for several hours. Mr. Cook and myself agreed that things looked almost as bad for us as they well could, and when, towards morning, the men returned to our house, my Chinese boy clung to me in terror and—nothing happened! But certainly I do not think I have ever passed such an uncomfortable period of suspense. Writing to the Court of Directors of the East India Company a hundred and thirteen years ago, Mr. YESSE, who concluded the pepper monopoly agreement with the Brunai Government, referring to the Murut predilection for head-hunting says :— “With respect to the Idaan, or Muruts, as they are called here, I cannot give any account of their disposition; but from what I have heard from the Borneyans, they area set of abandoned idolaters; one of their tenets, so strangely inhu- man, I cannot pass unnoticed, which is, that their future in- BRITISH BORNEO. 95 terest depends upon the number of their fellow creatures they have killed in any engagement, or common disputes, and count their degrees of happiness to depend on the number of human skulls in their possession; from which, and the wild, disorderly life they lead, unrestrained by any bond of civil society, we ought not to be surprised if they are of a cruel and vindictive disposition.” I think this is rather a case of giving a dog a bad name. I heard read once at a meeting of the Royal Geographical Society, an eloquent paper on the Natives of the Andaman Islands, in which the lecturer, after shewing that the Anda- manese were suspicious, treacherous, blood-thirsty, ungrate- ful and untruthful, concluded by giving it as his opinion that they were very good fellows and in many ways superior to white man. I do not go quite so far as he does, but I must say that many of the aborigines are very pleasant good-natured crea- tures, and have a lot of good qualities in them, which, with care and discriminating legislation on the part of their new rulers, might be gradually ‘developed, while the evil qualities which they possess in common with all races of men, might be pari passu not “extinguished, but reduced to a minimum. But this result can only be secured by officers who are natur- ally of a sympathetic disposition and ready to take the trou- ble of studying tke natives and entering into their thoughts and aspirations. In many instances, the Company has been fortunate in its choice of officials, whose work has brought them into intimate connection with the aborigines. A besetting sin of young officers 1s to expect too much— they are conscious that their only aim is to advance the best interests of the natives, and they are surprised and hurt at, what they consider, the want of, gratitude and backwardness in seconding their efforts evinced by them. They forget that the people are as yet in the schoolboy stage, and should try and remember how, in their own schoolboy days, they offered opposition to the efforts of their masters for ¢hezr improve- ment, and how little gratitude they felt, at the time, for all that was done for them. Patience and sympathy are the two g6 BRITISH BORNEO. qualifications especially requisite in officers selected for the management of native affairs. In addition to the indigenous population, there are, settled along the coast and at the mouths of the principal rivers, large numbers of the more highly civilized tribes of Malays, of whose presence in Borneo an explanation has been attempted on a previous page. They are known as Brunais—called by the Natives, for some unexplained reason, orang abai— Sulus, Bajows, Illanuns and Balininis; there are also a few Bugis, or natives of Celebes. These are the people who, before the Company’s arrival, lorded it over the more ignorant interior tribes, and prevent- ed their having direct dealings with traders and foreigners, and to whom, consequently, the advent ofa still more civili- zed race than themselves was very distasteful. The habits of the Brunai people have already been suffici- ently described. | The Sulus are, next to the Brunais, the most civilized race and, without any exception, the most warlike and powerful. For nearly three centuries, they have been more or less in a state of war with the Spaniards of the Philippine Islands, and even now, though the Spaniards have established a fortified port in their principal island, their subjugation is by no means complete. The Spanish officials dare not go beyond the walls of their settlement, unless armed and in force, and it is no rare thing for fanatical Sulus, singly or in small parties, to make their way into the Spanish town, under the guise of unarmed and friendly peasants, and then suddenly draw their concealed krises and rush with fury on officers, soldiers and civilians, generally managing to kill several before they are themselves cut down. They are a much bolder and more independent race than the Brunais, who have always stood in fear of them, and it was in consideration of its undertaking to defend them against their attacks that the Brunai Government conceded the exclusive trade in pepper to the East India Company. Their religion—Muhammadanism—sits even more lightly on the Sulus than on the Brunais, and their women, who are fairer and better looking than their Brunai sisters, are never secluded BRITISH BORNEO. 97 or veiled, but often take part in public deliberations and, in matters of business, are even sharper than the men. The Sulus are a bloodthirsty and hard-hearted race, and, when an opportunity occurs, are not always averse to kidnap- ping even their own countrymen and selling them into slavery. They entertain a high notion of their own importance, and are ever ready to resent with their krises the slightest affront which they may conceive has been put upon them. In Borneo, they are found principally on the North-East Coast, and a good many have settled in British North Borneo under the Company’s Government. They occasionally take contracts for felling jungle and other work of similar character, but are less disposed than the Brunai men to perform work for Euro- peans on regular wages. Among their good qualities, it may be mentioned that they are faithful and trustworthy followers of any European to whom they may become attached. Their language is distinct from ordinary Malay, and is akin to that of the Bisaias, one of the principal tribes of the Philippines, and is written in the Arabic character; but many Malay terms have been adopted into the language, and most of the trading and seafaring Sulus know enough Malay to conclude a bar- ain. : The most numerous Muhammadan race in British North} Borneo is that of the Bajows, who are found on both coasts, but, on the West Coast, not South of the Pappar River. These are the orang-/aut (men of the sea) or sea-gipsies of the old writers, and are the worst class that we have to deal with, being of a treacherous and thievish disposition, and confirmed gamb- lers and cattle-lifters. They also form a large proportion of the population of the Sulu Islands, where they are, or used to be, noted kidnappers and pirates, though also distinguished for their skill in pearl fisheries. Their religion is that of Mahomet and their lan- guage Malay mixed, it is said, with Chinese and Japanese elements ; their women are not secluded, and it is a rare thing for a Borneo Bajow to take the trouble of making the pilgrim- age to Mecca. They are found along the coasts of nearly all the Malay Islands and, apparently, in former days lived en- tirely in their boats. In British North Borneo, a large major- 98 BRITISH BORNEO. ity have taken to building houses and residing on the shore, but when Mr. PRYER first settled at Sandakan, there was a considerable community of them in the Bay, who had no houses at all, but were born, bred, married and died in their small canoes. On the West Coast, the Bajows, who have for a long time been settled ashore, appear to be of smaller build and darker colour than the other Malays, with small sparkling black eyes, but on the East Coast, where their condition is more primi- tive, Mr. PRYER thinks they are much larger in stature and stronger and more swarthy than ordinary Malays. On the East Coast, there are no buffaloes or horned cattle, so that the Bajows there have, or I should say had, to be con- tent with kidnapping only, and as an example of their daring I may relate that in, I think, the year 1875, the Austrian Frigate Friederich, Captain Baron OESTERREICHER, was surveying to the South of Darvel Bay, and, running short of coal, sent an armed party ashore to cut firewood. The Bajows watched their opportunity and, when the frigate was out of sight, seized the cutter, notwithstanding the fire of the party on the shore, who expended all their ammunition in vain, and carried off the two boat-keepers, whose heads were subsequently shewn round in triumph in the neighbouring islands. Baron OES- TERREICHER was unable to discover the retreat of these Ba- jows, and they remain unpunished to this day, and are at pre- sent numbered among the subjects of the British North Bor- neo Company. I have been since told that I have more than once unwittingly shaken hands and had friendly intercourse with some of them. In fairness to them I should add that it is more than probable that they mistook the /rzederich for a vessel belonging to Spain, with whom their sovereign, the Sultan of Sulu, was at that time at war. After this incident, and by order of his Government, Baron OESTERREICHER visited San- dakan Bay and, I believe, reported that he could discover no population there other than monkeys. Altogether, he could not have carried away with him avery favourable impres- sion of Northern Borneo. On the West Coast, gambling and cattle-lifting are the main pursuits of the gentlemanly Bajow, pursuits which soon brought him into close and “» BRITISH BORNEO. 99 very uncomfortable relations with the new Government, for which he entertains anything but feelings of affection. One of the principal independent rivers on the West Coast— 2. é., rivers which have not yet been ceded to the Company— is the Mengkabong, the majority of the inhabitants of which are Bajows, so that it has become a sort of river of refuge for the bad characters on the coast, as well as an entrepot for the smuggling of gunpowder for sale to the head-hunting tribes of the interior. The existence of these independent and inter- mediate rivers on their West Coast is a serious difficulty for the Company in its efforts to establish good government and put down lawlessness, and every one having at heart the true interests of the natives of Borneo must hope that the Com- pany will soon be successful in the negotiations which they have opened for the acquisition of these rivers. The Kawang was an important river, inhabited by a small number of Ba- jows, acquired by the Company in 1884, and the conduct of these people on one occasion affords a good idea of their treachery and their hostility towards good government. An interior tribe had made itself famous for its head-hunting pro- clivities, and the Kawang was selected as the best route by which to reach their district and inflict punishment upon them. The selection of this route was nota politic one, seeing that the inhabitants were Bajows, and that they had but recently come under the Company’s rule. The expedition was detained a day or two at the Bajow village, as the full number of Dusun baggage-carriers had not arrived, and the Bajows were called upon to make up the deficiency, but did not do so. Matters were further complicated by the Dusuns recognising some noted cattle-lifters in the village, and demanding a buffalo which had been stolen from them. It being impossible to ob- tain the required luggage carriers, it was proposed to post- pone the expedition, the stores were deposited in some of the houses of the village and the Constabulary were “ dismis- sed” and, piling their arms, laid down under the shelter of some trees. Without any warning one of two Bajows, with whom Dr. FRASER was having an apparently friendly chat, discharged his musket point blank at the Doctor, killing him on the spot, and seven others rushed among the unarmed TOO BRITISH BORNEO. Constables and speared the Sikh Jemmadhar and the Ser- geant-Major and a private and then made off for the jungle. Captain DE FONTAINE gallantly, but rashly started off in pur- suit, before any one could support him. He tripped and fell and was so severely wounded by the Bajows, after killing three of them with his revolver, that he died a few days after- wards at Sandakan. By this time the Sikhs had got their rifles and firing on the retreating party killed three and wounded two. Assistant Resident LITTLE, who had received a spear in his arm, shot his opponent dead with his revolver. None of the other villagers took any active part, and conse- quently were only punished by the imposition of a fine. They subsequently all cleared out of the Company’s territory. It was a sad day for the little Colony at Sandakan when Mr. WHITEHEAD, a naturalist who happened to be travelling in the neighbourhood at the time, brought us the news of the melancholy affray, and the wounded Captain DE FONTAINE and several Sikhs, to whose comfort and relief he had, at much personal inconvenience, attended on the tedious voyage in a small steam-launch from the Kawang to the Capital. On the East Coast, also , their slave-dealing and kidnapping propensities brought the Bajows into unfriendly relations with the Government, and their lawlessness culminated in their kidnapping several Eraan birds’ nest collectors, whom they refused to surrender, and making preparations for resist- ing any measures which might be taken to coerce them. As these same people had, a short time previously, captured at sea some five Dutch subjects, it was deemed that their offen- ces brought them within the cognizance of the Naval autho- rities, and Captain A. K. HOPE, R.N., at my request, visited the district, in 1886,in H. M.S. Zephyr and, finding that the people of two of the Bajow villages refused to hold com- munication with us, but prepared their boats for action, he opened fire on them under the protection of which a party of the North Borneo Constabulary landed and destroyed the villages, which were quickly deserted, and many of the boats which had been used on piratical excursions. Happily, there was no loss of life on either side, and a very wholesome and useful lesson was given to the pirates without the shedding BRITISH BORNEO. ioi of blood, thanks to the good arrangements and tact of Cap- tain Hope. In order that the good results of this lesson should not be wasted, I revisited the scene of the little en- gagement in the Zepyhyr a few weeks subsequently, and not long afterwards the British flag was again shewn in the dis- trict, by Captain A. H. ALINGTON in H. M.S. Satellite, who interviewed the offending chiefs and gave them sound advice as to their conduct in future. Akin to the Bajows are the Illanuns and Balinini, Muham- madan peoples, famous in former days as the most enterpri- sing pirates of the Malayan seas. The Balinini, Balignini or Balanguini—as their name is variously written—originally came from a small island to the north of Sulu, and the Illa- nuns from the south coast of the island of Mindanao—one of the Philippines, but by the action of the Spanish and British cruisers their power has been broken and they are found scattered in small numbers throughout the Sulu Islands and on the seaboard of Northern Borneo, on the West Coast of which they founded little independent settlements, arrogating to their petty chiefs such high sounding titles as Sultan, Ma- harajah and so forth. The Illanuns are a proud race and distinguished by wearing a much larger sword than the other tribes, with a straight blade about 28 inches in length. This sword is called a kampilan, and is used in conjunction with a long, narrow, wooden shield, known by the name of lassap, and in the use of these weapons the Illanuns are very expert and often boast that, were it not for their gunpowder, no Europeans could stand up to them, face to face. I believe, that it is these peo- ple who in former days manufactured the chain armour of which I have seen several specimens, but the use of which has now gone out of fashion. Those I have are made of small brass rings linked together, and with plates of brass or buffalo horn in front. The headpiece is of similar con- struction. There are no Negritos in Borneo, although they exist in the Malay Peninsula and the Philippines, and our explorers have failed to obtain any specimens of the “‘ tailed” people in whose existence many of the Brunai people believe. ‘The late Sul- 102 BRITISH BORNEO. tan of Brunai gravely assured me that there was such a tribe, and that the individuals composing it were in the habit of carrying about chairs with them, in the seat of each of which there was a little hole, in which the lady or gentleman care- fully inserted her or his tail before settling down to a com- fortable chat. This belief in the existence of a tailed race ap- pears to be widespread, and in his “ Pioneering in New Gui- nea” Mr. CHALMERS gives an amusing account of a de- tailed description of such a tribe by a man who vowed he had lived with them, and related how they were provided with long sticks, with which to make holes in the ground before squatting down, for the reception of their short stumpy tails! I think it is Mr. H. F. ROMILLy who, in his interesting little work on the Western Pacific and New Guinea, accounts for the prevalence of “ yarns” of this class by explaining that the natives regard Europeans as being vastly superior to them in general knowledge and, when they find them asking such questions as, for instance, whether there are tailed-people in the interior, jump to the conclusion that the white men must have good grounds for believing that they do exist, and then they gradually come to believe in their existence themselves. There is, however, I think, some excuse for the Brunai peo- ple’s belief, for I have seen one tribe of Muruts who, in addi- tion to the usual small loin cloth, wear on their backs only a skin of a long-tailed monkey, the tail of which hangs down be- hind in such a manner as, when the men are a little distance off, to give one at first glance the impression that it is part and parcel of the biped. In Labuan it used to be a very common occurrence for the graves of the Europeans, of which unfortunately, owing to its bad climate when first settled, there are a goodly number, to be found desecrated and the bones scattered about. ‘The perpetrators of these outrages have never been discovered, notwithstanding the most stringent enquiries. It was once thought that they were broken open by head-hunting tribes from the mainland, but this theory was disproved by the fact that the skulls were never carried away. As we know of no Borneo tribe which is in the habit of breaking open graves, the only conclusion that can be come to is that the cy BRITISH BORNEO. 103 graves were rifled under the supposition that the Europeans buried treasure with their dead, though it is strange that their experiences of failure never seemed to teach them that such was not the case. The Muhammadan natives are buried in the customary Muhammadan manner in regular graveyards kept for the pur- pose. The aborigines generally bury their dead near their houses, erecting over the graves little sheds adorned, in the case of chiefs, with bright colcured clothes, umbrellas, etc. I once went to see the lying in state of a deceased Datoh, who had been dead nine days. On entering the house I looked about for the corpse in vain, till my attention was drawn to an old earthen jar, tilted slightly forward, on the top of the old Chief's goods—his sword, spear, gun and clothing. In this jar were the Datoh’s remains, the poor old fellow having been doubled up, head and heels together, and forced through the mouth of the vessel, which was about two, tcet in) diameter. Whe -jar itself was about -four feet high. Over the corpse was thickly sprinkled the native camphor, and the jar was closed with a piece of buffa- lo hide, well sealed over with gum dammar. They told us the Datoh was dressed in his best clothes and had his pipe with him, but nothing else. He was to be buried that day in a small grave excavated near the house, just large enough to contain the jar, and a buffalo was being killed and intoxicat- ing drink prepared for the numerous friends and followers who were flocking in for the wake. Over his grave cannon would be fired to arouse the spirits who were to lead him to Kinabalu, the people shouting out ‘Turn neither to the right nor to the left, but proceed straight to Kinabalu’’—the sacred mountain where are collected the spirits of all good Dusuns under, I believe, the presidency of a great spirit known as Kinaringan. CHAPTER XI. The population of North Borneo, as has been shewn, is very scanty, and the great object of the new Government should be 104 BRITISH BORNEO. to attract population and capital to their territory. Java is often quoted as an island which, under Dutch rule, has attain- ed great prosperity without any large immigration of Chinese or other foreigners. ‘This is true, but in Java the Dutch had not only a fertile soil and good climate in their favour, but found their Colony already thickly populated by native races who had, under Hindu and Arab influences, made considera- ble advancesin civilization, in trade and in agriculture, and who, moreover, had been acccustomed to a strong Government. The Dutch, too, were in those days able to introduce a Government of a paternal and despotic character which the British North Borneo Company are, by the terms of the Royal Charter, precluded from imitating. It was Sir JAMES BROOKE’S wish to keep Sarawak for the natives, but his successor has recognised the impolicy of so doing and admits that ‘without the Chinese we can do nothing.” Experience in the Straits Settlements, the Malay Peninsula and Sarawak has shewn that the people to cause rapid financial progress in Malayan countries are the hard- working, money-loving Chinese, and these are the people whom the Company should lay themselves out to attract to Borneo, as I have more than once pointed out in the course of these remarks. It matters not what it is that attracts them to the country, whether trade, as in Singapore, agriculture, as in Johor and Sarawak, or mining as in Perak and other of the Protected Native States of the Peninsula—once get them to voluntarily immigrate, and govern them with firmness and justice, and the financial success of the Company would, in my opinion, be assured. The inducements for the Chinese to come to North Borneo are trade, agriculture and possibly mining. The bulk of those already in the country are traders, shop-keepers, artisans and the coolies employed by them, and the numbers introduced by the European tobacco planters for the cultivation of their estates, under the system already explain- ed, is yearly increasing. Very few are as yet engaged in agriculture on their own account, and it must be confessed that the luxuriant tropical jungle presents considerable diff- culties to an agriculturist from China, accustomed to a coun- try devoid of forest, and it would be impossible for Chinese BRITISH BORNEO. : 105 peasants to open land in Borneo for themselves without mo- netary. assistance, in the first instance, from the Government or from capitalists. In Sarawak Chinese pepper planters were attracted by free passages in Government ships and by loans of money, amounting to a considerable total, nearly all of which have since been repaid, while the revenues of the State have been almost doubled. The British North Borneo Com- pany early recognised the desirabilty of encouraging Chinese immigration, but set to work in too great haste and without judgment. They were fortunate in obtaining the services for a short time, as their Commissioner of Chinese Immigration, of a man so well-known in China as the late Sir WALTER MEDHURST, but he was appointed before the Company’s Government was securely established and before proper arrangements had been made for the reception of the immigrants, or sufficient knowledge obtained of the best localities in which to locate them. His influence and the offer of free passages from China, induced many to try their fortune in the Colony, but the majority of them were small shop-keepers, tailors, boot- makers, and artisans, who naturally could not find a profitable outlet for their energies in a newly opened country to which capital (except that of the Governing Company) had not yet been attracted, and a large proportion of the inhabitants of which were satisfied with a loin cloth as the sole article of their attire. Great, therefore, was their disappointment, and comparatively few remained to try their luck in the country. One class of these immigrants, however, took kindly to North Borneo—the Hakkas, an agricultural clan, many of whom have embraced the Christian religion and are, in consequence, somewhat looked down upon by their neighbours. They are a steady, hard-working body of men, and cultivate vegetable and coffee gardens in the vicinity of the Settlements and rear poultry and pigs. The women are steady, and work almost as well as the men. They may form a valuable factor in the colonization of the country and a source of cheap labour for the planters in the future. Sir SPENCER ST. JOHN, formerly Her Britannic Majesty's Consul-General at Brunai and who knew Borneo well, in his 106 BRITISH BORNEO. preface to the second edition of his “Life in the Forests of the Far East,” lays great stress on the suitability of North Borneo for the immigration of Chinese on a very large scale, and prophesied that ‘‘should the immigration once commence, it would doubtless assume great proportions and continue until every acre of useless jungle is cleared away, to give place to nce, pepper, gambien meu cane, cotton, coffee, indigo and those other products which flourish on its fertile soil.” No doubt a considerable impe- tus would be given to the immigration of Chinese and the introduction of Chinese as well as of European capital, were the British Government to proclaim® formally a Protectorate over the country, meanwhile the Company should try the effect of the offer of free passages from China and from Singa- pore and of liberal allotments of suitable land to bond fide agriculturists. The sources of the Company’s revenues have been referred to ona previous page, and may be summarised here under the following principal heads:—The “Farms” of Opium, Tobacco, Spirits, and of Pawnbroking, the Rent of the edible birds’-nest caves, Market Due$, Duties on Imports and Exports, Court Fines and Fees, Poll Tax on aborigines, House and Store Rents, profit accruing from the introduction of the Company’s copper or bronze token coinage—a consider- able item—Interest and Commission resulting from the Bank- ing business carried on by the Treasury pending the estab- lishment of a Banking Company, Land Sales and Quit-rents on land alienated, and Postal Receipts. The Poll Tax is a source of revenue well-known in the East and not objected to by most of our natives, with whom it takes the place of the land rent which the Government of India imposes. ‘To our aborigines a land rent would be most distasteful at present, and they infinitely prefer the Poll Tax and to be allowed to own and farm what land they like with- out paying premium or rent. The more civilized tribes, espe- cially on the West coast, recognize private property in land, the boundaries of their gardens and fields being carefully © * Now accomplished. BRITISH BORNEO. 107 marked and defined, and the property descending from fathers to children. The rate of the Poll Tax is usually $2 for mar- ried couples and $1 for adult bachelors per annum, and I be- lieve this is about the same rate as that collected by the Brit- ish Government in Burma. At first sight it has the ap- pearance ofa tax on marriage, but in the East generally women do a great deal of the out-door as well as of the indoor work, so that a married man is in a much better position than a bachelor for acquiring wealth, as he can be engaged in collecting jungle produce, or in trading, or in making money in other ways, while his womenkind are planting out or gathering in the harvest. The amounts received by the Company for the sale of their waste lands has been as follows :— 1882, ... $ 16,340 1885, ...® 2,860 1883, ... B 25,449 1886, ... $12,035 1884, ... $ 15,460 LOO gna ... B14, 505 The receipts for 1888, owing to the rush for tobacco lands already alluded to, and tothe fact that the balances of the premia onlands taken up in 1887 becomes due in that year, will be considerably larger than those of any previous period. The most productive, and the most elastic source of re- venue is that derived from the Excise on the retail of opium and, with the comparatively small number of Chinese at pre- sent in the country, this amounted in 1887 to $19,980, hav- ing been only $4,537 in 1882.F The next most substantial and promising item is the Customs Duties on Import and Ex- port, which from about $8,300 in 1882 have increased to $19,980 in 1887.} The local expenditure in Borneo is chiefly for salaries of the officials, the armed Constabulary and for Gaols and Public Works, the annual ‘rental’ payable to the Sultans of Brunai and Sulu and others, the subsidizing of steamers, Medical * In 1888, $246,457. + In 1888, $22,755 were realized, and the Estimate for 1890 is $70,000 for the ~ Qpium Farm. olin 1888, $22,755. ios: BRITISH BORNEO. Services, Printing, Stationery, Prospecting, Experimental Gardens and Harbour and Postal Services. The designations of the principal officials employed by the Company in Borneo have been given on a previous page; the salaries allowed them, as a rule, can scarcely be called too liberal, and unfor- tunately the Court of Directors does not at present feel that it is justified in sanctioning any pension scheme. ‘Those of my readers who are conversant with the working of Public Offices will recognize that this decision of the Directors deprives the service of one great incentive to hard and continuous work and of a powerful factor in the maintenance of an effective discipline, and it speaks volumes for the quality of the officials, whose services the Company has been so fortunate as to secure without this attraction, that it is served as_ faithfully, energetically and zealously as any Government inthe world. If I may be allowed to say so here, I can never adequately express my sense of the valuable assistance and support | received from the officers, with scarcely any exception, dur- ing my six years’ tenure of the appointment of Governor. An excellent spirit pervades the service and, when the occa- sions have arisen, there have never been wanting officers ready to risk their lives in performing their duties, without hope of rewards or distinctions, Victoria Crosses or medals. The figures below speak for the advance which the country is making, not very rapidly, perhaps the share- holders may think, but certainly, though slowly, surely and Revenue in 1883, $51,654, with the addition of Land Sales, $25,449, a total of $77,103. Revenue in 1887, $142,687, with the addition of Land Sales, $14,505, a total of $ 157,192. Expenditure in 1883, including expenditure on Capital Ac- count, $391,547. Expendiure in 1887, including expenditure on Capital Ac- count, $209,862. For reasons already mentioned, the revenue for 1888 is expected to considerably exceed that of any previous year, ‘BRITISH BORNEO. 109 while the expenditure will probably not be more and may be less than that of 1887.* The expenses of the London office average, I believe, about £3,000 a year. As Sir RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, their able and conscienti- ous Chairman, explained to the shareholders at a recent meet- ing, ‘with reference to the important question of expendi- ture, the position of the Company wasthat of a man com- ing into possession of a large estate which had been long neglected, and which was little better than a wilderness. If any rent roll was to be derived from such a property there must be, in the first place, a large outlay in many ways before the land could be made profitable, or indeed tenantable. That was what the Company had had to do and what they had been doing; and that had been the history of all our Colo- nies.’ 1 trust that the few observations I have offered will have shewn my readers that, though British North Borneo might be described as a wilderness so far as regards the absence of development when the Company took possession of it, such a description is by no means applicable to it when regard is had to its great and undoubted natural resources. British North Borneo not being a Crown Colony, it has to provide itself for the maintenance of order, both ashore and afloat, without assistance from the Imperial Army or Navy, except such temporary assistance as has been on two occa- sions accorded by Her Majesty’s vessels, under circumstances which have been detailed. There are no Imperial Troops stationed either in Labuan or in any portion of Borneo, and the Company has organized an armed Police Force to act both in a military and in a civil capacity. The numbers of their Force do not much exceed two hun- dred of all ranks, and are composed principally of Sikhs from the Punjaub and a few Dyaks from Sarawak—an excellent mixture for fighting purposes, the Dyaks being sufficiently * Revenue in 1888, $148,286, with addition of Land Sales, $246,457, a total of $394,743. f ; \ Expenditure in 1888, including Padas war expenses, $210,985, and expendi- ture on Capital Account, $25,283—total $236, 268, IIo BRITISH BORNEO. courageous and expert in allthe arts of jungle warfare, while the pluck and cool steadiness under fire of the Sikhs is too well-known to need comment here. The services of any number of Sikhs can, it appears, be easily obtained for this sort of work, and some years ago a party of them even took service with the native Sultan of Sulu, who, however, proved _avery indifferent paymaster and was soon deserted by his mercenaries, who are the most money-grabbing lot of warriors I have ever heard of. Large bodies of Sikhs are employed and drilled as Armed Constables in Hongkong, in the Straits Settlements and in the Protected Native States of the Malay Peninsula, who, after a fixed time of service, return to their country, their places being at once taken by their compatriots, and one cannot help thinking what effect this might have in case of future disturbances in our Indian Empire, should the Sikh natives make common cause with the malcontents. Fault has been found with the Company for not following the example of Sarawak and raising an army and police from among its own people. This certainly would have been the best policy had it only been feasible; but the attempt was made and failed. As | have pointed out, British North Borneo is fortunate in not possessing any powerful aboriginal tribe of pronounced warlike instincts, such as the Dyaks of Sarawak. The Muhammadan Bajows might in time make good sol- diers, but my description of them will have shewn that the Company could not at present place reliance in them. While on the subject of “ fault finding,’ I may say that the Company has also been blamed for its expenditure on public works and on subsidies for steam communication with the outer world. But our critics may rest assured that, had not the Company proved its faith in the country by expending some of its money on public works and in providing facilities for the convey- ance of intending colonists, neither European capital nor Chinese population, so indispensable to the success of their scheme, would have been attracted to their Territory as is now being done—for the country and its new Government Jacked the prestige which attaches to a Colony opened by BRITISH BORNEO. 1 OH the Imperial Government. The strange experiment, in the present day, of a London Company inaugurating a Govern- ment in a tropical Colony, perhaps not unnaturally caused a certain feeling of pique and uncharitableness in the breasts of that class of people who cannot help being pleased at the non-success of their neighbours’ most cherished schemes, and who are always ready with their “I told you so.’ The mea- sure of success attained by British North Borneo caused it to come in for its full share of this feeling, and I am not sure that it was not increased and aggravated by the keen interest which all the officers took in the performance of their novel duties—an interest which, quite unintentionally, manifested itself, perhaps, in a too enthusiastic and somewhat exaggera- ted estimate of the beauties andresources of their adopted country and of the grandeur of its future destiny and of its rapid progress, and which, so to speak, brought about a reac- tion towards the opposite extreme in the minds of the class to whom I refer. This enthusiasm was, to say the least, par- donable under the circumstances, for all men are prone to think that objects which intensely engross their whole atten- tion are of more importance than the world at large is pleased to admit. Every man worth his salt thinks his own geese are swans. A notable exception to this narrow-mindedness was, how- ever, displayed by the Government of Singapore, especially by its present Governor, Sir CECIL CLEMENTI SMITH, who let no opportunity pass of encouraging the efforts of the in- fant Government by practical assistance and un prejudiced counsel. Lord BRASSEY, whose visit to Borneo in the Sunbeam I have mentioned, showed a kindly appreciation of the efforts of the Company’s officers, and practically evinced his faith in the fu- ture of the country by joining the Court of Directors on his return to England. In the number of the “Nineteenth Century” for August, 1887, is a sketch of the then position of the portion of Bor- neo which is under the British influence, from his pen. As the country is developed and land taken up by Euro- pean planters and Chinese, the Company will be called upon 112 BRITISH BORNEO. for further expenditure on public works, in the shape of roads, for at present, in the interior, there exist only rough native tracks, made use of by the natives when there does not happen to be a river handy for the transport of themselves and their goods. Though well watered enough, British North Borneo possesses no rivers navigable for European vessels of any size, except perhaps the Sibuku River, the possession of which is at the present moment a subject of dispute with the the Dutch. This is due to the natural configuration of the country. Borneo, towards the North, becoming comparatively narrow and of roughly triangular shape, with the apex to the North. The only other river of any size and navigable for vessels drawing about nine feet over the bar, is the Kinaba- tangan, which, like the Sibuku, is on the East side, the coast range of mountains, of which Kinabalu forms a part, being at no great distance from the West coast and so preventing the occurrence of any large rivers on that side. From data al- ready to hand, it is calculated that the proceeds of Land Sales for 1887 and 1888 will equal the total revenue from all other sources, and a portion of this will doubtless be set aside for road making and other requisite public works. The question may be asked what has the Company done for North Borneo? A brief reply to this question would include the following points. The Company has paved the way to the ultimate extinction of the practice of slavery; it has dealt the final blow to the piracy and kidnapping which still lingered on its coasts; it has substituted one strong and just Government for numerous weak, cruel and unjust ones; it has opened Courts of Justice which know no distinction between races and creeds, between rich and poor, between master and slave ; it is rapidly adjusting ancient blood feuds between the tribes and putting a stop to the old custom of head-hunting ; it has broken down the barrier erected by the coast Malays to prevent the aborigines having access to the outer world and is thus enabling trade and its accompanying civilisation to reach the interior races; and it is attracting European and Chinese capital to the country and opening a market for Brit- ish traders. BRITISH BORNEO. 113 These are some, and not inconsiderable ones, of the achieve- ments of the British North Borneo Company, which, in its humble way, affords another example of the fact that the “expansion of Britain” has been in the main due not to the exertions of its Government so much as tojthe energy and enterprise of individual citizens, and Sir ALFRED DENT, the the founder, and Sir RUTHERFORD ALCOCK, the guide and supporter of the British North Borneo Company, cannot but feel a proud satisfaction in the reflection that their energy and patient perseverance have resulted in conferring upon so considerable a portion of the island of Borneo the benefits above enumerated and in adding another Colony to the long list of the Dependencies of the British Crown. In the matter of geographical exploration, too, the Com- pany and its officers have not been idle, as the map brought out by the Company sufficiently shews, for previous maps of North Borneo will be found very barren and uninteresting, the interior being almost a complete blank, though possessing one natural feature which is conspicuous by its absence in the more recent and trustworthy one, and that is the large lake of Kinabalu, which the explorations of the late Mr. F. K. Witt! have proved to be non-existent. Two explanations are given of the origin of the myth of the Kinabalu Lake—one is that in the district, where it was supposed to exist, exten- sive floods do take place in very wet seasons, giving it the appearance of a lake, and, | believe there are many similar instances in Dutch Borneo, where a tract of country liable to be heavily flooded has been dignified with the name of Danau, which is Malay for Zake, so that the mistake of the European cartographers is a pardonable one. The other explanation is that the district in question is known to the aboriginal in- habitants as Danau, a word which, in their language, has no particular meaning, but which, as above stated, signifies, in Malay, a lake. ‘The first European visitors would have gained all their information from the Malay coast tribes, and the rea- son for their mistaken supposition of the existence of a large lake can be readily understood. The two principal pioneer explorers of British North Borneo were WiTTI and FRANK HATTON, both of whom met with violent deaths. WittTi’s t14 BRITISH BORNEO. services as one of the first officers stationed in the country, before the British North Borneo Company was formed, have already been referred to, and I have drawn on his able report for a short account of the slave system which formerly pre- vailed. He had served in the Austrian Navy and was a very energetic, courageous and accomplished man. Besides minor journeys, he had traversed the country from West to East and from North to South, and it was on his last journey from Pappar, on the West Coast, inland to the headwaters of the Kinabatangan and Sambakong Rivers, that he was murdered by a tribe, whose language none of his party understood, but whose confidence he had endeavoured to win by reposing confidence in them, to the extent even of letting them carry his carbine. He and his men had slept in the village one night, and on the following day some of the tribe joined the party as guides, but led them into the ambuscade, where the gallant WiTTI and many of his men were killed by sumpz-_ tans.* So far as we have been able to ascertain the sole rea- son for the attack was the fact that WiTTI had come to the district from a tribe with whom these people were at war, and he was, therefore, according to native custom, deemed also to be an enemy. FRANK HATTON joined the Company’s service with the object of investigating the mineral resources of the country and in the course of his work travelled over a great portion of the Territory, prosecuting his journeys from boththe West and the East coasts, and undergoing the hardships incidental to travel in a roadless, tropical country with such ability, pluck and success as surprised me in one so young and slight and previously untrained and inexperienced in rough pioneering work. He more than once found himself in critical positions with inland tribes, who had never seen or heard of a white man, but his calmness and intrepidity carried him safely through * The sumpitan, or native blow-pipe, has been frequently described by writers on Borneo. It isa tube 63 feet long, carefully perforated lengthwise and through which is fired a poisoned. dart, which has an extreme range of about 80 to 90 yards, but is effective at about 20 to 30 yards. It takes the place in Borneo of the bow and arrow of savage tribes, and is used only by the aborigines and not by the Muhammadan natives. BRITISH BORNEO. iis such difficulties, and with several chiefs he became a sworn bro- ther, going through the peculiar ceremonies customary on such occasions. In 1883, he was ascending the Segama River to endeavour to verify the native reports of the existence of gold in the district when, landing on the bank, he shot at and wounded an elephant, and while following it up through the jungle, his repeating rifle caught in a rattan and went off, the bullet passing through his chest, causing almost immediate death. HATTON, before leaving England, had given promise of a distinguished scientific career, and his untimely fate was deeply mourned by his brother officers and a large circle of friends. An interesting memoir of him has been published by his father, Mr. JOSEPH HATTON, and a summary of his jour- neys and those of WITTI, and other explorers in British North Borneo, appeared in the “ Proceedings of the Royal Geogra- phical Society and Monthly Record of Geography” for March, 1888, being the substance of a paper read before the Society by Admiral R. C. MAYNE, C.B., M.P. A memorial cross.has been erected at Sandakan, by their brother officers, to the memory of WiTTI, HATTON, DE FONTAINE and Sikh officers and pri- vates who have lost their lives in the service of the Government. To return for a moment to the matter of fault-finding, it would be ridiculous to maintain that no mistakes have been made in launching British North Borneo on its career as a British Dependency, but then I do not suppose that any single Colony of the Crown has been, or will be inaugurated without similar mistakes occurring, such, for instance, as the withholding money where money was needed and could have been profitably expended, and a too lavish expenditure in other and less important directions. Examples will occur to every reader who has studied our Colonial history. If we take the case of the Colony of the Straits Settlements, now one of our most prosperous Crown Colonies and which was founded by the East India Company, it will be seen that in 1826-7 the “mistakes” of the administration were on such a scale that there was an annual deficit of £100,000, and the presence of the Governor-General of India was called for to abolish useless offices and effect retrenchments throughout the service. 110 BRITISH BORNEO. The British North Borneo Company possesses a valuable property, and one which is daily increasing in value, and if they continue to manage it with the care hitherto exhibited, and if, remembering that they are not yet quite out of the 00d) they are careful to avoid, on the one hand; a\ too lavish expenditure and, on the other, an unwise parsimony, there cannot, [should say, be a doubt that a fair return will, at no very distant date, be made to them on the capital they have expended. As for the country fer se, | consider that its success is now assured, whether it remains under the rule of the Company or is received into the fellowship of dona fide Colonies of the Empire. In bringing to a conclusion my brief account of the Terri- tory, some notice of its suitability as a residence for Euro- peans may not be out of place, as bearing on the question of ‘what are we to do with our boys:?”’ I have my own experience of seventeen years’ service in Northern Borneo, and the authority of Dr. WALKER, the able Medical Officer of the Government, for saying that in its general effect on the health of Europeans, the climate of Brit- ish North Borneo, as a whole, compares not unfavourably with that of other tropical countries. There is no particular ‘“‘ unhealthy season,” and Europeans who lead a temperate and active life have little to complain of, except the total absence of any cold season, to relieve the monotony of eternal summer. On the hills of the interior, no doubt, an almost perfect climate could be obtained. One great drawback to life for Europeans in all tropical places is the fact that it is unwise to keep children out after they have attained the age of seven or eight years, but up to that age the climate appears to agree very well with them and they enjoy an immunity from measles, whooping cough and other infantile diseases. This enforced separation from ~ wife and family is one of the greatest disadvantages in a career in the tropics. We have not, unfortunately, had much experience as to how the climate of British North Borneo affects English ladies, but, judging from surrounding Colonies, I fear it will be found BRITISH BORNEO. 119 that they cannot stand it quite so well as the men, owing, no doubt, to their not being able to lead such an active life and to their not having official and business matter to occupy their ‘attention during the greater part of the day, as is the case with their husbands. Of course, if sufficient care is taken to select a swampy spot, charged with all the elements of fever and miasma, splendidly unhealthy localities can be found in North Borneo, a residence in which would prove fatal to the strongest con- stitution, and I have also pointed out that on clearing new ground for plantations fever almost inevitably occurs, but, as Dr. WALKER has remarked, the sickness of the newly opened clearings does not last long when ordinary sanitary precau- tions are duly observed. At present the only employers of Europeans are the Gov- erning Company, who have a long list of applicants for ap- pointments, the Tobacco Companies, and two Timber Com- panies. Nearly all the Tobacco Companies at present at work are of foreign nationality and, doubtless, would give the preference to Dutch and German managers and assistants. Until more English Companies are formed, I fear there will be no opening in British North Borneo for many young Eng- lishmen not possessed of capital sufficient to start planting on their own account. It will be remembered that the trade in the natural products of the country is practically in the hands of the Chinese. Among the other advantages of North Borneo is its entire freedom from the presence of the larger carnivora—the tiger or the panther. Ashore, with the exception of a few poisonous snakes—and during seventeen years’ residence I have never heard of a fatal result from a bite—there is no animal which will attack man, but this is far from being the case with the rivers and seas, which, in many places, abound in crocodiles and sharks. The crocodiles are the most dread- ed animals, and are found in both fresh and salt water. Cases are not unknown of whole villages being compelled to remove to a distance, owing to the presence of a number of man-eat- ing crocodiles in a particular bend of a river; this happened 118 BRITISH BORNEO. to the village of Sebongan on the Kinabatangan River, which has been quite abandoned. Crocodiles in time become very bold and will carry off peo- ple bathing on the steps of their houses over the water, and even take them bodily out of their canoes. At an estate on the island of Daat, I had two men thus carried off out of their boats, at sea, after sunset, in both cases the mutilated bodies being subsequently recovered. The largest crocodile | have seen was one which was washed ashore on an island, dead, and which I found to measure with- in an inch of twenty feet. Some natives entertain the theory that a crocodile will not touch you if you are swimming or floating in the water and not holding on to any thing, but this isa theory which I should not care to put practically to the test myself. There is a native superstition in some parts of the West Coast, to the effect that the washing of a mosquito curtain in a stream is sure to excite the anger of the crocodiles and cause them to become dangerous. So implicit was the belief in this superstition, that the Brunai Government proclaimed it a punishable crime for any person to wash a mosquito cur- tain in a running stream. When that Government was succeeded by the Company, this proclamation fell into abeyance, but it unfortunately hap- pened that a woman at Mempakul, availing herself of the laxity of the law in this matter, did actually wash her curtain in a creek, and that very night her husband was seized and carried off by a crocodile while on the steps of his house. For- tunately, an alarm was raised in time, and his friends managed to rescue him, though badly wounded; but the belief in the superstition cannot but have been strengthened by the incident. Some of the aboriginal natives on the West Coast are keen sportsmen and, in the pursuit of deer and wild pig, employ a curious small dog, which they call asu, not making use of the Malay word for dog—anjing. ‘The termasw is that generally employed by the Javanese, from whose country possibly the dog may have been introduced into Borneo. In Brunai, dogs BRITISH BORNEO. 119 are called fuyok, a term said to be of Sumatran ori- in. On the North and East there are large herds of wild cattle said to belong to two species, Gos Banteng and Bos Gaurus or Bos Sondatcus. In the vicinity of Kudat they afford excellent sport, a description of which has been given, ina number of the “Borneo Herald,” by Resident G. L. DAVIES, who, in addition to being a skilful manager of the aborigines, is a keen sportsman. The native name for them on the East Coast is Lissang or Seladang, and on the North, 7ambadau. In some districts the water buffalo, Bubalus Buffelus, has run wild and affords sport. The deer are of three kinds—the Rusa or Sambur (Rusa Mastonelis tne Kijane or roe, and the Plandor, or mousedeer, the latter. a delicately shaped little animal, smaller and lighter than the European hare. With the natives it is an emblem of cunning, and there are many short stories illustrating its supposed more than human intelligence. Wild pig, the Sus darbatus, a kind distinct from the Indian animal, and, I should say, less ferocious, is a pest all over Borneo, breaking down fences and destroying crops. The jungle is too universal and too thick to allow of pig-sticking from horse- back, but good sport can be had, with a spear, on foot, if a good pack of native dogs is got together. It is on the East Coast only that elephants and rhinoce- ros, called Gajzah and Ladak respectively, are found. The elephant is the same as the Indian one and is fairly abundant ; the rhinoceros is Rhinoceros sumatranus, and is not so frequently met with. The elephant in Borneo is a timid animal and, therefore, difficult to come up with in the thick jungle. None have been shot by Europeans so far, but the natives, who can walk through the forest so much more quietly, sometimes shoot them, and dead tusks are also often brought in for sale. The natives in the East Coast are very few in numbers and on neither coast is there any tribe of professional hunters, or shtkaris, as in India and Ceylon, so that, although game abounds, there are not, at present, such facilities for Euro- 120 BRITISH BORNEO. peans desirous of engaging in sport as in the countries named.* A little} Malay bear occurs in Borneo, but is not often met with, and is not a formidable animal. My readers all know that Borneo is the home of the Orang- utan or Muzas, as_it is called by the natives. N _ better description of the animal could be desired than that given by WALLACE inhis ‘‘ Malay Archipelago.” There is an excellent picture of a young one in the second volume of Dr. GUILLE- MARD’S “ Cruise of the Marchesa.” Another curious monkey, common in mangrove swamps, is the long-nosed ape, or Paka- tan, which possesses a fleshy probosis some three inches long. It is difficult to tame, and does not live long in cap- tivity. As in Sumatra, which Borneo much resembles in its fauna and flora, the peacock is absent, and its place taken by the Argus pheasant. Other handsome pheasants are the /vreback and the Bulwer pheasants, the latter so named after Governor Sir HENRY BULWER, who took the first specimen home in 1874. These pheasants do not rise in the jungle and are, therefore, uninteresting to the Borneo sportsman. ‘They are frequently trapped by the natives. There are many kinds of pigeons, which afford good sport. Snipe occur, but not plen- tifully. Curlew are numerous in some localities, but very wild. The small China quail are abundant on cleared spaces, as also is the painted plover, but cleared spaces in Borneo are somewhat few and far between. So much for sport in the new Colony. Let me conclude my paper by quoting the motto of the British North Borneo Company—Fergo et perago—I under- * Dr. GUILLEMARD in his fascinating book, ‘‘ The Cruise of the Marchesa,” states, that two Eng'ish officers, both of them well-known sportsmen, devoted four months to big game shooting in British North Borneo and returned to Hongkong entirely unsuccessful. Dr. GuILLEMARD was misinformed. The officers were not more than a week in the country on their way to Hongkong from Singapore and Sarawak, and did not devote their time to sport. Some other of the author’s remarks concerning British North Borneo are somewhat incorrect and appear to have been based on information derived from a preju- diced source. BRITISH BORNEO. i2i take a thing and go through with it. Dogged persistence has, so far, given the Territory a fair start on its way to prosperity, and the same perseverance will, in time, be assuredly rewarded by complete success.” Whe Teale TIRE SOIR. P.S.—I cannot close this article without expressing my great ubligations to Mr. C. V. CREAGH, the present Governor of North Borneo, and to Mr. KINDERSLEy, the Secretary to the Company in London, for information which has been incor- porated in these notes. * In 1889, the Company declared their first Dividend, ro het — JOURNAL OF A COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO-THE MOUNTAIN OF BATANG PADANG, PERAK. BY I AIR OENG Bes 6 = OO—E— OOS - Yam N Monday, the 6th of June, 1888, in accordance eee =o with instructions received, [| left Taiping and pro- ceeded to Telok Anson in the S.S. A7vnufa, and after seeing the baggage put on board a river-boat, and paying a visitto the Superintendent, Lower Perak, started at about 10 A.M. on the 7th for Tapa. At the half-way Resthouse I was met by a pony, and rode the rest of the way, reaching Tapa at 6.30 P.M. The first four or five miles of road from Durian Sabatang passes through a nearly level country, which, judging from appearances, is eminently suited to the growth of padi or sugar-cane. The surface soil is rich and black, and, from what can be seen of it by inspecting the ditches, is of considera- ble depth. The upper part of the road near Tapa also passes through some fine land, but it is of quite a different character, being hilly and with a reddish yellow soil, light and quite sandy in places. Its quality is shown by the luxuriant growth of the various products which have been already planted, such as bananas, pepper, coco-nuts, Indian corn, &c. The latter can be planted many times in succession on the same land without manure. The rule in other parts of the State is that only one crop of this plant can be taken off even virgin forest land. So that it is evident there must be in the soil near Tapa considerable quantities of some inorganic substance which is essential to the growth of maize, and which is pre- sent in the soil of other parts of Perak only in minute quanti- ties. The rock from which much of this soil is derived is a paleozoic schistose formation. ‘There is also, of necessity, in 124 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. the soil a considerable admixture of the detritus of the grani- tic formations of which the higher hills in Batang Padang, as in other parts of the State, are exclusively composed. My party consisted of Mr. JELLAH, the Collector and Taxi- dermist of the Museum, a Kling called HARISON, whom I engaged to help in the collection of botanical specimens—he having had three or four years’ experience in the same work with the late Mr. KUNSTLER—a Malay called MAHRAsIT, and a Malay ‘‘boy ’ who accompanied the late Mr. CAMERON on many of his explorations. The two former came up in the boat to Tapa with the baggage, and the two latter overland with me. The boat arrived on the evening of the 11th, having been five days and-a-half coming a distance of about 20 miles as the crow flies; and on the 12th the baggage was moved into an empty shop in the village. The great amount of impedimenta which it is necessary to take about with one ona collecting expedition, is a most serious drawback, when once the roads are left ; but without it nothing can be done, and one might just as well stay at home. ‘The worst part of it is, that the longer the trip lasts the more the baggage increases, instead of decreasing as it does on an ordinary occasion. Toh BIAS, the Penghulu of Tapa, having a few days before I arrived married a new wife, could not be induced to leave his bride and go to Kuala Woh to look for Sakais to carry up the baggage to Gunong Batu Puteh, till the 12th, and then he went very unwillingly, and it was six days more before they began to arrive at Tapa, and then only ten men came. My brother, Mr. CEcIL Wray, then sent to Chendariang for some, but without success. The difficulty at that time in obtaining Sakais was that they were all felling and burning the jungle to plant rice for the next season’s crop. During this enforced stay at Tapa, we went out every day collecting, and got 32 species of plants, 27 bird skins, and 3 mammals, besides many insects. I also took some photo- graphs of some of the most typical of the Sakais. On the 25th we were able to leave Tapa. We then had 22 Sakais, and the heavy baggage had to be put into two boats COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. E25 and poled up the river to Kuala Woh, which place we reached after a walk of two and-a-half hours, the track crossing the Batang Padang River twice. The whole way, wherever there was an opening in the jungle, we met with swarms of yellow butterflies. There must have been millions of them spread over the country. In places they were settled so thickly that the ground could not be seen. Some of these patches were two and three feet in diameter, and after driving away the but- terflies the ground was quite yellow from pieces of their wings and dead ones. I have never seen such a sight before, al- most any sweep of a butterfly net would catch a dozen or more. Inthe afternoon it came on to blow, just before a shower of rain, and all the butterflies at once took up posi- tions on the undersides of the leaves of trees and plants and on the lee sides of the stems and roots. They were all of one species of Terias (7erzas hecabe), and the Malays said that they had appeared about a week before we saw them. The whole of the next day’s march they were quite as numerous, though we rose to an altitude of 1,130 feet above sea level, and they were also fairly common as high as the camp on Gunong Batu Puteh, which we reached on the day after. Almost the whole of the land passed through, lying between Tapa and Kuala Woh, is of most excellent quality, a great deal of it being covered with bamboo forest. The bamboo seemed to belong to one species only, and is known by the Malay name of duluh telor. The track passes through several Sakai clearings, one of which was in a most creditable state of cultivation. In an- other there was a typical Sakai house on very tall posts and with a considerable sized raised platform on a level with the Lantz floor. There were also two Sakai graves near the track. They were raised like the Malay ones, and well taken care of. Onthem were the remains of fruit, flowers, Indian corn, coco-nut shells, bottle-gourds, roots, &c., which had been placed there probably as offerings to the dead. One of the boats containing the baggage arrived at Kuala Woh at 5 P. M., having been ‘eight hours on the way, and the other did not arrive till about 6 A. M. on the morning of the 26th, and at g A. M. on that day we started up the valley of the 120 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. Woh with 21 Sakais as baggage carriers, but as they could take only a small part of it, I was forced to leave a great quanti- ty at Kuala Woh in charge of JELLAH and HARISON. For the first few miles after leaving Kuala Woh, the jungle is almost exclusively bamboo. This land is undulating and of fine quality, but it ends at Changkat Berchilding, and then the track passes over some considerable hills and down into some valleys of which the soil is apparently good, but the slopes are steep and the Sakais have spoiled large portions of it by making dadangs. It is as well to mention that there is no reason why the track should go over all these hills, except that native tracks always do go over the extreme tops of all hills which are anywhere near the line of route. We reached the foot of Gunong Batu Puteh at 12.50 P. M., and camped for the night on the banks of the Woh. This place is) 1,030 fect above sea level. The thermometer showed the following temperatures :—at 3 P. M. 70° F., and at 9 P. M. 72°, and at another visit on August 7th it showed at 2.15 P. M. 78; at 5 P.M. 72°, and the next morning at 6 AJM) 667 At the foot of Batu Puteh, bamboo jungle again appears, and as this is at an elevation of 1,030 feet, it would be most valuable tea land if of sufficient extent and looked at from the top of the rocky spur on Gunong Batu Puteh it seems to be of considerable area. In fact a track of bamboo jungle appears to run right up the valley of the Woh from its kuala to the camp, and possibly much farther. At 7.40 A.M. on the 27th we left the camp onvthem Vien and reached the south-west spur of Gunong Batu Puteh at 12.50 P.'M. This spot is 4,300 feet above ‘seal levelainy aneroid, and is the place on which the previous expedition camped. Having set all hands to work re-making the old huts, we climbed the rock on the top of the spur, but the driving clouds hid almost everything, and we had several sharp showers of rain while there. There were firs, myrtles and other moun- tain plants on the top and sides of the rock, and we found a few pretty ground orchids, one in particular with a bunch of large yellow flowers on a stalk two or three feet high, anda COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 127 white domercd species which is common on the summit of Gunong Hijau in Larut. lijiramedethe greater part ot the wore and as the hut was not weather-tight we got very wet, cold and miserable. The next morning, the 28th, was cloudy and cold, with frequent showers of rain, so that not much could be done in any direc- tion. Eleven of the Sakais ran away early in the morning, leaving us with only 10 men. Four of these men, and a Malay I engaged at Tapa, were sent down to Kuala Woh to bring up some more baggage andthe remaining six with the Malays began putting the house in order and trying to make it waterproof. I went out into the jungle, but only saw a few birds, which were allof the same species as those I previously collected on the Larut hills. In the afternoon, as it seemed to be clearing up, we ascended the rock again, which by the bye is a very stiff climb, and got a fleeting sight between the masses of drifting cloud of the real top of the mountain, which I estimated to be at least 2,000 feet higher than the top of the rock, which is 400 feet above the camp. From the rocky point, a splendid view is to be had, compris- ing almost the whole district of Batang Padang, and further in the distance Lower Perak, the Dindings and the Larut hills, Bujang Malaka and the hills to the north end off Kinta, and the summit of Batu Puteh itself hides the northern continua- tion of the main range. Looking down from this rock, there appears to be a nice piece of planting land at about 2,000 or 2,500 feet elevation. It does not seem steep, and there is a fine stream nearit. It is situated in the valley formed by the spur on which I then was, on the one side, and the spur extending out in the direction of Gunong Brapit onthe other. Most of the higher lands on Batu Puteh are very steep, although of fine quality as far as soil goes. On the rocks near the summit, a quantity of a plant called chimbuat grows. This plant is much valued by the Malays, as it is supposed to act asa love-philter. It probably belongs to the Ophioglossacee, and is a delicate rush-like plant about three inches high, having its spores in little tassels on the tops of the leaves. 128 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. The next day, the 29th, I took a photograph of the camp and Sakais, and took the measures of the latter, and at about noon Mr. C. Wray and all the Sakais left. The former had gone up with the intention of trying to make the ascent of the real summit of Batu Puteh, but the running away of the Sakais and the bad weather rendered this impossible. MAHRASIT and the ‘‘boy”’ went on with the house, but as there were only small palm leaves to be had at that elevation, it was not easy to make a weather-tight house, and if it had not been for the waterproof sheets kindly lent by the Commis- sioner, Perak Sikhs, I do not know how we should have got on, as the preservation of botanical and other specimens would have been almost impossible. On the 3oth six Sakais came up with more things, and on the 1st July, JELLAH, HARISON and g Sakais arrived. From this day to the 7th I have nothing particular to record. During that time the remainder of the baggage arrived, and I had dry- ing stages put up for sunning plants, cut a track in a norther- ly direction across to another ridge, and collected birds, plants and insects. I had one of the Malay ground bird-traps set, first in one place, and then in another, but without any result. I had hopes that there might have been some representatives of the Indian hill pheasants, partridges and other ground birds on the Perak mountains, but if there are any we failed to catch them. The trap that I used consists of a small hedge made of branches and leaves with openings every few yards. On the ground aross the openings are placed light wicker-work frames, which being trodden on, release bent sticks, which are attached to nooses laid on the frames and which the bent sticks draw up, so as to catch the legs of any birds which may tread on the frames. I also had an English trap, the ‘‘ Rutland,” but it also caught nothing. I was fortunate enough, on the 6th, to shoot a fine example of the Black Eagle (Meopus malayensts)not far from camp. A pair of them were circling round the tops of some tall trees in the jungle, and I brought down the female. It measur- ed 5 feet 10 inches across the wings, and its plumage was far darker than that of the two specimens I obtained last year on the Larut hills, but it is evidently of the same species. In its COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 120 stomach I found two eggs and the half digested remains of a rat. The presence of the eggs shows it to have the same habit of robbing the nests of other birds as its Indian congener. On the 8th I started at 8A. M. with MAHRASIT, HARISON and a Sakai along the track to the North, which I have already mentioned, and then struck up the spur until we reached the top of the ridge joining the western peak with the main hill, and then followed that ridge, which runs in an easterly direc- tion up and down hills until we came to the Batu Puteh itself, after which it was nearly all steady up-hill work. We had to cut a track the whole way through a particularly thick and thorny undergrowth, and it was 2 P. M. before we reached the extreme summit, which the aneroid made 6,700 feet above sea level. I took up my gun in the hopes of getting some new birds, but only saw a few of one species, one specimen of which I shot. It is a Wesza of a species I have not seen before. Al- though I was disappointed in the matter of birds, still had I not taken the gun we should not, on that occasion, have reach- ed the top of the hill, for a tiger had preceded us by a few hours, from the ridge right up to the very summit of the moun- tain, and as may be imagined, there was not any anxiety amongst my companions to follow up the tracks, and they would most certainly have refused to do so if there had been no fire arms amongst the party, though for that matter, as I had no ball cartridges, it would have been no earthly use, but for obvious reasons I kept this fact to myself. Only two days before a tiger, probably the same one, was seen by HARISON not 200 yards from the camp in the middle of the day. It seems strange to find tigers in such a place, for there appeared to be absolutely no game, not a single track of a pig, deer or any other animal having been seen by us during our stay on Gunong Batu Puteh. The forest near the top of the mountain is most curious, consisting of twisted, stunted, wind-blown trees covered all over with a dense shaggy coating of moss, the ground, rocks, roots and dead trees being all hidden in the same manner. The moss is of all tints of greens, greenish-yellow, browns, red-browns and pinks, and is of many kinds. Some of them 130 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. being extremely elegant, both in form and colouring. Sucha luxuriant and beautiful growth of moss I had never seen before. In the scrub near the summit, Ahododendrons of many species are common, one of them growing into quite a large tree, but unfortunately no flowers of this plant could be found. Another species has the petals of the flower yellow and the tube orange- red, another white, and a pretty little round-leaved one has crimson flowers. An orchid of considerable beauty grows not far from the top, and seems to be a very free flowerer. It isa purplish flowered Dendrobium. lalso collected some plants of a very pretty Anezctochilus ; it resembles A. setaceus very closely, but the leaves instead of being dark red-brown veined with yellow, are rather pale velvety green, with pure white veining. Un- fortunately it was not in flower, so I had to take the plants, which when planted in baskets may, if they live, yield flowers, and the species may ultimately be determined. In all we collected over 50 botanical specimens, and had there been time and some more men to carry them we might have got many more. It was a beautifully fine day, but the distance, as is so often the case in dry, hot weather, was rather hazy. The view, however, from the summit was splendid, but it is quite im- possible to describe it, and owing to want of time, I could not make any sketches. To the East, looking down into Pahang, there 1s nothing to be seen in the way of mountains, as far as the eye could reach. The country seems to consist of large broad valleys, with a few ranges of small hills. On these hills we could see many Sakai clearings as well as clearings in the valleys, which are probably Malay. The thickness of the range at this point is very little. I should not think it can be more than eight miles. JTothe South no large hills are visible for many miles, but to the North the hill country expands and broadens out, and peak upon peak can be made out stretching away into the far distance. Gunong Batu Puteh is, therefore, the end of the range of higher hills going southwards, though the range again rises into some lofty peaks in Slim. ; COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. I31 Having collected all the plants we could carry, we returned, reached the camp again at 6 P.M., having been to hours on the tramp. The next day, the gth, I spent in putting the previous day’s collection of plants into paper, and on the roth I took three photographs from the rocky ridge connecting the spur with the main mountains—one of the rocks which form the top of the spur, one of the summit of Batu Puteh, and one of the hills looking over in the direction of Gunong Bujang Malaka. The next day I looked over the dried plants and put all those which were dry into Chinese paper, and sent them down to Tapa onthe 12th. Up tothat time [had collected 241 species of plants and 61 specimens of birds. One serious drawback to the place was the great quantity of blow-flies, which, unless great care wastaken, spoiledallthe bird-skins, as wellas woollen clothes, blankets, food, &c. The strange thing about these flies is the question where they can be bred in the jungle, for, as I have already noticed, there is such a great scarcity of animal life, and consequently there can be but little decomposing matter for them to breed in. Woollen things are evidently taken by them for the fur of animals, hence dead animals are clearly the natural food of the larvee of these flies. Last year, near the Resident’s Cottage, I shot a krekah monkey, and hung it up to a tree till I return- ed, which was in about one hour’s time, when it was flecked all over with white eggs; but the blow-flies are not anything like so numerous on the Larut hills as they are on those of Batang Padang, probably because they are lower. The lowest altitude at which they are met with seem to be 3,600 feet, but they are not abundant till 4,000 feet is reached. On the 15th I went down the hill (goo feet by aneroid) and fixed on a site for a new camp, and set the men to work fell- ing the jungle. This place seemed to be more frequented by birds than the higher and bleaker camp, which was not at all a good collecting station for birds, and by that time I had about exhausted all the plants that were in fruit or flower near ite eoed number of the trees) felled were either in fruit or flower and I was able to add them to my collection. 132 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. On the top of one tree was a rather pretty Vanda with red flowers spotted with a darker shade of the same colour; and on another was a wild raspberry in full fruit. A tree top is certainly one of the last places on which one would have look- ed for raspberries. On the 17th sixteen Sakais came up to carry my things down to Tapa, and! arranged with them to get attaps and finish felling the jungle on the new site on the 18th, on the morning of which day I went down with them, and then up again to the camp and from there to the rock on the top of the spur and afterwards to the gorge to the North of the camp to collect orchids and ferns to take down for the Resident. Then packed them up in baskets and also packed up the bird-skins and put the day’s collection of botanical specimens in paper, cleaned guns, and made other preparations for leav- ing on the morrow. Up to that time 77 birds and 320 species of plants had been collected, and the object of going down to Tapa was to properly dry and pack away this large collection, and free the pressing paper, so as to be able to use it again. I had been away from Tapa about a month, and I must say it had been anything but a pleasant time; for the hut was of the leakiest, draughtiest and most uncomfortable description for the bleak climate at that altitude, it being made of rattan and small palm leaves—the only material available within a distance of three or four miles. The temperature ranged from 56° to 68° in the house, and the wind, rain and mist drifted right through it. Most of my party were out of sorts, and I rather hesitated as to leaving, but transport is so difficult to get that I decided to risk it. JELLAH had ague, MAHRASIT nettle-rash and swollen legs and feet, HARISON bad legs, and the “ boy”’ a very much in- flamed and swollen eye. I gave a supply of medicine to JEL- LAH, and the boy and HARISON were doctored at Tapa. While at the upper camp IJ had an attack of what is known as hill diarrhoea, a disease often. met with at the Himalayan hill stations of Simla and Nynee Tal, but I do not think that it has been recorded in the Malay Peninsula before. COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG, 133 At about 8 A. M. on the 1gth I left the camp with HARISON, the “boy’”’ and 18 Sakais, and reached Kuala Woh at 2 P. M. The Sakais were too tired to go on any farther that day, and so I forded the Woh and went with the ‘‘boy”’ only to Breumen, and after much trouble got a boat and reached Tapa at 7 P. M. The exposures of rock along the banks of the Batang Padang River from Kuala Woh to Tapa are all, asfar as I saw, of the ancient stratified series. The beds are much twisted, contort- ed and upheaved, in places the strata being nearly vertical. Overlying these rocks are usually thick beds of river sands, similar to that on which the village of Tapa stands. In places these beds rise to 30 feet above the level of the river. The rock exposures on the Woh are all apparently granitic. The granite there and on Gunong Batu Puteh from base to extreme summit is a coarse grained rock, with large white felspar crystals and largely mixed with dull blue quartz. The sand in the streams derived from this rock is very characteristic, being quite blueish in appearance. ‘The subsoil formed by its decomposition is also much redder than that formed by the granite of the Larut hills. The surface soil both there and in other parts of Perak seems to depend, in a great measure, as regards its vegetable constituents or humus, on the presence or absence of white ants (¢ermztes). When the height at which these insects cease to thrive is passed on the hills, a very mark- ed difference in the colour and depth of the surface soil is notice- able, and the same thing is to be seen in the low country in swampy land which is unsuited to their existence. That the soil is really any poorer for its loss of vegetable matter is not at all certain, for the inorganic constituents of the humus are still present, though they have been altered by passing through an animal organism. This may account for the fertility of some of the apparently very poor soils to be seen in some parts of the State. Nothing particular happened during the walk down from Gunong Batu Puteh beyond the usual experiences of a long jungle tramp, except that near Kuala Woh I saw in the middle of the track just in front of me the head of a black cobra look- ing out from.under a root; a knock on the neck with my walk- ing stick rendering it powerless. I got it out of its hole, and 134 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO. BATANG PADANG. while the “ boy ” way looking for a piece of jungle root to carry it by, another smaller one glided out of the same hole, passed me and took to the river before I had time to stop it. The first one being a fine large specimen and quite unin- jured, I took it to Tapa and put it into spirits. These black cobras are fairly common in Batang Padang, but are very scarce in other parts of Perak, so scarce that I had never seen any, till went) there: Ihave called it a cobra, but it is not quite certain that it is referable to the genus Vaga. Possibly it may be a black varie- ty of the Hamadryad, but if so it must either not attain a large size, or it must quite change its livery as it grows older; for I was informed that it is unknown of a larger size than between Sand: © feet. The next day, the 20th, the Sakais brought on the baggage from Kuala Woh, and I had the plants unpacked and put out into the sun todry as soon as possible. They seemed in good condition, and there was no sign of their having heated, as half-dried botanical specimens have a very unpleasant way of doing, when packed up for long in this climate. I then went to work on the live plants, which I brought down with me, and by the next day they, together with a quantity more that Mr. C. WRAY had collected, were all planted and packed up and sent down the river in a boat to Telok Anson. Mr. C. WRAy and I went on the 22nd to see the new mine at Chendariang. We left at between 7 and 8 A. M., and reach- ed Naga Bharu at 11 A. M., and from there went to the Sri Muka mines. There are two very distinct varieties of tin-sand obtained from these mines. The one being black, fine-grain- ed and bright-looking; while the other is reddish, brown, or white and very coarse-grained, varying from pieces the size of the tip of the little finger to masses 100 or so pounds in weight. I think it may safely be predicted that when /ampan work- ings are carried on, on the hills near Srt Muka, that some lodes of considerable size and richness will be discovered ; for un- doubtedly these large blocks of tin ore must have come from such lodes, and probably at no very great distance from their present resting place. The fine-grained black tin-sand, I imagine, has been derived either from another formation, or, COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. 135 more probably, it may have been disseminated through the body of the rock, and the pale-coloured coarse-grained sand and blocks of ore from lodes running through the same forma- tion. I bought one fine large lump of tin ore besides some smaller ones for the Museum, and engaged a Chinese cooly to carry them to Tapa. The mine which is turning out so well, is that which former- ly belonged to the Shanghai Company, and is within a hundred yards of the Manager’s old house. We saw a large quantity of tin-sand and also a good many slabs of tin, and we were informed that the owners estimated the sand then raised would yield 70 bharas of tin. There seems every reason to suppose that there is a very large extent of land equally as good as this piece has turned out to be, and that this valley will take many years to work out, the area being quite as large as the Larut tin mining districts of Tupai, Taiping and Kamunting. The only drawback to the place is the transport. At the time I was there, the river was so low that boats could not go up it, and the road to Tapa was little more than begun. In consequence of this, the shops were all shut up, as they had nothing left to sell, and the chief Towkay told us he only had 30 bags of rice left, and that he had 400 coolies to feed, and in a few days if the drought continued he would have to begin carrying rice from Tapa, a distance of between 8 and g miles over about as vile a track as can well be imagined. The usual price of rice is from 33 to 4 gantangs per dollar, but at the time I am speaking of, it was not to be had cheaper than 3 gantangs. The opening up of this district depends entirely on the completion of the cart-road from Tapa, for at all times the Chendariang River is very difficult to navigate, and in times of drought it is shut up altogether. It usually takes a cargo boat 20 days to go from Telok Anson to Chendariang, a distance by road (when made) of only twenty-nine miles. The high price of provisions, consequent on this expensive transport, is a serious tax on the miners, and it speaks a great deal for the extreme richness of the land, that any mining can be carried 136 COLLECTING EXPEDITION TO BATANG PADANG. on with profit. Though at the same time it is evident that only the best of the land can be now worked, and that therefore the State is the loser of a great deal of revenue, as land which has had all the best parts of it worked out will not pay to re-open and will probably be unworked for many years to come. With the exception of the first two miles, which has in great part a laterite subsoil, lithologically identical with the expo- sure on the road to Kamunting near Drummond's house, the land the whole way along the track from Tapa to Chen- dariang is of splendid quality and admirably suited for any low country cultivation. *Cerqueme viens de dire plus haut, quant a a la formation des filons, peut s’appliquer ici, c’est le méme soulévement. Le premier filon E.-O. donne de grandes espérances, je suis persuadé qu’il les tiendra. Dés la surface, lor est visible 4 V’ceil nu, les traq vaux en profondeur montreront que la richesse va toujours “crescendo.” Dans les travaux superficiels faits par ce syn- dicat j’ai vu la richesse aller en augmentant au fur et A mesure que les fouilles descendaient. Je continue mon voyage a travers le Gemencheh dans une direction N.N.E. et j’arrive au Muar aprés avoir traversé ses affluents, tels que “ Kendong,” Jelei, Klebang, &c., &c., tous travaillés en tant qu’alluvions, et j’arrive au Serting et dela en traversant le Cheras et le Sebaling, affluents du Serting, j’ar- rive a la frontiére de Pahang. Quant a la direction générale on peut s’en rendre compte en la suivant sur la carte, et en relevant les points que je viens d’indiquer, on tombera en plein dans le territoire de la colo- nie de Malacca apres avoir traversé tout le pays de Gemen- cheh. Si maintenant le voyageur placé sur la frontiére de Pahang 5 ; ; to) jette ses regards vers le pays de Pahang dans la direction de GEMENCHEH. 171 découvertes d’or de cette contrée, tel que Raub, il verra que tous ces points se trouvent dans le méme soulévement que Je vien d’indiquer. Si j'ai pu par ces quelques lignes interesser le lecteur au point de lui croire par ma demonstration que l’or dans la pé- ninsule Malaise n’en pas seulement tributaire d’un pays mais bien de ¢rozs, qui sont la colonie de Malacca, le Gemencheh (Negri Sembilan), et Pahang, je serai entiérement satisfait ; mon but sera atteint. ‘ th “4 — ENo. 22] ee. JOURNAL . @ Hest Ee | - STRAITS BRANCH ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. DECEMBER, 1890. SINGAPORE: PRINTED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING. OFFICE. AGENTS OF THE SocikEry: London and America, .... Tripyer & Co. Paris, .... Ernest Leroux & Cre. Germany, ... K. F. Kornner’s Antrquantum, Leipzig. toe . ' ‘ - cu 1 tiie ; Are 1 : ks 1 . 1 | ea) ‘ ‘ ‘ i 4 ' ” . hs E \ : x ! 4 yao. cS ’ ‘ , * _ , t iy ‘ f Fi t 4 ‘ (No. 22. | JOURNAL ebestis BRANCH ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. DECEMBER, 1890. SINGAPORE: PRINTED AT THE GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. AGENTS OF THE SOCIETY: London and America, ... Triipner & Co. Paris, .... Ernest Leroux & CIk. Germany, ... K. F. Kornter’s Antiquanium, Leipzig. Pao e Of CONTENTS a Council for 1891, List of Members for 1891, Proceedings of the General Meeting. Council’s Annual Report for 1890,... Treasurer's Account for 1890, Raja Haji—by W. £. Maxwell, o.M.e., Valentyn’s Account of Malacca— Contributed Py the Hon’ ble Ds het. Hertey, ... ae The Law relating to Slavery among the ee W. £E. Maxwell, .M.G., Malay Law in Negri Sembilan—by Hon. Martin Lister, The Ruling Family of Selangor—dy W. E. Maxwell, c..c., The Sphingide of Singapore—by Lieut. H. J. Kelsall, B.a..,... The Burmanniaceze of the Malay Peninsula—é yi! H. N. Ridl oN ‘M.A., F.LS.5 On the so- tatied Tiger’s Milk, “Susu Rimau ” of the Malays —by H. N. Ridley, M.a., F.L.S., oe XVil X1X d41 TABLE OF CONTENTS ,—Continued. On the Habits of the Caringa (Aicophyda ae Sm. ) —by H. N. Ridley, M.A., F.1.8., Bibliography of Malaya—by C. Davies Ghenbanne F.G,8s,a0e Occasional Notes :— » Coco-nut Beetles, ... Mosquito Larve in the Pitchers of Nepentes, Matonia pectinata in the Karimon Islands, 345 349 429 4.30 430 THE SERAITS: BRANCH OF THE ROYAL ASIATIC SOCIETY. * PATRON: His Excellency Sir CHCIL CLEMENTI SMITH, K.C.M.G, f(OUNCIL FOR 1891. The Hon'ble Sir J. FrepERIcK Dickson, K.c.M.@., President. The Right Revd. Bishop G. F. Hos, Vice-President, Singapore. D. Logan, Esquire, Vice-President, Penang. H. N. Riptey, Esquire, Honorary Secretary. E. Korex, Esquire, Honorary Treasurer. W. Davison, Esquire. A. Knieut, Esquire, The Hon’ble J. W. Bonszr, Councillors. H. L. Noronua, Esquire, Lieut. H. J. Kensatt, B.a., LIS.T- OFM EM Bie as FOR is Gl Names. ABRAHAMSON, H. E. ALLINGHAM, S. AntHonNIsz, J. O. AsuwortH, Lieut. P., R.5. Ayre, A. F. BAMPFYLDE, C, A. Brcuer, H. M. Bexston, Capt. R. D., B.a. BreLnAmy, G. C., B.A. BERNARD, F. G. BIcKNELL, W. A. Brreuw, J. K. Buaepen, C. O. | BLAND, R. N. 5| Bonser, The Hon’ble J. W. Bort, Dr. W. N. Brappon, Dr. W. L. Branpt, D. Addresses. ee es © eos China North Borneo Co. Ltd., Sandakan, B. N. B. 25, Grosvenor Street, Grosvenor Square, Lon- don, W. Beaconsfield, Sepoy Lines, Singapore. Army Agents, Craig Court, London. Public Works Department, Singapore. Kuching, Sarawak. Almeida Street, Singapore. Sandakan, B. N. B. Kwala Lumpur, Selangor. Woodleigh, Saranggong Road, Singapore. Audit Department, Penang. Senior Magistrate, Penang. South Malacca, Malacea. Land Department, Singa- pore. Burnside, Tanglin, Singa- pore. The Grange, Grange Road, Singapore. Kwala Lumpor, Selangor. Woodneuk, Singapore. Nos. 19 20) A 22 23 24 4.9 | Cameron, Capt. M. A., B.£. | Denison, N. | Daw, A. T. _Dicxsoy, The Hon’ble Sir J. Vil MEMBERS FoR 1891,—Continued. | Names. | Addresses. (ens Se es ee ey se es Se Brown, L. C. Brown, Dr. W. C. Bryant, A. T. Buck ey, C. B. Burpipee, W. BurxinsHaw, The Hon ble J. Burton-Brown, Col. A., B.A., | Camus, M. pE | Cerruti, G. B. | Crane, J. CLIFFORD, H. C. | Copley, GEORGE | CrEaGH, C. VANDELEUR | Crorx, J. ERRINGTON DE LA | CuRRIE, ANDREW | Davison, Wu. Dent, Sir ALFRED, K.C.M.G. FREDERICK, K.C.M.G. DietHetm, W. H. Downy, St. V. B. Duntop, C. 43; Dun top, Colonel §., c.M.e. Brown & Co., Penang. Beech Street, Penang. - Dindings (on leave). Orchard Road, Singapore. | Sophia Road, Singapore. | Mount Elizabeth, Orchard Road, Singapore. Balmore, Singapore. | Colonial Engineer’s De- partment, Penang. Wilkie Road, Singapore. | Bangkok. 21, Northam Road, Penang. Kwala Lipis, Ulu Pahang. Municipality, Malacca. British North Borneo. Pahang. 28, Fenchurch Street, Lon- don. Rafiles Museum, Stamford Road, Singapore. Lower Perak, Perak. 11, Old Broad Street, Lon- don, E. C. Matang, Perak. | Colonial Secretary's House. Hooglandt & Co., Singa- pore. Holme Chase, Grange Road, Singapore. Powell & Co., Singapore. London, Vill MEMBERS FOR 1891,—Continued. Nos. Names. | Addresses. ae ce 44) Epuarpt, Hans Hilty & Co., Singapore. 45| Eaerton, WALTER Magistrates’ Court, Pe- nang. 46| Excum, J. B. Dindings. 47) Escuxe, H. German Consulate, Sin- gapore. 48} Everett, A. Hart 41, York Terrace, Regent’s Park, London. 49| Everett, E. E. The Central Borneo Com- pany Limited, Labuan. 50| Everert, H. H. | Sarawak. 51| Feravuson, A. M., Jr. 18 & 19, Baillie Street, Fort, _ Colombo. 52| FRASER, JOHN |Eskbank Cottage, Singa- pore. 53; GAGGINO, G. Gaggino & Co., Singapore. 54| Gaynor, Lieut. H. F., z.. Tanglin Barracks, Singa- pore. 55| Gente, ALEX. Eskbank, Tanglin, Singa- pore. 56| Gosuine, T. L. River Valley Road, Singa- pore. 57| Gorrries, F. H., r.n.a.s., F.A.8. | The Priory, Northam Road, Penang. 58| Gorriies, G. 8. H. (I. H. Gottheb), Penang. 59 GRAHAM, JAMES London. 60| GuLuaNnD, W. G. Paterson, Simons & Co., London. 61; Hazes, A. Kinta, Perak. 62) Haveuton, H. T., B.a. Singapore. 63) Hervey, The Hon’ble D. F. A. | Resident Councillor, Ma- lacea. 64, Hinn, Fenton WaLtER Kwala Lumpur, Selangor. 78 80 MEMBERS For 1801, Names. inn, EH. C: Hoss, Right Revd. Bishop G. F., M.A.,D.D. (Honorary Member) Hose, C. Hovuruuysen, C. L. Huniett, R. W., M.A., F.L.S8. Huteninson, EH. R. IpRAHIM BIN ABDULLAH, Inche Irvine, C. J., c.M.a. Joxqumr, J. 2. Jouor, H. H. the Sultan of the State and Territory of, G.c.M.G., @.¢.8.1. (Honorary Member) Kerupine, F. Kertru, Dr. KELLMANN, E. Ketsait, Lieut. H. J., pa. KENNEDY, ARCHIBALD Kernnepy, E. Kur, T. Rawson KyIgut, ARTHUR Kozx, Epwin Krom Mun DEwAwonGsE VARO- PRAKAR, H. R. H. Prince KyYNNERSLEY, C. W. 8S. es ee Se —Continued. Addresses. eter A Inspector of Schools, Mt. Pleasant, Singapore. Sarawak. Baram, Sarawak. Netherlands Trading ciety, Singapore. Eskbank, Tanglin, Singa- pore. Penang. So- Johor. | Tiverton, Devonshire, Ene- land. Buitenzorg, Paterson Road, Singapore. Johor (now in Europe). Labuan, Deli. Bangtaphan, Siam. Be oe mate Fort Canning, Singapore. | Batu Gajah, Kinta, Perak. Penang. | Johor Bharu, Johor. | Grassdale, River Valley Road, Singapore. | Clare Grove, Orchard Road, Singapore. Bangkok, Lava@uer, H. MEMBERS For 1891,—Continued. Names. Lavino, G. Lawes, Revd. W. G. (Honorary Member) Ie BASKS DT de alee Lees, F’. BALFOoUR LEMPRIDRE, H. TU. Lewis, Joun E. A., B.A. Lister, Hon. Marri Littier, R. M. Logan, D. Low, Sir Huau, G.c.M.a. Macsean, W. Martens, Dr. Marrin, Dr. L. Maxwetr, R. W. MaxweEtt, W. E., c.M.e. McKintop, J. Merrewetuer, E. M. MILLER, J AMES 5| Munny, O. }} Nanson, WM., B.A., F.S.A. | Napier, W. J., M.A. Addresses. Raffles Institution, Singa- pore. Spring Grove, Grange Road, Singapore. Port Moresby, New Guinea. Waterloo, River Valley Road, Singapore. Singapore Insurance Com- pany Limited. Labuan. Government Printing Office, Sarawak. Negri Sembilan (on leave.) Gaya, Sandakan. Solicitor-General, Penang. England. Straits Insurance Office. Mabar Estate, Deli, Suma- | tra. | Inspector-General’s Office, | Singapore. _Kwala Lumpur, Selangor. | Pulau Brani, Singapore. _ Singapore. | Gilfillan, Wood & Co., Singapore. | Behn, Meyer & Co., Singa- | pOnesa | Craigton, Tanglin, Singa- | pore. ' Mount Alma, Dalvey Road, Singapore. Nzave, D. C. Xl MEMBERS FoR 1891,—Continued. Names. Newton, Howarp Noronua, H. L. O’Sunutivan, A. W.S., BA. Parerson, D. W. Pau, W. F. B. PrerHaM, Revd. J. (Honorary Member) Pickerina, W. A., c.M.a. RaFFray, A. Reap, W.H. M., o.m.a. RetrH, Revd. G. M., m.a. Ricxett, C. B. Ripiey, H. N., M.a., F.L.8. Ropaer, J. P. Rost, Dr. Reinnoip Rowe tt, Dr. T. Irvine Sarawak, H. H. The Raja of, k.c.M.@. (Honorary Member) Satow, H. M., c.m.a. (Honorary Member) ScHaaLse, M. Scott, Dr. Duncan SeaH Liane Suan. Addresses. Cluny Road, Tanglin, Singapore. Grasslands, St. Thomas Walk, Singapore. Devonshire Road, Singa- pore. England. Guthrie & Co., Singapore. Sungei Ujong. River Valley Road, Singa- pore. England. French Consulate, Singa- pore. c/o A. L. Johnston & Co. Mount Elizabeth, Singa- pore. Botanic Gardens, Singa- pore. Pekan, Pahang. India Office Library, Lon- don, S. W. England. Kuching, Sarawak. Monte Video. Batavia. Batu Gajah, Kinta, Perak. Chop “Chin Hin,” Singa- pore. x1 | Sean Sone S&A | SERGEL, V. MEMBERS FoR 1891,—Continued. Names. Addresses. ms ss ms | i i i nn ss ee ee ee ee SHELFORD, The Hon’ble T. SxinneR, The Hon’ble A. M., C.M.G. Smrru, H. E. Sir Cecrn CLEMENTI, M.A., K.C.M.G. Soust, T. Sourinpro Mouun Tacors, Raja, Mus. Doe. STRINGER, C. Sr. Cuarr, W. G. SwWETTENHAM, F. A., c-M.@. Syep MonwaMED BIN AHMED AL SAGOFF Syvrrs, H. C. Syrp ABUBAKER BIN AL JUNIED OMAR Tarpot, A. P. Tan Kim OCnine Trompson, A. B. Tuoroup, I. THoroip TREACHER, W. H., c.M.@. pore. Brinkmann & Co., Singa- pore. Broadfields, Paterson Road, Singapore. Resident Councillor, Pe- nang. Government House. Mount Rosie, Chancery Lane, Singapore. Caleutta, India. One Tree House, Grange Road, Singapore. Singapore Free Press Office, Singapore. Resident, Perak. Kwala Lumpur, Selangor. Assistant Colonial Secre- tary’s House, Singapore. Siamese Consul-Generail, Singapore. Deli, Sumatra. Perak. Secretary to Government, Perak. X11 MEMBERS For 1891,—Continued. Ce Nos. Names. | Addresses. 147| Tripner & Co. 148! Van Benincen van HeEtspiv- | cEen, Dr. R. Deli, Sumatra. 149} Vermont, The Hon’ble J. M. B.| Batu Kawan Estate, Pro- vince Wellesley. 150} Watxer, Lieut.-Col. R. 8S. F., C.M.G. Perak (on leave). 151) Waker, H. | Land and Survey Depart- ment, Sandakan, B. N. B. 152) Watson, E. A. Bentong, Pahang. 153| West, F. G. 154; Wray, L. Perak. 155| Wray, L., Jr. Perak Museum, Perak. 156] Wrencu, W. T. Raffles Institution, Singa- pore. 157| Yue, Colonel Henry, R.£., c.B. | (Honorary Member) | oo Road, London. S. W. Members are requested to inform the Secretary of any change of address or decease of members in order that the list may be as complete as possible. All communications concerning the publications of the Society should be addressed to the Secretary ; all subscriptions to the Treasurer. Members may have on application forms authorising their Bankers or Agents to pay their subscription to the Society regularly each year. qi : i ’ hl icy ry . c 5 a ‘ pa: : = uy : * x AO F - fh i \ i ' EYLAND = SUMATRA Se ee — + | Denivhinek yp i — en a 2 bal ny VERBETERD DOOR 2 <= Po Lan 25 (A Vane DAMPIER yp a O18 VELEN'LYD Pu “Pita: va erceri tac . ry] FRANCOIS YELEN'LYN Pu Pitans 4] DAMN ere J.van Braam eb Gonder du Linden ee Cum Prvil Poets Tayman SP 4 et) Aa m, ollok Boulos Duylfehe Hylen 15 in en Graad oy 24st ey pe ap Cr eal j ® T RYKSVAN, heuden soul > Dongoriges B a 5 Z~DIJIOWO - Fi {Ryl. Pisang iylandenean S y Winn Ridong aaed PAS oa : fe ae nv VAN Ihe ° Me a 3 So AN \¥ ¢ : ; PK VANSUANARIRAS = vail] u —_ 8 AP RYEVANR Pai HE® ae © Bhanexontge) Pago, 2» 4, 3) ' oN: otatotha 5. &) | D Sendor Ga f Tia de N Soe TRYK Porto Coffin xg VAN Cla Rs Ra VW» foration Lronbangron ete 4, selon © ‘Patani Tai " T is A HSS Ra Seiad we 2 Sever eq Pelankt ) BYS NS & Bue sihann br adeogr maa De Raunerd reese! ) Byt met ‘Revit ? Taog Kyb 5 ; “LIGOOR™ = ED drie Bergen alee 1 Posto CAPLAN & tHoorntehe boat JSambitoan | jam «x ~ ran “tron = 0 Behidpats Kyi 7 | a x viten Byt rl | : 12h] | Pinks 7 ng PRYK VAN ARO Porto Latang Be b> - . 2, a & 9, re 2, x» WY roe 5, ‘ber Py Wan, ie, ‘Wai eC, UL Fray ports Tarra x We Batou Tut © Trams baal 8 hie Yi é Fottandiehs dinman’= ee SRS, - | 7 re aon, ~ 2 Tanjong Ficcro CED NTE AN Ys gi Feeling b Ce t + ee a = ee ea en pr — — —— —— —— -— RT —— 1 | E HT 2 | 3 : 3 ———— = ==- ~ Starverur Generals Office Itygispr'e a meee L AW RELATING TO SLAVERY ave NG ek. MALAY S. [Among the papers which were printed and laid before Parliament in 1882 on the subject of Slavery in the Protected Native States was a minute by Mr. W. E. MaxweELt, then Assistant Resident, Perak, in which the existing system was described, an emancipation scheme was proposed, and a translation of the Malay law relating to Slavery was promised. Mr. MAaxweELt having now presented to the Straits Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society his extracts from the Perak, Pahang and Johor Code, transliterated and translated, these are here printed for the first time, and are fitly prefaced by the official minute above referred to. (See Parliamentary Papers, C.—3429, p- 16.) That portion of it which deals with the emancipation scheme is omitted, the liberation of slaves and debtors in Perak having long since been effected. The native law, though no longer in force in the southern portion of the Peninsula, is probably not dis- similar to that which is still carried out in some of the islands of the Eastern Archipelago, more or less remote from European influence and authority. ] BD, European influence, is a national custom which they “jy have in common with other Indo-Chinese races, ) ABS and it is a mistake to suppose that it is the offspring £2\, of Muhammadan law and religion, the introduction of which among the Malays is of comparatively modern date. Muhammadan law has, however, largely influenced Malay custom respecting slavery, and Arabic terminology is notice- able in many of the details incidental to the system. So far from being identical with the slavery lawful amoug Muslims in Egypt, Arabia, etc., the Malay institution is, in some respect, completely at variance with it, and in this particular, as in many others, there is a never-ending struggle between the hu- kum ‘adat, the “ customary law ” of the Malays, and the hukum shar‘a or “ religious law’ of the Koran. Muhammadan priests, nee HE institution of slavery as it exists among the Ma- &“zey lays, in places where it has not been abolished by 248 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. who would sometimes seek, if they could, to enforce the latter, are met by the plea that the practice denounced is lawful by Malay custom, and it is thus that debt-bondage, like opium smoking, gambling,* etc. is always defended. __ Slaves (hamba and kawan ) in Perak are of two classes :— (1) Slaves (‘abdi). (2) Debtors (orang ber-hutang ). A slave (‘abdi) is either :— (1) A captive taken in war; (2) an infidel captured by force (e.g., a Batak of Sumatra or Sakei of the Peninsula); (3) A man-slayer “,ung bawa darah mati), or other criminal who is unable to pay the price of blood, or other fine (diyat), and who surrenders (hulu) himself and family to the Raja as slaves ; (4) the offspring of a female slave (except when the owner acknowledges himself to be the father). Hulswr.—The Raja’s privilege of retaining as slaves all per- sons who have taken human life, and who throw themselves upon his protection, seems to be purely Malay. In other points the definition of the status of slave given above is in ac- cordance with Muhammadan law. 3 Debt-bondage.—A debt-bondsman, although often called ham- ba (slave), is more correctly termed kawan (companion). He is a free man (mardahika) as opposed toa slave (‘abdi) though from his being obliged to serve his creditor in all kinds of menial employment, the two conditions are not always readily distinguishable. The Kuran, Sale’s translation, C. [.—This institution of debt- bondage is a native Malay custom, and is wholly opposed to Muhammadan law, which is most lenient to debtors. “ If,” says the Kuran, “ there be any ( debtor ) under a difficulty (of “paying his debt) let ( his creditor ) wait. till it be easy (for ‘him to do it); but if ye remit it as alms it will be better for “you, if ye knew it. And fear the day wherein ye shall ‘return unto God; then shall every soul be paid what it hath ‘gained, and they shall not be treated unjustly.” Pecuniary limit of fine—Malay custom in Perak used to fix phew vei ee eee * At Kota Lama in Perak, an Arab Haji, who ventured once to denounce gambling as irreligious and wicked, was driven from the kampong and narrow- ly escaped with his life. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 249 the value of a free man at $25 (100 dtdor). Theoretically, a man could not be fined more than that sum, and was entitled to be released from bondage, on the tender of that sum, what- ever might have been the nominal amount of the fine imposed by a Chief. In practice, however, in a state of society recognis- ing no right but that of the strongest, the acknowledged exist- ence of this custom has not prevented the imposition of fines by Rajas and Chiefs far exceeding in amount the sum above named and the retention in bondage of persons whose relation would willingly pay that sum for their release. Slaves and debt-bondsmen in Perak before 1874.—The num- ber of slaves and slave-bondsmen now in Perak is probably 3,C00, about one-sixteenth of the whole Malay population. Before the establishment of settled government, under the administration of British officers, this form of property was much more valuable than at present. Every Raja and Chief was ac- companied, when he went abroad, and was served when at home, by numerous dependents, debt-bondsmen, and slaves, who lived in or near his house, and belonged to his household. If they misbehaved they might be beaten and tortured, and slaves (‘abdi) might bekilled. If they ran away a regular scale of re- wards, calculated according to distance, defined the payment to be made by their owner to any one capturing them. The ownership of a number of slaves and debt-bondsmen was a mark of a man of rank, wealth, and influence, and the aggre- gate amount of capital represented by his debt-bondsmen often amounted to several thousand dollars. The desire to possess, as a dependent, some particular person, sometimes led to the invention of fictitious debts, and people were liable, with little hope of redress, to be dragged from their homes and taken to the house of some great man, nominally as security for some debt, of which, perhaps, they had never heard. No work that debt- bondsmen performed for their creditors and masters operated to lessen the debt. They served in his household, cultivated his fields, and worked in his mines; but such service was mere- ly a necessary incident of their position and was not accepted in part payment. Sometimes the master fed and clothed them, but more often they had to supply themselves with all necessaries, * 250 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. : notwithstanding that their labour was forfeited to the master’s . service. The system of detaining persons in servitude as long as a debt for which they are liable is not discharged is very gene- rally spread among the Malay races of the Archipelago. Through injustice and oppression it has been productive of peculiar hardship in Perak. Crawrorp, in 1820, noticed the custom in the following passage :—— ‘Tf a debtor is unable to pay his creditor he is compelled to serve him until the debt bedischarged, and heis then nearly in the condition of a slave. Every man has his fixed price, and if the debt exceed this, he either loses his liberty altogether or his family are compelled to serve the creditor along with him.” “he following two laws of Malacca have reference to this practice :--If a man be in debt to such an amount as to exceed his estimated price in the country, then it shall be lawful for his creditor to punish him by stripes or abusive language ; but after the manner of a free man, and not of slave. If aman deflower a virgin that is his debtor, he shall be compelled either to marry her or forfeit the amount of the debt.” * This universal custom is more distinctly expressed in the laws of Sumatra, as collected by the officers of the British Government. “ When a debt,” say these, “becomes due and the debtor is unable to pay his creditor, or has no effects to deposit, he shall himself, or his wife, or his children, live with the cre- ditcr as his bond-slave or slaves until redeemed by the pay- ment of the debt.” Among Rawa Malays of Sumatra (many of whom are settled in Perak ) it is, | am assured, customary to detain a debt bondsman for two years only. At the expiration of that time the debt, if not paid, remitted as alms. By Perak Malays, on the contrary, the national customs, when favourable to the debtor, have been openly disregarded, and every kind of oppression has been practised. Notwithstanding the existence of a well-defined custom that the wife and children of a debtor should not be lable for his ~ * History of the Indian Archipelago, III, 97. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 251 debt unless it were incurred with their knowledge, and that the widow of a debt-bondsman should not be liable for more than a third of her husband’s debt, it has gradually become usual for creditors to claim and enforce a right to hold the wife and family of a debtor in bondage for the full amount of any debt, during his lifetime and after his death. This cannot be justified by law or custom. The daughters of a debt-bondsman, being in a manner the property of thecreditoror master, were given in marriage by him, the dower (ist £awin or mas kawin) being paidto him It sel- dom happens among Malays of the lower orders that the dower is paid at the time of marriage; the man, therefore, who mar- ried a woman from the house of her creditor usually became liable to the latter for the dower (say about $30), and was thus himself reduced to the condition of a bondsman. No part of the dower was, however, credited to the original debtor towards the extinction of his debt. Thus, if a debt- bondsman owing $100 had four daughters, all of whom were given in marriage by the creditor to men of his selection, the master would receive four dowers in cash, or would get four more debt-bondsmen in lieu thereof. But the original $100 would still remain. This monstrous injustice must be of mo- dern introduction, or there would be few but debt-bondsmen among the population. It has been imitated from the analo- gous practice in the case of the slaves (‘abdi), but it is an un- just and illegal innovation. Another rule, which has, I believe, been frequently evaded in Perak, gave to any female debtor with whom her master co- habited, an absolute right to the cancelment of her debt, and made the latter punishable by fine if he did not give her her freedom. * In the district of Kinta, the most important mining district in old dsys before the discovery of the Larut tin fields, debts were swelled in amount by a species of compound interest hardly conceivable among a people who profess to regard usury as sinful. Debts were usually calculated in tin, and * See s.59 of the Malacca Code transtated in NEwWBOLD’s Account of the Straits Settlements, II, p. 293. 252 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. were nominally payable in six montnos. Let it be supposed. that a man in Kinta owed a bahara of tin ( equivalent in value on the spot to $30, more or less), if he did not pay in six months he was liable by local custom for a bhara of tin at the Penang price, say three times its value at Kinta. The debt was then put down at three d/ara, and a further time of six months given. If still unpaid at the expiration of the second period, the debt was again increased by the difference between the local price and that of Penang,* and so on indefinitely. The failure to pay a small debt in six months resulted com- monly, therefore, in the reduction of the debtor to hopeless bondage for life. Debt-bondsmen do not labour under the legal disabilities which in Muhammedan law are incidental to the condition of slave (‘abdi), but they are toa certain extent the object of contumely. Slaves of the reigniny family especially privileged.—The royal slaves (hamba Raja), or the slaves of the household of the reigning Sultan, were a special class, regarding whom certain peculiar rules and customs were in force. ‘To strike one of them wrongfully, involved the penalty of death, and any per- son who enticed one away had to make good fourteen times his value. Besides the slaves purchased or inherited by the Raja, those born in his household and those taken under his protection under the law of hu/ur, he became the master of a large num- ber (especially females) by a most iniquitous custom which permitted him to forcibly carry off all the young women of certain districts, where there was no influential Chief or fami- ly toresist such tyranny (e. g., Kampar, Sungkei, and Pulau Tiga ), to become attendants in the royal household. A royal marriage or the birth of a child in the royal family was the signal for the despatch of messengers to drag from their homes all the girls and young married women of suitable age to be found in the selected district. These, under the name of dayang-dayang (maid servants), izang and pengasoh ( nurses ) *The Penang price was the local price, p/us freight and export duties. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 253 remained generally for life as the Raja’s slaves. Those not already married and accompanied in bondage by their hus- bands, were seldom allowed to marry, and if permission was accorded their husbands partook their fate as royal slaves, while the dower (ist kawin) went to the Raja. Usually they led a life of prostitution with the knowledge and consent of the Raja and his household, and by their means a number of male attendants were always about the court, and the importance of the Raja was thereby outwardly increased. At the time that British political officers were sent to reside in Perak the whole of the system above described was in full force. During the eight years which have elapsed since then, many causes have combined to render the slave laws practical- ly much less oppressive, and the odious institutions of slavery and debt-bondage are now in fair way to die a natural death in the course of afew years. A large number of persons remain in a state of partial slave- ry it is true, but in many cases they remain in that condition through choice or are only slavesin name. The arrival of a Brit- ish Resident in Perak was an encouragement to those anxious to do so to free themselves, and some of the earliest difficulties which the first Resident (Mr. Brron) had with the natives of the country had reference to certain runaway slaves whom he re- fused to return. Since the Perak campaign of 1875-6, the death and banishment of many influential Rajas and Chiefs have given numbers of people their liberty, while such men of influence as have remained have generally been powerless to enforce the ancient laws against their slaves or to obtain their enforcement through the British officers employed in the State. Many of those inclined to do so, both slaves and debt-bonds- men, have left the masters and have assumed the status of free citizens without molestation, though they have been compelled in some instances to pay genuine debts proved in a court of law. In some cases where acts of oppresson or ill-treatment have come to the notice of British officers, their influence has procured the release of sufferers. Most of the owners of slaves and debtors have come to look upon them as a comparatively worthless kind of property. (254 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. — Since they can neither compel them by force to work nor pun-- ish them for disobedience or misbehaviour, the mere nominal ownership is of limited practical value. It is only in a few cases, where family pride and a clinging to old customs prompt some of the remaining Rajas and heads of families of Chiefs to retain as many personal adherents as they can, that the possession of slaves now bears any resemblance to the old state of things. In some of these instances, notably in the case of Raja Muda Yusur, the present Regent of Perak, there is no doubt that men and women have been and perhaps still are detained in the condition of slaves without any grounds, which would constitute a right, even under Malay customary law. There is, however, little harsh treatment and complaints are rare. The possession of slaves and debtors is more common in the North than in the South of Perak, desertion being difficult in the more secluded districts. Most well-to-do men at Kota La- ma and Chigar Galah own several. Slaves now in Perak may be divided as follows :— (1.) ‘Abdi,i.e., Batak, Sakei, and Habshi (Abyssinian) slaves and their descendants. (2.) Lamba Raja, or royal slaves, who have been seized by a Raja or have become hu/ur to the State. (3.) Debtors who have themselves contracted the debt for which they have forfeited their liberty. (4.) Debtors who have become so merely by marrying a fe- male debtor and thus becoming lable to her master for her dower. (5.) Such wives, children and descendants of debtors as are lawfully lable for the debt according to Malay custom. (6.) Persons who are really neither slaves nor debtors, but who are detained or claimed on fictitious or unlawful grounds, Slavery in Perak could be stamped out at once by the adoption, by the Council, of resolutions founded on sections 2 and 4 of the Indian Act V of 1843 and providing first that “no rights ‘arising out of an alleged property in the person and services ‘* of another asa slave shal! be enforced” by any authority in Perak, and, second, that ‘‘any act which would be penal of- “fence if done to a free man shall be equally an offence if MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 255 “ done to any person on the pretext of his being in a condi- “** tion of slavery.” But the rights of proprietors have to be considered. Slaves have in many cases been acquired under circumstances perfect- ly in accordance with the law and custom of the country, and many debtors are bond fide indebted for specific sums to the person by whom they are detained in servitude. It would be unjust to deprive proprietors without compensation of this species of property. Any form of inquiry which would involve the examination of master and slave before a tribunal of some kind regarding the origin or legality of the servitude would be most unpopular to the upper classes, and I have no hesitation in saying that most Malays of good birth would rather release their slaves and lose their money than meet them on quasi euqal terms in a court of inquiry. I believe that if it were resolved by the Council that any slave, whether ‘adi or debtor, might become free on payment to his owner, of the sum of $25 (which is, as has been pointed out above the price of a free-man according to Malay custom), a large proportion of the persons now in servitude would at once purchase their own liberty. They would be further stimulated todo so, if there were a provision authorising the Government to pay the sum and to require reimbursement by labour on some public work of utility. There would still remain two classes of slaves to be dealt with—those unable to pay and those who ought not to be re- quired to pay. The first of these classes would be further sub- divided into those abie to work and those unable to work. Those unable to pay but able to work should be entitled to claim their freedom on borrowing the redemption sum ($25 ) from Government, and giving an equivalent value in labour on public works. ‘Those unable to pay or to work (aged per- sons and women and children) should be entitled to claim their freedom unconditionally after a specified time, say three | years. Those who are unlawfully detained and who, therefore, cannot be required to pay anything should be entitled to claim their release at any time from a Committee appointed to re- 256 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. ceive and investigate such applications. After a time to be fixed by the Council, say three years, slavery should altogether cease, and all claims upon debt- bondsmen should lapse. * * * * 7S. Two codes of laws are known to the Perak Malays, though copies of them are extremely scarce among them, the ‘‘ Undang- undang ka-Raja-an,’’* or laws of the monarchy (or sovereignty), and the Undang-undang Menangkabau,” laws of Menangkabau sometimes called “ Undang-undang dua-blas,” the twelve laws. The former collection professes to be “the laws of Perak, Pahang and Johor,” and contains many provisions identical with those of the Malacca code. In it I have found a number of regulations regarding slaves and debtors, which I have transliterated and translated. Some are merely curious as showing from an authentic na- tive source what was the condition of a slave in a Malay king- dom. Others may be of practical value to those entrusted with carrying out such measures for the abolition of slavery and debt-bondage as may be decided upon by the Council. Nothing of value on the subject of slaves is to be found in the Menangkabau laws. I trust to be able shortly to send in the translation above mentioned as an appendix to this Minute. W. E. MAXWELL, Assistant Resident, Perak. Larut, May 27th, 1882. * Also called Undang-undang delapan, because they were the laws admin- istered by the Orang Besar Delapan, or the eight Constitutional Chiefs. Moen A.Ca 3S: ~ FROM THE poree CODE OF LAWS RELATING RO SEAV ERY. The original Text with Transliteration and Translation. 258 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. jolene é SAS je ase os epee AS o Yaxss ls SIS pS TU os gi le ote oy Shx S99 a ae a) y| She ol rss SUAS é Roe ne bin ty J agt Sis oe woh che oad oe | (Sak. dy | je lx ese dhe Ses lene | pa owe Lass ye 65 prt CSInS Se J 9° yo Ka pas gg he} (ote! ss lave ay] IP 8 ESI | a = y s~ laa pee as EG — less Bab yang ka-delapan pada menyata-kan hukum sagala ‘abdi yang me-nista harr maka uleh harr itu di-pukul-nya jika iya me-lawan mati sahaja jikalau tiadaiya me-lawan jika ter-bunoh menyilih harga-nya ‘abdi itu dengan harga tebus-an jikalau tiada ter-bunoh uleh harr itu meng-adu iya ka-pada hakim atas akhtiar hakim-lah meng-hukum-kan dia jika harr itu meng-angkara-kan akan ‘abdi maka di-lawan-nya jika ter-bunoh ‘abdi itu menyilih harr itu dengan harga nilai yang benar hukum-nya yang kapada Raja lain pula—Sabermulajikalau ‘abdi meng-gochok harr di-kassas-kan kemdian di-pasak tangan-nya ka-dua me-lain-kan harr itu me-makei bini ‘abdi sa-hingga di-kassas- kan sahaja juga hukum-nya. Chapter the eighth.—The law for the punishment of any slave who insults a free person and is beaten for it by him.—If the slave’ resists, he may be killed; if he does not resist, but 1s nevertheless killed, his price must be made good, calculated according to the sum for which he might be redeemed. If the free-man cannot kill him he may appeal to the judge and it is then for the judge to decide what is to be done to the slave. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 259 If a free-man insults a slave and is resisted by him, should the slave be killed (in the encounter ), the free-man must make good his price according to the full appraisement, but there is a different regulation where the slaves of a Raja are concerned. If a slave assaults a free-man, there shall be retaliation in kind, after which his two hands shall be nailed down and the free-man shall be at liberty to enjoy the wife of the slave, but only until retaliation shall have been effected. & aD Kab Laie ASS See DS here SY col cold —S 9s oes! ei Wi Ked (SIRs gn tave cab EN Des yeni rad eS ele, lS yd SI yild aS SSJluSo dls CS ord il eos 9)! sl il aod Was pl AS d yao cas | cas] Had Kaghe Aethyt gl Sold Soroys gil ilel Slysre gil hae es Xd Sd arslrds Sem el. ENS grt regal edIS SES esl rast I gS Soe obo es och SS) She Moe yok) oilel as esl nt le Seahe SI SdlaSys cans | ») gp ARY ase a5 Sine co) bea Bab yang ka-sambilan pada me-nyata-kan hukum mengambali- kan hamba orang yang ber-chela barang siapa menebus-kan dia hingga anam bulan juga lama-nya dapat di-kambali-kan kapada tuan-nya ada-pun ‘aib yang dapat di-kambali-kan itu seperti gila atau buta larang-an atau isak atau pe-lari atau pen-churi atau men-jual tuan- nya atau busong darah atau bunting me-lain-kan hamba itu tebus-an baharu datang maka hingga-nya yang dapat di-kambali-kan lagi sa- kadar anak bulan pernama bulan juga jikalau lalu deri pada itu tiada dapat di-kambali-kan lagi me-lain-kan ‘aib-nya itu pada tuan-nya yang ber-jual maka kambali seperti hukum yang dahulu itu. 260 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. Chapter the ninth—To state the law regarding the return of slaves who have some defect.—In such a case whoever has bought a slave has six months’ time within which he may return him to his former master. The defects for which a slave may be sent back are that he is mad, of weak sight, asthmatic, a runaway, a thief, a seller of his master, or one afflicted with an aneurism, and (in the case of a woman) that she is pregnant. The time within which such a slave may be returned is from the new moon to the full moon (of the 6th month), if that time is exceeded the slave cannot be returned, but as long as the defect is the risk of the vendor, the slave is returnable in accordance with the law previously stated. mn “ghd a sibel &! Sa) ete Sls gil sit Sp yeas o 5 9Ka5 yi os claw rl ghSa Si3 BS) copbeets od a candle dT gi) tS ntl gee cso Iylne 2.6 ol d yas sr l, Line hh os) les a) coal agts AS coh eS ght Sis ae co Koss) yb lw pags Ke dy) Cd gna y) ahd ashe! oll NymO rly \Ken dart pyld yd os ee oe oes x cad gms 3 ands aoe de ae és | | line ae Dee Se a os a Blios == lees oes ‘ol eae Br oy “4D ioe “SIE Zhe ols omy Seale sli) BKB yaks She ks J ae HK$ 55 cps gil ols gdlew oe sts che oli ays Sym ged) Senko gilyl Gil sXe i dlols Bab yang ka-sapuloh pada me-nyata-kan sagala orang mardahika yang mem-bawa hutang-hutang-an orang atau sakei atau biduanda orang atau hamba orang tiada tahu dengan penghulu-nya atau tuan- MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 261 nya jikalau barang sa-suatu hal-nya ter-tanggong atas orang yang mem-bawa dia yani atas diri-nya atau atas sakei-nya sa-lagi belum kambali pada penghulu-nya atau tuan-nya ada-pun jikalau mem-bawa dia seperti yang telah ter-sebut itu jikalau ka-hulu musafir al-kesah yani hingga Pelak jikalau ka-laut hingga Penara dan Benchah jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya tidak-lah ter-tanggong atas-nya ada pula suatu kaul hukum resam jikalau taksir yang mem-bawa itu seperti di-lalu-i-nya hingga yang telah ter-sebut itu dengan sa-tahu yang mem-bawa dia atau mati dengan karja yang di-suroh-kan-nya menyilih sa-harga-nya maka ter-utama sakali sagala orang mem-bawa ‘abdi orang itu dengan sa-tahu tuan-nya maka handak-lah sagala hamba orang pergi men-chahari itu dengan tefehus tuan-nya jikalau tiada damikian ter-tanggong atas tuan-nya me-lain-kan pergi-nya itu tiada dengan sa-tahu tuan-nya atau kamdian deri-pada tefehus tuan-nya maka tiada-lah ter-tanggong atas tuan-nya me-lain-kan atas-nya juga. Chapter the tenth—To declare the law regarding free-men who take (for any purpose) the debtors, sakez, bidwanda or slaves of others without the knowledge of their penghulus or masters.—In such a ease should anything happen the responsibility rests with him who takes the slaves, ete. (both upon him personally and upon his com- panions) until they have been returned to their penghulu or master. Tf a slave is taken in the manner above-mentioned and travels into the interior as far as Pelak, or by sea as far as Penara and Ben- chah, no responsibility is incurred, but according to one version of the customary law, if there is default on the part of him who takes him, as, for instance, if the slave passes the limits above-mentioned with the knowledge of him who takes him, or diesin the performance of some work which he is ordered by the latter to do, his price is recoverable. Wherefor itis above all things incumbent on those who take with them the slaves of others to do so with the consent of their masters. All slaves who go forth to seek a livelihood must 262 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. be examined by their masters (as to their intentions), if this is not done, the responsibility rests with the master, but if a slave goes | forth without the knowledge of the master, or after the master has made such enquiry, the responsibility is no longer on the master but on him. on 9 uve ea 35) y) je ase oS Leave KS oe css 3) cas) es) Ad HY op) . ols ppl. ra) eS yee e»! 4D Ros) wed daly coh, li 93 5! 3] di) So9l AD cst yee oc Pe (SY Es SM pte PCD US) orale dl eyol aD Ts gals é Fis ops) oye dale Fal 5S da} gk (Yor Pe ee SHS Sere dy glis oo cle~ ES ath ea) AS ot! 8X35 5 Ska gld oye Baby d cep le SUS ails ae ae Eg) awe \Kro SS pq yalSee gelS dora ele Gili nil pS coldld Gela cle GI SAS 33 Slane GI Bab yang ka-sa-belas pada me-niata-kan hukum sagala orang yang meng-hutang-kan hamba orang yang tiada sa-tahu tuan-nya ada-pun yang hamba orang itu atas dua bahagei suatu hamba orang itu ada ber- punya maka dapat meng-hutang-i dia kadua hamba orang itu mafiis tiada dapat meng-hutang-i dia me-lain-kan sa-paha jikalau lebih deri- pada itu hilang harta-nya ada-pun kata kami ini pada orang yang meng-hutang sahaja bukan pada orang me-niaga dengan dia jikalau pada hal ber-niaga tiada harus di-per-hilang harta-nya dan tiada ter- tanggong atas tuan-nya maka handak-lah kamu sakalian meng-hu- tangk-an sagala hamba orang itu menilik pada ka-laku-an-nya sa- paya jangan ter-annyaya kemdain. Chapter the eleventh—To declare the law regarding such persons as ~ give credit to slaves without the knowledge of their masters.—Now slaves are of two kinds, first, those who have property of their own, MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 263 to them credit may be given; second those who are paupers, to them no credit may be given beyond the sum of one paha ( two dollars ). If credit be given beyond this sum, the creditor loses his property. What we say here applies to persons who simply lend money to slaves, not to persons who trade with them; if it is a matter of com- merce, it is not lawful that the vendor shall lose his property. There is no responsibility on the master. Wherefore all ye who give credit to slaves must carefully note their behaviour so that ye may not suffer loss afterwards. % % % % % \atiioe ) a) aS NS Slee BB Oy CK hy Ae 53 J \bsive Shame yl oy 9h 3) cogent aly! Sl ys yf En& 9! Si GIS ARD . PIS Gd) GqEd Stee gh Lily wl cs yon SAAD Is cs fy SIN GSS See teen ae IST V ppechare HS SK gve Lys pol [Ree gdaXnthe dye Sly ler S 39> eis hs ALES) V yeerphnes AS oe Ree é os! at ns Sls She silgd as og) besS ctl OS 5d ly gelne Bl é S| Se ce & S93 “e ool cs bytes & os ie of eo ls ONS os el es Ayla Sale ee) 5 Qa oly pple ynne oe! cs) 9 os So ie ds eee 4) gh DR AN DBS oN beaS he Bee a Bab yang ka-tiga-blas pada me-nyata-kan sagala hukum orang meng-ambil anak orang yang ter-buang uleh ibu-nya ada-pun barang slapa meng-ambil dia maka handak-lah mem-béritahu tuan-nya jika- lau sudah dengan izin tuan-nya maka handak-lah di-per-saksi-kan-nya ada-pun jikalau ada yang izin tuan-nya itu atas dua bagel suatu me- lepas-kan dia sakal-kali ka-dua me-niaga-kan pada me-melehra-kan cia ada-pun 1zin yang me-niaga-kan pada me-melehra itu sa-per-tiga 264 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. harga sa-bahagi akan yang me-melehra dia dengan itu kambali kapada tuan-nya maka di-bahagi anam sa-bahagi akan yang me-melehra dia ada-pun pada kaul yang sah suatu pun tiada di-per-uleh dengan itu dengan kambali kapada tuan-nya karana iya me-lalu-i amar raja itu me-lain-kan sukar iya akan mem-béri tahu tuan_nya seperti tampat- nya jauh dan barang sa-bagei-nya maka kambali capa hukum yang dahulu itu. Chapter the thirteenth.—To declare the law regarding persons who take the children of others abandoned by their parents. takes a child (so abandoned) must inform his (the child’s) master; and if he obtains the permission of the latter, must call together witnesses to testify to it. The permission of the master may be given in two ways, either he may emancipate the child altogether, or} secondly, he may make a bargain for his bringing up, in which case the charge is one-third of the (child’s) value which is awarded to him who brings him up. If, however, the child returns to his mas- ter (who is in ignorance of his having been brought up by another), one-sixth of his value is awarded to him who brought him up. But according to a generally received opinion nothing whatever is to be received in such a case by the latter, for he has departed from the command of the Raja (in not notifying to the master the finding of the child). If, however, it is difficult to inform the master (at the time that the childis taken), on account, for instance, of distance, or some other reason, the rule first laid down may be followed. as 92 En& B, 9) ase jas os lspeve AS : owl doe ISS col crs] S59) 4D Se O35) lial nnd eve wes Soy! hd ole she ole y S| ole CS jae Ete) tea! ete cs! Dy Jona ta dhenees sls cal lel Se cel pny |y Ripe Sheer? oy Ales We Aes see L yt cas yas gl Se te) ost) ee As als Byhuo carityd DOS yard oy ghd) ao By ps MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 265 BS s95 5] cs) Cherewe ort | e5] 4D ge! cas] ga2 Sk Kee © EIS IS Bom ohh ghd Gil thee poy whe pF aly SUS Bs) gasdd SM MS yd d) ill od! alee QS Gul dogs os JIye} ealnb yy ye SES enlpe yEo Led J5 3 535 isi oll] ASS ghd echoes ed wath gale sabe S59S gS yly gil ly) “Fa gil gary D ASRS ashe el Sol ge Shi Sal So lal Ge A gadbS i JOB Menke here ss! lols SNe 3) ye oOo» ple! “: cx yao od! BS9d ts aos ES BI oS Wyprlee BS ster G1 UII eres SKed os) hee be cas] gas oe Se ols pase re Sed grey oy! ase pb dl Tp nds alas Me oil oe eb ys SIS 55 ke ols ens laws d yas ces yD ira cs) hee Gar Syl oles als gil Sus aN & > el nS KS fe NSIS yeti Ae BS MK yghttl yr jf aden Sra va ols Shs) eo ce ) dane 1 Bab yang ka-ampat-belas pada me-nyata-kan sagala hukum orang yang meng-upah hamba orang yang tiada sa-tahu tuan-nya ada-pun jikalau hamba orang itu mashur iya meng-ambil upah-an atau yang mem-beri hasil akan tuan-nya atau sewa-nya jikalau mati atau barang suatu hal ahwal-nya tya tiada menyilih orang yang meng.ambil upah.an itu jikalau tiada seperti sharat itu menyilih hal dan menyilih sa-harga- nya ada-pun pinjam-an kapada tuan-nya seperti kayu dan barang sabagei-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya hamba orang itu menyilih lya ada-pun pada suatu kaul hukum resam menyilih itu dengan harga-nya juga karana pe-karja-an itu dengan sabélah izin tuan-nya ada-pun jikalau ada di-pinjam-nya itu tiada ter-khas dengan suatu pe-karja-an jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya iya menyilih me-lain-kan mati-nya itu dengan sa-suatu dengan hukum Allah Taala lain deri- 266 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. pada itu seperti di-tangkap harimau atau di-patok ular dan barang. sa-bagei-nya deri-pada sagala ka-mati-an-nya yang mati jatoh atau dengan ikral tuan-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya pun biar-lah maka tiada-lah iya menyilh me-lain-kan taksir atas yang me-minjam pada memelehra dia atau dengan karja yang lain deri-pada izin tuan-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya menyibh iya damikian lagi handak-nya sagala benatan gyang ber-niawa ada-pun hukum ini ber- salah-an dengan hukum meminjam sagala harta seperti senjata dan sagala per-kakas per-hias-an tetapi pada kira-kira harga-nya jika ter-bakar atau karam dan barang sa-bagei-nya menyilih iya sa-tengah dengan harga-nya itu pun jikalau lepas nama taksir der1- pada-nya jikalau barang suatu ahwal-nya menyilih iya me-lain-kan dengan ikral tuan-nya kapadasagala ka-benasa-an maka tiada-lah iya menyilih. Chapter the fourteenth—To declare the law regarding those who hire the slaves of others without the knowledge of their master. —If it is a matter of general notoriety that the slave is in receipt of hire or if he pays his earnings to his master or a rate in leu of his services, then, should the slave die in such service, or should any- thing befall him, the person who hires him is not responsible for his value. But if the conditions are not as laid down here, there must be restitution of the full value. The loan of a slave from his master is like the borrowing of a stick or anything else; should anything happen to him, there must be compensation. According to one rule of the customary law, the compensation shall be the price of thé slave, for the work he was put to do was beyond the knowledge of his master. If the slave is borrowed withuot any stipulation as to the parti- cular work he is to do, and anything happens to him, the borrower must make compensation, but it is otherwise if the slave dies by the MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 267 visitation of God most high (as, for instance, if he is carried off by a tiger or is bitten by a snake or meets his death by any kind of fall etc. ), or if there is an acknowledgment by his master (that he will be responsible for all accidents ), then, should anything happen to him, there is nothing to be done, and the borrower makes no compensation, but he is bound to take care of the slave (if he is only injured ) until his recovery. But if the injury is received during work dit- ferent from that which was authorised by the master, and anything happens, the borrower must make good the loss. The same rule holds good of living animal, but it differs from the law regarding the loan of (inanimate) property suchas weapons, utensils, orna- ments, ete. These are to be paid for according to their calculated value, and if burnt or sunk or otherwise destroyed, the borrower must pay half of the value, even although no blame attaches to him for negligence. But if there is an acknowledgment on the part of the owner that he will be responsible for all loss, the borrower need not compensate. AD By lave gs) jie eS 9 Slee AS ol aaSe asi sys oe sls ep gbd ps a3 lays oO) sy e)9| ie AaSe Ms glls dorm QlAS Bs Csydeyol ol ne plea JS85 94d 55 P84 SA 65) USed ynSed shi Eglo a (54 ri ile Sen gles sh Sond lyre ys ha ais Plo rly! coo! Pes es sd cS pb 5k css ADS 2 col Cla ary aXe Syd colpe Od god dl lads rp slo Syn olf dhas) she Tye Sy jaid Kagre ens ya _ Kem dyS alos pS acans| sos Sys) aD cS eS ols \Ris ole dle sl ls 59S ba 58 sha sg otS wld EseS phePS eoyhoe eoysS shld Qysal gals gomed Fydas Garba land gl ld Gepe S558 ees Fee) 265 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. dS od &shoh wy Ray sts oe EBS) 9S yt ks Kas Ko ols Al oyyi KAD proles saleySII 9S 5 95.5) ily} WAS co) besS.54) KAD pred | 9 ye KAD wel yd Bd Ro Sy 4S da} SE Gos as ss —Kkd lyavs we ey i KSD owl SSS éS0° SED eel yd Boye CKD aly Bat gi] Kap Gl KAD mrolio Igi ged SNS ahanS y 959) Javli asi bien pblS Kis dw ws eyS Geel Ig grals Kip éiy8 pil yas Pl 3 Cae el dengi & gy als ad yp hyd Kad rel ERD ene bs RnetS SRD Sy ghoS yd t) hall afi S98 Ke “yy g) Kap BaeS ail ls Kin Bea wed Class @lae SRD pred Iyd Joan SI,S Kae el Ips bb ys es SS K8D rel RaTy SS Kem Bayes peel Iya a33 (ghne yewls SED dds strane LED ddrs 59S ln Ey 98 aly éai oo las har | as a “gg) SED pwel as (we) den gi SIyS Kae) Grol don gi Bo S190 S95 Sle A KED rd hSe Sali a3 lexn piss Seb asi aa gles i KED p> ASS dla erly dS oh lT gery Tye Ipdydeo Gl ad 55 aed Siem greyed SP ySd di) om Ioyrae bs PIES Vo Sree Boyd dd gS oy gd yes gy\s say Ke getS ld Eas Or she MS Spee ot SL yh 5 wl ad ydee aaSlylind of Syl ws] dire) soo N53 Od gh dln Bab yang ka-lima-bélas pada me-nyata-kan hukum sagala orang menaroh hamba orang lari ada-pun barang siapa diam di-hutan- padang istemiwa dinegri jikalau ada orang lari datang kapada-nya. handak-lah di-bawa-nya pada hakim jikalau tiada damikian dihu- MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 269 kum-kan iya jika laki-laki di-dedah ponon telinga-nya jika perampuan di-chukor lagi di-manau jikalau mati atau lari hamba orang itu meng¢i- kut harga-nya lagi akan kira-kira isi buat-nya sa-lama-lama diam ka- pada-nya ada-pun pada suatu kaul hukum resam jika iya mardahika sahingga di-ta‘zir-kan juga maka ini-lah kami sebut-kan ‘adat tebus sagala hamba orang yang lari itu jikalau di-dalam kota hingea ‘ama- rat negri dua kupang dan tiada jadi rampas-an sagala tem- bawa-kan-nya ada-pun di-luar ‘amarat seperti di-hilir Kanchong dan ka-hulu Sungei Lentang tiga kupang tebus dan barang pem-bawa- kan-nya seperti pisau parang dan sagala benda yang ter-korang harga-nya jadi rampas-an barang yang lain deri-pada itu kambali kapada tuan-nya ada-pun ka-hilir Awala sa-amas hingga Trusan anam kupang hingga Benchah korang sa-kupang dua mas hingga Béra dua mas hingga Merching tiga mas sa-hingga Rampasan sa-paha hingga Pwntian lima mas hingga Endau fame en hingga Mersing dua mas hingga Sedzli tengah tahil adapun ka-sablah Kwala Pahang Tuah sa-amas hingga Panara anam kupang hingea Kuantan dua mas, Keramasan sa-paha hingga Paka lima mas hingga Dungun tiang blah, Rantaw Abang tujoh mas hingga Trengganu tengah tahil ada-pun ka-hulu sungei hingga ka-Zebing sa-amas hingga Intik lima kupang hingga Salang anam kupang hingga Lubok Paka korang sa-kupang dua-mas, hingga Kwala Jempul dua amas, hingga Mengalang dua mas, sa-kupang, hingga Kwala Berd tiga mas, hingga Kwala Tri rang korang dua kupang sa-paha, hingga Semantan sa-paha, hingga Pasir Mandi tengah lima amas, hingga Lubok Pélang lima amas hingea Tambangan tiang blah, hingga Jaga korang dua kupang tujoh amas, hingga Selengsing tengah tahil, didalam Tembeling tengah tahil, jikalau lepas deri-pada itu sa-per-dua har ga tebus-nia tetapi pada kaul hukum suatu khiar hukum resam kata-nia sa-per-dua harga-nia itu dengan harga tebus-an Juga damikian lagi sagala hujong karang yang di-laut pun jikalau lepas deri-pada Sedzli dan Trengganu ada- ‘pun yang kami sebut-kan jikalau ka-hulu lepas deri Kanchong dan ka-hilir lepas deri-pada Sungez Lentang itu barang ada pem-bawa- kan-nia sapuloh asa mendapat dia 270 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. Chapter the fifteenth—To declare the law regarding persons © who harbour runaway slaves.—Whosoever lives in the forest or in the country, or, @ fortiori, in a town must, if any runaway slave comes to him take him at once to the judge ; any one who fails to do so shall be punished, ifa male, by having his ears filipped (with rotan séga), and, if a woman, she shall have her head shaved and then be beaten with rotan manau. If the slave dies or escapes, the owner may sue the harbourer for his value and also for the calculated value of his work during the period that he was so harboured. According to one version of the customary law, he (the person harbouring the slave) may also be punished with stripes, even though he be a free- man. We now proceed to state the customary law regarding the redemp- tion of (recaptured) slaves who have runaway. If the slave escapes from within the fort and is recaptured within the limits of the town the reward is two kupang and the property which he takes with him may not be seized by the captor. Beyond the limits of the town (Pahang), that is to say, Kanchong down-stream and Sungei Lentang up-stream, the reward is 3 kupang and all that he carries with him such as knives, choppers and all small articles of trifling value may be seized and retained by the captor. Everything else must be restored to the master. Down the Pahang river. As far as Kwala, ire se ok smmals Trusan, ... 6 kupang xe Sp uebenchal:, vx. ... 2 mas, less 1 kupang. Bera, ae Pate Wee , Meréchang, bE , Rampasan, 1 paha. es Panteian, ... 220 mas at. anda ete ... half a bungkal es a ifersang, oe: Sae2 mas - i sana, AS s Shalivastahulls * 1 amas=1 mayam. A Pahang kupang was 123 cents, there being only 80 cents to a dollar. ; MALAY SLAVERY LAW. ay Towards Kwala Pahang Tuah,--... 1 mas Asfar-as —Penara,- -..--~. 6-kupang Pearse ee CRLAIUL OIE: =e. « 5. 2. Mas Karamasan, J. 1 -paha ) Paka, a 5 mas b + A Dungun, ... hae a bungkal. eu pike lee a , feantau Abang. Lave mas | » Trengganu, ... half a tahil J Going up stream; as faras Tubing. ... L mas re 2) ae) elie: ... 5 kupang ee is » NSalang, Ea - », Lubok Paka, ... 2 mas, less 1 kupang Kwala Jempul, 2 mas Mengalang, ... 2 mas Kwala Béra, ... 8 mas Kwala Triang, paha, less 2 kupang Samantan, up the Kerdan river, 1 paha Pasir Mandi, ... 44 mas Lubok Pelang, 5 mas Tambangan, ... half a bungkal. 33 99 99 3 39 39 Going up stream; as faras Jaga, 7 mas, less 2 kupang yt - ,» Kwala, 7 mas s - » Selengsing, + a tahil P within Zembeling, > 2 tall If the slave escapes beyond this the sum to be paid for his recovery is one-half of his value; but according to the best opinion the cus- tomary law awards to the captor the price of redemption as well as half the value of the slave. This applies to all the reefs and rocks in the sea if the slave gets beyond Sedili and Trengganu. We also lay down that if the slave gets beyond Kanchong, up- stream, or beyond Sunger Lentang, downstream, the captor is enti- tled to one-tenth of whatever property the slave carries with him. 274 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. Jn éxXy3! ce ASS 6 55 tease be ul es) esl Ble Gd gai yt glXe ‘Bove Sy gins JAS Sayin ee Sy) oes syle & pli Ur pata UA~ga GEES) ols B45)! ha Seabee cath rogers enh 9! cao yD Sadyd J eno lS” Sec Joe slo Soe ail pliyd Son yrds Gil gill ges — Bab yang ka-anam bélas pada menyata.kan hukum sagala orang yang ber-jual dengan orang deri-pada sa’-orang kapada sa’-orang kemdian jikalau ber-temu dengan tuan-nia jika ber-kahandak tuan- nya akan dia di-tebus sa-penebus tuan-nya yang baharu itu tiadada- — pat di-per-hilang harta orang yang menebus itu melainkan dengan. tuan-nya atas yang ber-jual pertama itu juga dapat hasil-nya. ee Chapter the sixteenth.—To declare the law regarding any person who sells the slave of another so that he is sold and resold from one to another. If he should be discovered by his rightful owner the latter must, if he wants to take him back, pay the full sum for which he was bought by the last vendee. It is not lawful that the purchaser should be a loser, but the person who originally sold the slave is the person to be called to account. % * * * * ‘e : Le a << y os Leys « KS a Rete — \s Gees sewibcatt he Jaigs ‘AG prgfs ase AS Anrd &! go) pte (Sus obels Tes cb ae \Kws i. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 273 BSS ghd Goby ol ddlO SES TT aS prod andl Shanty MS Ssilw } hasls he tl byte ces ydas I glSe ancli NAS oil rake JOS gl «sy! oil oe yl eel ev ae e-. , gheirhaats ro 5 » 483 Bab yang ka-sambilan-bélas pada me-nyata-kan pri ka-lebih-an ‘iyal raja-raja deri-pada ‘iyal kamu ada-pun barang siapa memalu hamba raja lalu mati jikalau mardahika masok ulur pada raja-rajajikalau ‘abdi panggal kujut leher-nya jikalau dengan sa-tahu tuan-nya di- denda sa-kati lima handak-lah kamu sakalian jangan me-lawan sagala hamba raja jikalau ka-limana sakali-pun ada-pun yang dhaif pada hu- kum resam jikalau hamba itu sangat meskhar-nia akan dia seperti atas ka..betina-an yang tiada dapat di-sabar-kan-nyaatau tiada dapat iya ber..lepas diri-nya deri-pada tangan-nya jikalau ada seperti sharat ini maka dapat-lah iya men-datang-kan kapada hambaraja itu atau barang salah-nya béri tahu kapada hakim atau kapada penghulu raja meng-hukum-kan dia. Chapter the nineteenth—To declare the greater consideration to be given to the households of Rajas than to those of ye all.—lIf any one strikes the slave of a Raja, so that he dies, the offender if a free- man must surrender himself as a hostage to a Raja and if a slave he shall be strangled and beheaded ; and if the act of the slave is com- mitted with the knowledge of his master the latter shall be fined a kati and five tahils of silver. Wherefore none of ye must resist the slave of a Raja on any occasion whatsoever. This rule may be modified if the slave is very insulting, as for instance, towards females, so that the opponent cannot restrain himself any longer or cannot get away from him. In such a case the Raja’s slave may be forcibly taken, or his offence may be reported to the judge or to the Raja’s penghulw who should punish him. 274 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. Sloe yt Enos! JR pS gy Slits AS Pieripelpaces) early eae Ee& 3! hn eb ¥ 3359) i! ab cs ws 3) ab ualatoys oD Se ons PBS Co us$ Ss ie de 93 gi) ghne Exh.) Se eens AS aaa Sy—gvd ds 93 yh 6s aaS53 ro wt aes ae ra ) 4D ae aie ax gw Kh pred yy wewey Cd penne ys bi ee Bab yang ka-dua-puloh-satu pada me-nyata-kan hukum sagala orang yang ber-jual per-hias-an raja atau sakei raja atau budak-budak raja jikalau orang yang ber-tuntu sa-pulang-tujoh hukum-nya lagi di-kata-i di-hadap-an majlis jikalau hamba rajadi-ganti-nya sa-pulang- tujoh di-suroh nista pada sakei-nya jikalau orang yang ber-tuntu sa-hingga sa-musim lama-nia jikalau hamba raja sa-hingga sa-tahun lama-nya ada-pun jikalau lalu deri-pada itu datang-lah hal akan dia seperti yang telah ter-sebut itu. Chapter the twenty first.—To declare the law relating to persons who sell royal trappings or the Sakeis or slaves of the Raja. If this is done by a person of consideration he shall be ordered to restore seven fold and shall be publicly rebuked ; if the offender be a royal slave he shall restore seven fold and shall be disgraced by the reviling of his companions. The former may be openly reviled, as above, for one season (until after the next harvest) and the latter for a whole year. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 275 shy Nes anne ase sy ae a) y3 yrs & els Sart) Sedlinde ern Ela glieSs Ele rw é& Casals gd lady Me absaS eas) Jay Sant] ahtS congas S qo nabs ep SS b Sine Ged yee © aie gel cas yas trey ao 3S) ow css ym he 3S! da) 9) Ung lee & ep) si a y | AS 93 os! os ess rake ep é& wi lo {lS ys OE YS Bye glo corr ld Rey! gld And Gls Goss ls 5s op eld ly VIKAS Qs ,, csi ytd ead\S onabeaS 3 Bab yang ka-dua-puloh-lima, pri hukum mengambali-kan benda yang di-beli sebab ‘aib-nyaapa—bila mem-beli mata benda ka-lihat-an atas benda itu ‘aib yang sedia maka di-kambali-kan-nya jika lambat mengambali-kan apa-bila di-lhhat di-kambali-kan-nya apa.bila benda itu di-kambali-kan sagala yang tahu-nya di-per-cherei-nya seperti tas hu menuju menierta mengikut tiada harus di-pmta-nya uleh tuan-nya yang menebus uleh aku mengajar dia mari-kan aku hak-nya jika hamba perampuan di-tebus-nya bunting pada yang menebus ber-anak anak-nya itu akan orang menebus tiada kambali dengan ibu-nia ber- mula ber-apa perkara ‘aib yang harus di-kambali-kan pertama pelari dan per-muka dan penchuri dan gila dan busong dan burut dan buta larangan dan tuli dan sopak dan kelu atau hamba itu ber- swami atau ‘aib yang ter-sembunyi kemdian ka-lihat-an ber-apa la- nya-pun dapat di-kambali-kan. 276 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. Chapter the twenty fifth.* To declare the law relating to the re- jection of property which has becn purchased, on account of some defect. When on the delivery of an article the purchaser discovers in it a defect of long standing he can return it. If the defect is not discovered at once the property may be returned to the vendor whenever it is discovered, but this does not apply to a purchaser who knowing of the defect has been trying in his turn to disguise it and to sell the property. Ifa female slave is pregnant at the time of purchase and gives birth to a child while she is in the poss- ession of her new owner, the child remains the property of the latter and is not sent back with the mother. There are a number of defects for which a slave may be rejected. Habitual runaways, prostitutes, thieves, lunatics and persons afflicted with aneurism, hernia, partial blindness, deafness, the skin disease called sopak, or dumbness, and female slaves who have husbands, may he rejected and so may those who have some hidden defect at whatever time the latter may be discovered. CSIAE yg da le ase ss los a) 3 db. “\Sas aol 7 Cer aslo eek yl $1 gS No weil eo cobs lane —sloesu Mess ett)! os D, es G3) tne Dawe es gp ks aN ie Ste 3 ky <> oi ye hed Sys sts oe) Sil ByPyohy9 jw Sey Say! ees femaia at de aol Jay ADS 50 gs) o's 278 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. eee nee ipa os es has (te REDE e- Sa gj bee cas} esl eae BreKve S ot] Fees so) Sy 9l cao dns oe rp) sols aly aD Jeet ADS po Ey) ie Say! db \Nnv0 & 5 AD jotkve 3) AD ela ge ol ohh ro nD ogi ys wo phd 9) Lave HLS yy Soy sil be othe oes Jl o2\~ ro) ad gles W5 bey ls Joy! ev ds alle coin Soy) as Igy 85H wri alli ae we rhe heb ot! rE Pa Mes og Ql s Kad plans ale os hd dere Ns hay inp ag ee dd ewe a9) MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 281 dy} qed yd <2 9dee OS A, CESS) cajl® ESS oes lao SLI Kod eb oy) JR BS ole cepne bs os & 99) cao pln colyis oleae Ress gees ss hn, cs | es) oe ls cas 9)! é='s & oy las Serle bl ys Jee jo! Sy ga9) IN Sa! 3 9s 7 S yr olwis caile od er as a oS je ostale ples dus re ) 9)! ey (65) Gest Ships y Bab yang ka-anam puloh ampat pri menyata-kan pri menebus hamba orang lari jika di-dalam kota sa-tampang ber-mula sagala orang mendapat orang lari handak-lah di-bawa-nya ka-jambatan tiga hari di-saksi-kan-nya pada Demang Khoja Ahamad atau ka-balei di-saksi-kan-nya pada mantri jika tiada damikian salah ber-mula jika orang itu lari atau mati menyilih ber-mula sagala orang datang ka- pada-nya hamba orang atau orang meningeal handak-lah di-bawa-nya pada mantri di-saksi-kan-nya jika tiada damikian seperti men.churi ber-mula sagala orang mendapat mas seperti kain barang suatu benda di-dapat-nya handak-lah di-bawa-nya ka-jambatan tiga hari di-saksi- kan-nya jika tiada ampunya harta itu di-bawa-nya pada mantri dan sagala orang ber-karja Raja damikian tiada-lah salah orang itu jika tiada damikian kemdian ka-tula-an benda-nya seperti orang men.chun ber-mula sagala prahu dayong pengayuh kajang hanyut jangan di- kapar jika di-kapar jika tiada di-bawa ka jambatan tiga hari jika tiada damikian salah, ber-mula jika hamba orang ber-palu uleh mulut-nya chandal lalu mati denda-nya sa harga-nia juga. Bersmula jikalau orang mardahika mem-bunoh hamba orang tiada di-kassas- kan melainkan sa-harga_nya juga. Chapter the sixty-fourth—To declare the law regarding the com. mission payable for the restoration of runaway slaves.—If the slave 282 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. be caught within the kota (the Raja’s premises or grounds) the — payment is one tampang. Every one who discovers a runaway slave must take him to the landing-place for three days and there exhibit him to Demang Khoja Ahamad, or else to the ba/ei and produce him before the AZantrz. If he omits to do this, he commits an offence and, if the slave makes his escape or dies, he must make good his value. All persons taking refuge with another, such as slaves or deserters must be taken to the Wantri and exhibited before him; if this is not done, the case is like one of theft. So, any person who finds any gold or silver article or any article of clothing or anything else must take it to the landing-place and exhibit it there for three days and if the owner does not come for. ward it must be taken to the Mantri or the officer appointed by the Raja. If this be done no fault lies with the finder, but if it be not done and this be found out subsequently, the finder may be fined in the same manner as a thief. Again, in the case of boats, oars, paddles, mat-awnings, ete. found floating, these must not be flung aside carelessly. If they are treated in this way and are not taken to the landing-place for three days, the finder is guilty of an offence. If a slave be struck for using offensive language and lies of the blow, the fine shall be his full value. If a free-man kill a slave, the law of retaliation shall not be en.. foreed, but the full price of the slave must be paid. dntyy) JKo pS oSlige ws dayd dys AK Ch a eee ees mde eS Sonds KES sid Eby SLES ood AAD Ae Se Ss ark) Gl ad, pbs ole o aS Bab yang ka-anam puloh delapan, pada menyatakan pri hukum sagala orang mengambil anak angkat akan sale hamba orang lain maka di.bawa ber-layar mula-mula itu dengan sa.tahu tuannya kem- MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 285 dian deri itu maka di-bawa-nya tiada di-béri tahu tuan-nya kiar sagala hakim maka menyilih orang yang ampunya anak angkat sa..tengah harga_nya jika iya mati jika tiada iya mati maka pe_karja.an_nya sa-bahagi di-bayar uleh bapa angkat. Chapter the sixty eighth.—If one adopts the child of the slave of another person and takes the child so adopted on a voyage, the first time with the knowledge of the owner of the slave, but after- wards without giving notice to him and (during the subsequent voyage) the child dies, the unanimous opinion of the judges is that the father by adoption shall pay to the owner half of the value of the child. Ifthe child does not die the father by adop- tion must pay to the owner half of the value of the child’s services. Me ase sy? oe \seee AS hanks a) 95 ph Sy cs a aledag Bone Sly ly ay gee oS y5 BF 9B ys Ea& yy! Seas yr o a 9D He as la je ed oe | cw é 9 | J 9dS i eS Si Sl ek Wikis IG! cnt] dad co gdelly Srp) aad tle Gt) coyd Ne ey! Dee, 2),) ais - aly 8S co)! By able «sl Sh Ey, SAS os a Ol aI os Ss) ce Ds —— Syldy sole a ASK 50 5 S| ls ceo S\K as ph! Sed ae de> qnhad ae as ls JX >! a ot Urs dod is Bab yang ka-anam puloh sembilan pada menyata-kan sagala orang yang ber-hutang pertama hutang itu dua bahagi suatu hutang anes E 286 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. janji-kan kadua hutang sahajaakan khiar sagala hakim jika hutang yang di-per-janji-kan apa-kala di-tinggal kan jika sa-hari sakali pun kena pa-karja-an timah orang itu mana-kala lari naas jadi hamba orang yang ampunya timah itu jangan marika itu lari kapada Raja atau kapada orang besar jika orang ber-hutang sahaja apa-kala iya — lari naas jadi hamba jikaiya meninggal-kan karja di-palu akan marika itu lamun jangan ber-darah sa-ber-mula lagi khiar sagala hakim ada tampat-nya handak men-chahari timah itu pun ‘aib deri- pada naas. The sixty ninth chapter. To declare the law relating to debtors. Debt is of two kinds, either re-payable on a particular date agreed upon or re-payable on demand. In the case of a debt of the form- er kind, if the period within which payment has to be made is ex- ceeded even by a single day the debtor may be sent to work in the tin-mines of the creditor and if he runs away he forfeits his status of a freeman and becomes the slave of the tin-miner. Let him not run to any Raja or Chief. If the debt is payable on demand and debtor absconds he loses his status and becomes a slave. If he leaves his work he may be beaten, but not so as to draw blood. ZED cosy’ 91) | Ser Bd 9S coy Alls lS pels syd —KRD BS Ey SIS nO bey CSI9 tly SebenKed 9 yee aed gels pes ay) ou acne ay soa Se D3 oP JS py des SIS ww ldey osile oS Gry ek Se JR glo 26 pend co yuo MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 257 ays 5 gisis MS Sem qnrSlylss soley ole sh a) 43 SS oy 31, KD ys eles ae lols sik Kap a. KED er bees ie ood coe a) 55 285 es pce a i KED oe. los ees a) 53 Ins pes 1,8 SAd yy HK$ 55 Saeed Cen nKre Bae dS a) 5 ESS) és aly anes. nS ee sys Ss denhes Sed plays ys diel 383 Jy) IS Kim pte Sdi.Ses es. a) 45 ae ly RS py SS KES a 5 aw ass ay Vas oes uJ Mss ae atta a) 43 an) ew CRED a) ys ae aa IS eanSee Gable yynt RRB ancSIS SA Slime ales dhe) aati KEE ot gaps a) 93 S35 oe Se 8 ESSeis ae pd oll eanSy) Ss ays KS ad Sean 2S) ws RS «ss Ee SEAS sls ZOE BL glo ypdagd qld ASS SI Kes E85 yt ae aS let Gee GSES Se CKLED CF yr ug Sed pdl sige Ke ria S\ss Ks B53 ped Wy XO 98 Bab yang ka-tujoh puloh satu pada menyata-kan pri hukum tebus orang lari pertama-tama jikalau dalam Kota hingga Batangan (K. Kinta) lima bidor damikian lagi pulang-nya deri Batangan ka- =a -288 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. Geronggong hingga Kwala Bidor delapan bidor hingga Sungei Buluh sa-kabat barang ada pem-bawa-kan-nya seperti pisau parang dan sa- gala benda yang ter-korang harga-nya jadi rampas-an barang yang lain deri itu kambali ka-pada tuan-nya hingga Kwala Dedap lima belas, hingga Kwala Perak dua puloh, ‘amarat negridua kupang dan tiada jadi rampas-an pem-bawa-kan-nia hingga Kwala Dinding tiga puloh hingga Kwala Beruas tengah ampat puloh hingga Kwala Larut tengah lima puloh hingga Batu Kawan lima puloh, ka timor hingga Kwala Bernam tiga puloh hingga Nibong Hangus ampat puloh hingga Pasir Panjang lima puloh. Sabermula lagi ka tengah hingga Pulau Sambilan tiga puloh hingga Pulau Temborak lima puloh. Sabermula lagi deri GeronggongkaTepus, ... 5 bidor deri Tepus ka Geronggong, ... at Or bid hingga Tepus ka Dedap, a ... Saekabat hingga Bukit Tunggal, st ... 20° brdor hingga Kwala Beruas ber-jalan, woe 0 nme hingga Kangsa, i: ... 8a kabat Damikian lagi deri Bandar hingga K. Plus, + 20 bidor damikian lagi deri sana ka Bandar hingga Jeram Panjang, boats tel 30 ae damikian lagi ka Bandar, hiteon Ke Bul See. per-tengah-an Pangkalan dengan K. Rul, 45 __,, hingga Pangkalan Kua, sia .< SOOM hingga Temungau, ... ie a. OM hingga Prenggan, ... «+ 0" See Apakala berjalan ka Kwala cae is Loomis ; Sabagei lagi ka Kinta hingga Nior Manis sa kabat dan Pari demnitgen juga, lagi deri Kinta, er a. d0tbider deri sana hingga Bukit Jinak, ... a QOS pada Bukit Alas, ... OE ee GO so: ka Sungei Raya, ... Me ... sa kabat pada Bukit Jinak, ... olan 52 Suonden pada Bukit Alas, M3 5Or foes damikian lagi ka Kampar dan ka Chands ahyang dan ec Padang dan ka Sungkei sa kabat juga MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 289 pada Bukit Jimak, ... ee ... Sa=kabat pada Bukit Alas, ... A GO) hingga Bukit Berang pun, ... je 5O0 hingga Kwala Rul, ... af ... 40 Jika ka Pangkalan Kua, ae arn.) hingga Kwala Temungau damikian juga hingga Pr enggan _... ses cas OO Chapter the seventieth—To regulate the redemption of runaway slaves from their captors (in the State of Perak *) within the capital town or as far as Batangan (Kwala Kinta) ... ... 8 bidor from any place between Batangan and Geronggong to Kwala Bidor, Rh ei Oi es to Sungei Buluh ... one load + (All articles of trifling value carried by the runaway, such as kniors, choppers, etc. are the property of the captor and the rest must be returned to the owner of the slave). To Kwala Dedap, wae ... 15 bidor ,, Kwala Perak, ... ae SO aS (If the slave is recdpture within the limits of the town the reward is two kupang and what be carries is not seizable ). To Kwala Dinding, Fe ... 80 bidor ,, Kwala Béruas, a eo SOO. » Kwala Larut, 9 6Lemungan, aa OO ae »» », the boundary Gan Para) 50) to Kwala Larut, ayo 39 bidor To Kinta, up to Nior Manis, ... one load 8 i ») tO Pari: the same From Kinta, 30 bidor Thence as far as the forests of ihe Bukit Jinak, + a A 20 tae “ » the Bukit Alas, 50 © ;, To Sungei Raya, __... ey ... one load ,, the Bukit Jinak,.. 25 bidor 5 the Bukit Alas, 50, To runes , Chandrahyang, » Datang Padang, one load » sungkei, , the Bukit Jinak, ... . one load ,, the Bukit Alas, 50 bedor » Bukit Bérang (Sélim), HOES, * From Geronggong? All the distances seem to be calculated from this place which was the seat of Government in the reign of Sultan Ala-eddin (Marhum Sulong) early in the 18th century, See Journ. Str. Br. RB. A. 8. No. 9 p. 105. + Bukit Jinak, aboriginal tribes friendly to Malays (jinak, tame) ; Bukit Alas, wild tribes not in communication with Malays. MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 201 To Kwala Rul, tee adh ... 40 bidor » Pangkalan Kua, ... oe we POOe Te 5 Lemungau, ee ee ... the same ,, the boundary (with Patani), * ... the same og Sighs SoS ese os Kees dd = ado a 43 6 p28 «ss «ya sted Bab yang ka-tujoh puloh ampat pada menyata-kan hukum ‘abdi me-luka-i harr maka khiar sagala hakim di-hulur-kan hukum-nya jikalau sayang tuan-nia di. silih-nya sa-nilai-nya. Chapter the seventy-fourth—To declare the law in the case of a slave who wounds afree-man. The offender’s life is forfeited and he becomes a hostage to the Raja. If his master sets store by him he must pay his full estimated value to get him back. he 92) &)) as= os Kae AS ae a) 43 den 5253) Paral) ShaS Ele yh) aS NK8 Um LS yediln Ke Ile (I Bab yang ka tujoh puloh lima pada menyata-kan hukum orang ber-hutang maka iya mati maka suatu pun tiada harta-nya tinggal kapada anak-nya maka tiada harus anak-nya itu di jual-kan akan pem-bayar hutang itu bapa-nya. Chapter the seventy-fifth.—lf a debtor dies and leaves no property to his children it is not lawful to sell them in order to recover the debt due by their father. * “The boundary” is here placed beyond Kwala Rul, Pangkalan Kua and Temungau. But the Siamese who invaded Perak in 1818 never completely carried out the evacuation of Ulu Perak and Patani Malays are still in posses- sion of these places. This passage is good evidence that in the last century these places were within the Perak boundary. See Journal Str. Br. R. A. S. No. 9, P- 37- 292 MALAY SLAVERY LAW... [To the foregoing quotations from the Malay Code found in Perak, may be added the following extracts from a translation of ‘‘The Malayan laws of the Principality of Johor, published in 1855 in Vol. IX of the Journal of the Indian Archipelago. There is no indication as to the source from which the Malay MS. was obtained.] ~e =_. TRANSLATION OF THE MALAYAN LAWS OF THE PRINCIPA- LITY OF JOHOR. =O; Miring and Borrowing. If a free man employ the slave of another with the know- ledge of his master and the master receive the profits of the slave’s labour, such master shall be answerable for any pro- perty entrusted to the slave. If a man employ the slave of another without the master’s knowledge, the master shall not be answerable for any loss incurred by the slave’s misconduct or neglect, nor shall the slave himself be liable to any punishment. If a slave be hired to climb a tree with the knowledge and consent of his master, and he fall and be killed or frac- ture a limb, it shall be deemed a misfortune only and no resti- tution shall be made by his employer. If one borrow a slave of another and the master shall have said “for what purpose do you borrow your servant’s slave’’ and the borrower have answered “ for such and such a purpose,” in this case he who borrowed shall make restitution to the amount of two-thirds of the slave’s value. | If a man borrow a slave for the purpose of climbing trees and say to the master “peradventure he may be killed or ‘ maimed”? and the master shall have replied “if he be killed ‘‘let him be killed and if he be maimed let him be maimed,”’ and this slave be killed, the borrower shall make restitution to the extent of one-third of his value only, or in the event of his being wounded or hurt, defray the expense of curing him and restoration to his master. If a man hire the slave of another and employ him in diving MALAY SLAYERY LAW. 293 without the knowledge of his master, and he be drowned, the borrower shall make restitution tothe extent of one-half of the slave’s value. If in such a case the slave shall have been employed in diving with the knowledge of his master, the borrower shall make restitution to the extent of one-third of the slave’s value only, for the slave was fairly employed for hire. If a man borrow the female slave of another, and cohabit with her, he should be fined, if such cohabitation be contrary to the woman’s inclination, one fahi/and one paha, or with her consent five mas. If a man borrow a female slave of another and cohabit with her, she being a virgin, he shall be fined ten mas, a piece of cloth, a coat, a dish of areca and betel, and be directed to make an obeisance to the owner of the slave. If in such case the woman have been a widow, the fine shall only be five mas. This is the law of the town, of the villages, the creek and bay and the distant dependencies, that no one presuming on his own importance may oppress the unprotect- ed slaves. Desertion. If a strange slave from abroad run away in the country, he shall not be restored, but through the special favour of the great. If aslave run away to a distant dependency of the city as far as one or two days’ voyage, he shall be sold, and one-third of his price shall go to the chief of the district, and two-thirds be restored to his master, but if such slave run no further than the port (kwala), his ransom shall only be three mas. li a slave run from within the walls of the town to the out- side of the fort, his ransom shall be two upangs. This is the custom of the land. Theft and Robbery. If a man steal the slave of another and conceal him in his house, and such slave be there discovered, the goods and chat- tels of the offender shall be subjected to confiscation. 204 MALAY SLAVERY LAW. If a thief running away with a slave conceal such slave not in his house, but in a forest or in a boat or vessel, he shall only be fined 5 ¢ahils. If a slave on board a ship commits theft and gives the stolen property to his master, who does not make the affair known to the commander, the slave shall suffer amputation of his hand and the master shall be fined the usual fine for receiving stolen property. If a slave on board a ship accuse a freeman cf a theft and there be no witnesses and no evidence, he shall be punished as if on shore, that is to say suffer amputation of a hand, or pay the customary fine of one tahi/ and one paha because he has presumed unjustly to accuse a freeman. Kidnapping. Ifaman carry off to sea or into the interior beyond a day and a night’s journey, the retainer of another without the per- mission of his chief and such retainer die, the person so carrying him off shall forfeit the full amount of his value or furnish a substitute for the benefit of the chief ; should the distance in this case not exceed halfa day’s journey, no penalty shall be incurred. But in the case of freemen, by the law of God, no substitute nor penalty shall be incurred. It aman kidnapa slave belonging to the king it shall be lawful to put him to death, and his property shall be confiscated. If the slave be the property of the first minister or any other great officer of state and the person convicted of taking him away be the commander of the ship himself, it shall be lawful to put him to death. If the person so offending be one of a crew, the commander shall be fined in the sum of ten tails and one paha and the offender shall suffer death. If the kidnapped slaves belong to an ordinary person the offender shall be either put to death or fined in the sum of ten -tahils and one paha, at the discretion of the Magistrate. If a commander kidnaps the slave of the intendant of the port he shall be put to death, and all his property confiscated or MALAY SLAVERY LAW. 295 pay a fine of one catty oe eo tahils. Offences against the Marriage Contract. If a slave pay his adresses to a betrothed person of his own condition he shall be fined ten mas and no more. Adultery. Ifa man attempt to seduce a female slave the property of another, he shall be fined five mas, but should he actually have cohabited with her, he shall be fined double that amount. Tfiaman dedower the slave of another, he shall be fined ten mas, for he has committed violence. If a free man have criminal conversation with the slave of another, such free man shall be thrown upon his hands and be made to pay the master the slave’s price two-fold. If however in this case the slave shall have been pregnant by the master, the offenders shall both of them be put to death. Even if the slave have not been pregnant but have long lived with her master as if she were his wife, it shall also be proper that the offenders be put to death. If a slave is caught in criminal conversation with another slave, the whole crew shall fall upon them and beat them. This matter rests with the chief of the midship. Assaults. If a slave cut and wound a free man, he shall be forfeited as a slave for life to the king. If a free man cut and wound a slave, he shall be fined half the slave’s value, or, if very poor, ten mas. Ifa slave give a free man a slap on the face, his hand shall be cut off. Ifa free man give a slave a slap on the face, without offence on the part of the latter, he shall be fined, if poor five mas, if rich tenmas. But if the slave should have been insolent, the free man shall not be considered in fault. 296 — MALAY SLAVERY LAW. : If a slave give abusive language toa free person, he shall receive a blow in his face, or have a tooth extracted. If a slave, whether male or female, hit another slave a slap in the face, the offender shall be fined to the extent of half the price of the slave assaulted. By the law of God he who strikes shall be struck again, and this is the law of retaliation and is named justice. Homicide. If a slave ordebtor run amok in the city, it shall be lawful to kill him but when once apprehended, should he be put to death, the slayer shall be fined ten ¢ahi/s and one paha. If a slave commit a murder it shall be lawful for a third per- son to put him to death, when the affair occurs in a distant situation and there is a difficulty in securing the criminal ; but if it take place near authority, the slayer shall be fined five tuhils and one paha for having killed the slave without the. leave of his master or those in authority; in this last case, however, should the slave have been mortally wounded, it shall be lawful to put him to death. If a free man kill a slave of the king he shall be fined in the value of the said slave seven times seven-fold, or if he escape the fine, he shall be put to death or become for ever with his family and relations slaves to the king. Ifa man of high rank killa slave of the king he shall be fined one catty and five ¢ahils, and not put to death, but if the slave shall have been killed by such great man for some crime, nothing shall be said on the subject. If a slave commit a theft and be apprehended and put to death, the slayer shall be fined half his value, one-half to go to the magistrate and one-half to his master, for the offence of not informing the magistrate. Ifa person apprehend a slave of the king committing a theft and then kill him, he shall be fined ten fahi/s and one paha, butif he put him to death in the act of committing a theft he shali have committed no offence. If a slave shall be killed by the owner of the stolen property MALAY SLAVERY LAW: 2Q7's by mistake, the slayer shall pay a fine to the amount of twice the value of the slave. ‘Tf a free man strike a slave and the slave stab and kill him in return, he shall be deemed to have committed no offence. ‘Tf.a free man give abusive language to the wife of a slave and the slave in rcanra kill the free man, it shall be deemed no offence, for it 1s written that no married woman shall be made light of; thisis the law of custom, but by the law of God whoever kills shall himself be killed. The Discipline and Rules to be observed at sea. If a slave escape from on board the slup, the officer keep- ing the watch shall be compelled to make good his price and the watchmen on duty shall be puuished acl sixty strokes of a rattan. Tf the slave of sy one on board the ship be guilty of burning or destroying the ship’s ladder, his master a all be fined four strings of the small coins of Java and the slave receive for ty stripes. a i ae ~ aes - ' MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN, BY Hon. MARTIN LISTER. Report on the Negri Sembilan for 1887 entitled “srg ‘ Origin and Constitution.’’* It has been suggested Se that what was only avery brief and superficial sketch ce might further be enlarged upon. What I wrote was explanatory of my Report, was sketchy and in many points inaccurate, and it was not written for publication in a Journal. This paper, however, was reprinted in the Asiatic Society’s Journal, though this had not been my intention when I wrote the Report, and it is excusable, I think, to say that difficulties have arisen in writing what I had intended to write later, viz., afar fuller and more careful paper for publication in connection with this very interesting subject. Without constant repetition of the previous paper this is im- possible. Thus I have decided upon taking the question from a different view, and giving some illustrations of cases and decisions in Malay custom connected with their origin, such custom being of a curiously complicated form and derived from a singular origin of Muhammadan Malay occupation and are, if not unknown, ignored in other Malay States. First and foremost it must be understood that instead of Bugis and other Malay pirates occupying a coast line, as in the case of Selangor and Perak, driving back and taking as slaves the non-Muhammadan aborigines of the Peninsula termed “Sakei,” “Jakun,” ““Semang ” and ‘“‘ Waris laut,” the people of Menangkabau who penetrated into the Negri Sembilan v74 ol N 1888, I wrote an appendix to my Administration 3 * Vide “‘ The Negri Sembilan, their Origin and Constitution,” 1889. 300 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. Malacca or the Muar River came as settlers. They came in search of pastures new, possibly on account of troubles and disturbances in the State of Menangkabau in Sumatra, just as we did in leaving English shores for the continent of America. There were no Rajas or Warriors on the look out for conquest and plunder, merely peaceful emigrants from Sumatra who hoped to find fertile and rich countries in which they might quietly settle and make their home. Nowit is more than pro- bable that all these settlers came from the interior of Suma- tra. They were accustomed to mountainous, hilly districts where existed rich alluvial valleys in which they knew they would find soils fertile and easy of irrigation. ‘Thus, taking a number of the States as instances, we have Rembau and Naning both inland from Malacca and within easy reach of high mountains—Lédang (Ophir) on the one side, and the range of hills from Gunong Tampin running to the North. Those who penetrated here were evidently not piratically inclined, they came to cultivate, to live and let live. Then, we have Sungei Ujong where all the original settlers are to be found at Pantei (at the foot of Gunong Berembun) and in the upper reaches of the Linggi River, though later they occupied the Coast, in contention however constantly with the Rajas of Selangor (very piratically inclined gentlemen ), who did all they knew to harass the people of the interior. This is a very possible explanation of the claims of Selangor to Lukut and Sungei Raya, which can only be viewed in connection with some such piratical occupation, and not from any real territorial rights. Malacca was a very ancient Sultanate dating from even before the Muhammadan religion reached the Straits of Malacca. | add this, as it might be said, in speaking of territorial rights, “Then why did not the Negri Sembilan possess Malacca ?” Again the Sultans of Malacca and of Menangkabau were ap- parently closely related, the Negri Sembilan settlers acknow- ledging the Sultanate of Malacca supreme, as it was, in the Malay Peninsula, and when this Sultanate was driven by the Portuguese to settle in Johor, they acknowledged the ancient Sultans of Johor, of which the present Sultan is only a distant connection. MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 301 The inhabitants of the State of Johol, which includes Ulu Muar, Terachi and Jempol, are said to have reached this coun- try by ascending the Muar River. The origin of the word Muar is said to be from the Malay word ‘‘ Mua,” for which the best translation may be “satiated.” Thus “ Suda mua mudek sunget tni’’-—“I am utterly satiated (by fatigue) in ascend- ing this river.’ Thus Muar became the name given to the district from the Segamat boundary to Kwala Jelei in the State of Johol. The settlers, however, appear to have recovered their strength and colonised again ‘Ulu Muar,” almost the most populous State, at present, of the Negri Sembilan. From this again we have Kwala Muar, the name given to the small terri- tory on the Muar River from the Segamat boundary to the mouth of the river. Segamat was ruled by the Sultans of Johor, through the Temenggong of Segamat, and Kwala Muar was never a place of any importance except as the mouth of a large river and the residence latterly of Sultan ALI of Johor. Ulu Klang, one of the four original States of the Negri Sembi- lan, appears to have been principally so in origin as but very fw Menangkabau settlers went there, and it was more from the aboriginal point of view that it was considered one of the Negri Sembilan, though in connection with the ancient con- stitution there is no doubt that it formed a part. This I described more or less in my original paper, I also sketched the arrival of emigrants from Sumatra, and later the demand by these thriving colonists from Menangkabau for a Raja from that Sultanate to be suzerain and constitutional Sultan of the Negri Sembilan, z.e., for a number of States which had become so populous that the necessity for a Raja and high court of appeal had become felt. From what is here written and from my original paper, the way is paved to giving intelligibly a number of political cases and cases of custom which may go further to give a general insight into custom from origin. Much of what occurs here in connection with Malay laws is frequently found in other Malay districts of the interior, such as Kinta, Ulu Selangor and Ulu Pahang, where the Malay custom is closely allied w ith aboriginal customs and ideas. 302 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. In order to treat the question in a consecutive form, it will be necessary to take first the aboriginal or as here termed ‘“‘Rai‘at” cases on custom first. The ‘ Baten” or chiefs ate, according to ancient usage, closely connected with the Malay tribe from which the Penghulu of States are in nearly all cases elected. The four principal “Baten” are of Ulu Klang, Sungei Ujong, Jelebu and Johol. They had a strong voice in the election of the Muhammadan Penghulu. The cause is apparent. The Menangkabau colonists married the daugh- ters of Batens. Their children were Muhammadans and the female children (in accordance with Menangkabau law) inherited and became the origin of the “Waris” or tribe of ‘‘Beduanda”’ which was declared to be the inheriting civilized tribe, whilst at the same time they still had to recognise the Baten or Rai‘at powers in the mountains and forests and pre- serve their position and identity in connection with the “Beduanda”’ tribe. This explains the custom of female inheritance and according to Menangkabau custom a man cannot marry in his tribe, that is, in the tribe of his mother. Thus a Beduanda man must marry into another tribe and thus his children belong to the tribe of the mother. It is often most interesting to converse with Baten and Rai‘at chiefs on their traditions and laws especially in tracing the con- nection with the Malay Muhammadan customs. A Baten will invariably tell you that all the forest and waste lands, called by them ‘‘Gaung,” “Guntong,” ‘Bukit,’ ‘“Bukau”’ as inclusive of everything uncultivated, belong tothem. This is by origin correct, but there is at the same time no doubt that they have parted with their rights to the Muhammadan tribe of Beduanda in all cases of Government concession and taxation. Still the Datoh of Johol pays to the Baten of Johol a proportion of the revenues derived from waste lands through his minister the Jenang of Johol, who is, so to speak, minister for the aborigines. The Baten often collect themselves where the Beduanda are remiss in doing so. For instance, in Muar (7. e., on the reaches of the Muar River above the Segamat boundary) Baten Gemala, who is the principal Baten of Johol, told me he collect- ed a fee that he called “ panchong alas” from the Malays who Y MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 393 collected jungle produce. The amount of the fee was in- significant, being $1 per man once in three years. He told me with some pride that this was the “ peti duit orang utan” or “the penny box of the man of the woods.” The simplicity of this form of taxation was most curious and shows the freedom from guile of the aboriginal mind. He was attempting at the time I first met him to collect this fee for the past three years, not in advance. I tried to assist him, but my attempt was vain. He was somewhat indignant at the falseness of the Malay, but for my own part I was not astonished at it. In talking of his position with reference to the Datoh of Johol he said that as between him and the Datoh “ adat tiada berubah, perjanjian tiada beraleh, setia tiada bertukar,” t.e., “ custom cannot be altered, agreements cannot be changed, alliances cannot be revoked.” This is a very beautiful expression of Malay fealty and loyalty. Sometimes a Baten or Jerukrah who is minister to the Baten is very indignant. He will say “the Penghulu get thousands of dollars now in selling our forests.’ Then I explain to them that it is necessary that this earth should be developed. I point out to them that they are not able to govern or regulate such things and that they can- not truly claim the forests as being theirs, but that what they can claim is to have all that they require for their maintenance from forests. ‘They will then reply that this is quite right and that they are really perfectly happy as long as they have forests reserved to them and that they do not know what to do with money. They are delighted with presents of tobacco, stuffs and other trifles. If you give them money they general- ly go home to the forest and bury it, never telling any one where, so that on their death it is lost. I know one man who likes getting money and he always comes alone to see me and asks for it. He comes alone so as to be able to bury the money without difficulty. He has evidently a craving for silver and experiences the satisfaction of a miser in knowing that he has money, though he does not make use of it. The Rai‘at talk in the most proverbial manner and con- stantly quote sayings which have certainly become Malay, but 304 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. which often and often are unknown to Malays of the present day. It is a usual thing for a Malay to exclaim when a Rai‘at is talking “ pandet sekali chakap’’—“ how clever he is at talk- ing ’’—and he looks at him in admiration. The Malay, however, knows the Rai‘at’s intense simplicity, and if he wants any ad- vantages from him he will get all he requires. He will also laugh at him, though in a friendly chaffing way and it is often amusing to hear the Rai‘at get by far the best of the laugh. The Rai‘ats never object to the collection of revenues by British Officers. They say that the English know how to do it and that they do it rightly and that it should be so, but they say the Malays know nothing about it and that when money comes into a Malay country it makes nothing but difficulties and trouble. They are lookers on, and it is hardly necessary to say how correct their views are. A Rai‘at has the greatest dread of a grant for land; nothing will persuade him to take out a grant and if pressed, which in the Native States is unnecessary, he will leave the country and travel away into the mountains of the interior. Anything binding, any direct taxation or registration drives them away. Their real objection to taking out grants for land is because of their custom that if there is a death in the house, they must leave the place and settle elsewhere generally many miles away. The origin of land tenure here is very curious and probably unknown in any other State of the Malay Peninsula. When the original settlers arrived, they ingratiated themselves with the aborigines and first of all no doubt got free gifts of forest land from the Baten. Later on there probably was competi- tion for waste lands in fertile valleys and presents were given to the Baten for the land. This resulted later in the sale of land to the Muhammadan settlers. The price was a knife or a weapon, a piece of cloth or some article valued by the Rai‘at, but it became an actual sale. According to Muhammadan law, land cannot be sold, it is God’s land and man cannot sell it. Thus here we have distinctly the aboriginal origin in the sales of waste lands. Later, as the Muhammadans became powerful MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 395 in the country, the Muhammadan tribe of Beduanda took up the sale of wastelands and made considerable profit by it, and du- ring the last twenty years, the Beduanda chiefs have sold waste lands of, say, three or four acres in extent for eight and ten dollars and sometimes more. As this custom was against Muhammadan law it was easy for the Government to put a stop to an usage which caused many disputes, trouble and even bloodshed in the country. In my article printed in this Journal, 1889, I have given the . dry facts in connection with origin and constitution. The tribes are governed by the “ Adat Perpateh” and by the cus- toms derived from the aborigines. With the Raja family this is not the case, and the ‘ Adat Temenggong’’ governs proper- ty and inheritance. In order to explain by practical instances the entire con- stitution, I will now give a number of political and customary cases which have occurred to my knowledge as these may be useful in understanding a somewhat elaborate constitution and code of laws. I must remark at the same time that in quoting past cases I do not wish in any way to criticize what was done in the past, when it was absolutely impossible to make head or tail of the intricate laws of these States and when we had the very smallest experience in the Malay Peninsula. First of all, | would refer to the case of the Yam Tuan Mudaship of Rembau. An Arab Syed (Saban) from Malacca married a daughter of the Yam Tuan Muda Raja Ali of Rem- bau. He learnt something of the tribal laws of Rembau and what to him was the great thing the law of female inheritance. He advised his father-in-law to abdicate in his favour. At this the Penghulu and Lembagas of Rembau were furious, refusing to have a Syed as Yam Tuan Muda. ‘They applied for assist- ance from the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti and together they drove the Syed and the other Raja out of the country. After this the British Government quite rightly arranged with the Rembau Chiefs that Tampin should be settled on the Raja family of Rembau, Rembau refusing to accept a Yam Tuan Muda for the future. Syed Saban took possession of Tampin. Now in this case the Syed was all wrong. He learnt a little 32 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. of the laws of the country, but not enough. Female inheritance does not follow in the Sultanate or Raja Mudaship, but only amongst commoners in the tribes, and the Yam Tuan and the chiefs of Rembau were justly incensed. The Syed after hav- ing been the means of dispossessing his father-in-law, became his lawyer so to speak, being a man who had experience of the outer world. The only wrong result has been that instead of the true Raja family obtaining Tampin, the Syed descendants of the clever Syed Saban have inherited, and the other Rajas of Rembau get comparatively nothing. The case of the Sungei Ujong war is interesting. The late Syed Aman, Klana of Sungei Ujong, was the son of another such Arab Syed who married a woman of the Beduanda tribe in which the Dato’ Klana is elected. On the death of Dato’ Klana Sendeng, Syed Aman got himself elected as Klana of Sungei Ujong and this led to one long dispute with the Dato’ Bandar who is the other great Waris Chief of the State. Syed Aman cleverly sought the assistance of the British Govern- ment, at the same time saying that he was Klana and Raja (being a Syed) combined and that he would no longer ac- knowledge the suzerainty of the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti. This brought down upon him the wrath of Sri Menanti. Syed Aman, however, had already obtained British protection, he was protected in his State, and the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti, who was really quite right, was repulsed with great slaughter, and his country occupied by British troops. Sungei Ujong thus became independent. This case brings to notice the law that it is illegal for a Raja to marry in the tribe of Beduanda for fear that the offspring might become Penghulu and as a Raja usurp the Rajaship at the same time. ‘‘ Penghulu dia Raja dia’’ is the phrase given, or perhaps more properly ‘‘ Undang dia ka@ adilan dia.” The same thing happened in Jelebu. The present Penghulu is a Syed and on the death of the late Yam Tuan Muda of Jelebu he successfully intrigued in getting rid of the Raja family and governing alone in Jelebu. It is impossible that Malay States such as these should be tuled in accordance with constitution and custom, without a MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 307 Raja who is independent of all the commoners of the State and who can control the actions of the “commoner” chiefs, and without the Raja, the whole constitution becomes a chaos. By removing this link the chain falls to pieces. I will give an instance of this. Ever since the Yam Tuan Muda of Rembau ceased to exist, the Penghulu alone has had to rule a turbu- lent people with whom he is connected by marriages and inter- marriages, and since that there has been nothing but difficulty in Rembau. He was being dragged in every direction, his decisions were disregarded and not a single decision did he give that was deemed right. He had no longer the support of the Raja, thus the chiefs of tribes, who are numerous, at- tacked him in every direction and would have been glad to get rid of him in the same way as he had got rid of the Raja. He used to say to the Chinese who took up land for planting in Rembau “ Frzkalau kris terchabut sahaya yang sarongkan”’ “Tf the kris is drawn I will replace it in its sheath.” This was a vain boast, as he could not, being a commoner, and there be- ing no fear of him as in the case of a Raja. Another case in point is that of the Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti. As soon as the Klana of Sungei Ujong became in- dependent, by our assistance, the other States of Sri Menanti all thought that they would like the same thing, and the dis- putes, the bloodshed and general chaos in these States became simply indescribable. Seeing the Penghulu anxious to get rid of the Raja, the Lembaga started fighting the Penghulu and the Chiefs of families fought the Chiefs of tribes. There are a number of cases which might be quoted, but I think that the above demonstrate the law of ‘ Lembaga kapa- da Undang, Undang kapada kaadilan.”’ In order to put things right here in 1884 it was necessary really to put everything back to what it was 20 years before. To put the Rajain his place, the Penghulu in his, the Lembaga and the chief families in a tribe in theirs. In some tribes there were as many as six Lembaga in Sri Menantiin 1887. There were also two Penghulu in two of the States. The only thing to do was to bring the constitution to bear and adhere strictly to it, and very stringent measures were taken in order to 308 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. restore peace and order and to guarantee the proper power of each Chief of the State. A false Penghulu was deported, and anumber of false Chiefs detained until they would acknowledge the Chief of Tribe, recognised by the Raja and the Penghulu. Members of the chief families in a tribe were threatened for bringing got up cases against the Lembaga and in a short time every thing resumed its proper condition. But this was not all, the Waris tribe was clamouring for revenues, was selling land and ciaiming lands from the tribes as not having been paid for when occupied ten and fifteen years ago. The Waris were treated asa tribe and the Chiefs of the Tribe only recognised and they were allotted a percentage on the revenues derived from waste lands. The sale of land and the claiming of the value of occupied lands was knocked on the head by Muhammadan law as already described. The Chief in each tribe was kept responsible for his tribe and was called and is now called in every case, in or out of Court, affecting his tribe. Every Chief was told that, in every case the ancient usages and constitu- tion would be adhered to, and he was warned that any de- parture from the same would be likely to cause his dismissal from office. The Chiefs soon saw how much better this was and how secure each man’s position had become. The Raja was treated as supreme and all the rules of homage and the laws of the Istana were strictly enforced, the Raja at the same time recognising the British Officer in the administration of the State and of its Courts. The above has, I think, explained a great deal which might not have been understood except by illustration. It shows the position of allthe Chiefs, and from this I will pass to a number of cases in customary laws. The method of the election of the Raja, the Penghulu and Lembaga have been briefly described in the original paper. I will, however, give an instance of the election of a Lembaga of one of the principal tribes here, viz., that of Sri Lemak Pahang the Chief of which is also Deputy Penghulu of Ulu Muar (Pangku Penghulu serta haluan sembah). There are six families in this tribe from which the Chief of the Tribe can be elected. These families come in turn for the election of the Chief. At the last aie MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. oe election, in troublous times the order in which the families stood for the election of the Chief had been taken wrongly. It may be understood how this disturbed the equanimity of the various families when the question of succession again had to be decided. First of all it was impossible to get the six fam1- lies to arrive at an agreement or an election. This being the case the question went on appeal to the Penghulu of Ulu Muar, who is an old man and imagined that with a British Officer in the State he could put in his favourite relation in the tribe regardless of families and be supported in so doing. The tribe however knowing that the constitution was being care- fully adhered to would not accept the Penghulu’s decision and the case went to the Dato’ of Johol who did not wish to inter- fere openly with the Penghulu of Ulu Muar and recommended that they should go to the Resident. The Raja was then con- sulted. He was of course indifferent as to who was elected Lembaga and the case was fully inquired into. One of the families had been missed over and the question was whether the chieftainship should return to that family and then go on or whether the order of the families should be proceeded with as if there had been no previous mistake. It was decided that what had been, had been (‘wang sudah, sudah”)and that the next family in order should take the rank. Directly this was decided and upheld there was no further trouble and in a few days all the families acquiesced in this being the best: it was then easy to elect the individual in the family to be _Lembaga. Nothing can be more dangerous in these States than for any one to practice what we call patronage. For instance, to say ‘““T want this man as Chief. He is intelligent and he can read and write and I won't have this ignorant dirty looking indivi- ual.” Such action throws the whole system into chaos, and not only that but the intelligent reading and writing man imagines that he has more power than he really has because he has been selected above all others, regardless of custom, and before long the whole tribe is up in arms, generally justly, at his doings and he has to be dismissed. In Terachi, in 1887, there were two Penghulu. One of them, one 7 Se : MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. and the right one, was recognised by the Raja and by the Dato’ of Johol. The other one had half the State on his side, but he was really wrong though he had a grievance. In the origin of things there were two families in Terachi who ruled. A former Penghulu had formally renounced the office for his family. He was avery strict Muhammadan and did not consider that such worldly things as office should be entertained in his family. Thus the office devolved entirely on the other family forelection. This was ratified. The descendants, however, of this devout Mussulman did not view the matter in the same light. There was a good deal of trouble on this score in old days and a settlement was arrived at of creating an officer in the exempted family to be called “ Andatar.’”’ This smoothed matters for a time. For some years, however, previous to 1887 the conflict be- tween the two families had broken out with renewed vigour, hence the two Penghulu. The question was referred to the Resident, it was referred to the Raja, and a decision was after considerable antagonism from the family of the Penghulu holding office, eventually arrived at. It was this, that the old custom should be reverted to; that the two families should take it in turn for the Penghulu- ship and equally so for the office of Andatar. There was a great feast and many rites were gone through, many proverbs, wise saws and Menangkabau legal phrases quoted, and the thing was done. There has been no difficulty since. Here again is a case that has only been referred to as hav- ing created ill-feeling, but which illustrates the Baten influence in State matters. Baten Gemala, the principal Baten of Johol, who lives some miles in the interior on the left bank of the Muar River, was induced, in consequence of a number of his people becoming Muhammadans and of other Muhammadan settlers arriving in the rantaus (reaches ) of the Muar River above Segamat called Muar, to consider recently the ad- visability of bringing forward a Penghulu. The Penghulus of States having by origin been brought into office by the Baten, this was no doubt constitutionally correct, Bt MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. Baten Gemala brought the individual whom he had selected to the Dato’ of Johol in order that the Dato’ should recognise this new Penghuluship. The Dato’ of Johol did so. He thought it would conduce to a settled population in Muar, where formerly, like on many other rivers, the people of the “Rantau” had been nomadic, moving from ‘‘rantau” to “rantau” and never permanently settling. The Penghulu of Ladang, however, whose ancestors before him had always ruled this district under the Penghulu of Johol, was much annoyed at this new departure and the result was quarrels and jea- lousies. Penghulu Muar died a short time ago and the Dato’ of Johol will not make further experiments in accepting a Baten Penghulu. The case of the Raja di Muda of Terachi, Lembaga of the tribe of Beduanda, is not without interest. It was decided on- ly recently, but may be quoted as showing how the Chief of a tribe must recognise the Penghulu and cannot depart from the usages and customs required of him in his office. I would remark parenthetically that the titles Raja di Muda, Beginda Maharaja, &c., are only titles of commoners not of Rayjas. These titles are derived from the Menangkabau customs of ‘‘gélaran ” which | shall make mention of further on. An important case of inheritance of personal not euiniled property occurred in Terachi. The case came to the Peng- hulu in appeal. The Penghulu gave his decision in the case. The decision was given against the Raja di Muda tribe. Raja di Muda considered himself ill-treated and the Penghulu him- self brought the case before the Resident, who decided in fa- vour of the Penghulu’s decision, but modifying the Penghulu’s decision in consultation with the Penghulu himself. From that date Raja di Muda has placed himself in every State matter in opposition to the Penghulu and has become a violent ob- structionist. The Penghulu for some time took no notice of this, but at last a serious constitutional error was recorded amongst the many acts of Raja di Muda. The mother of an officer with the title of Mendika and of the tribe of which Raja di Muda was Chief, died. Mendika is what is termed the “ Tiang Balei” of the Penghulu, that is, the centre post of the (2 3h MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. Penghulu’s office. The Penghulu must immediately be official- ly informed, and various rites have to be gone through. The funeral has to be officially arranged by the Penghulu. All this Raja di Muda ignored, carried it through himself with a high hand and the Penghulu was never consulted. This was too much and the whole matter was reported. Enquiries were made, the Penghulu sent for Raja di Muda, who did not come, and the Penghulu asked to be allowed to dismiss Raja di Muda and that the re-election of another officer be recognised. This was accorded. To the outside world this may appear trivial, but to the Malay mind the Raja di Muda had by his last action placed himself in direct and meaning antagonism to the Peng- hulu absorbing the Penghulu’s rights in his own, and this could not be. A case in Rembau is one of some interest. The Chief of the Sri Melenggang tribe became intensely unpopular in a cer- tain section of his tribe, in consequence undoubtedly of irregu- larities he had committed in that section. After a good deal of seething and boiling in the tribe the whole matter bubbled up before the Penghulu and ruling Waris of Rembau (zzde Origin and Constitution). The Penghulu referred the matter back to the tribe for further consultation and for proofs to be brought forward of the complaints made. The plaintiffs went away and not long after it was rumoured abroad that a new Chief had been elected, the actual holder of the office not hav- ing been formally deposed with the sanction of the Penghulu. Then the Penghulu and Waris enquired the meaning of these signs, such as the firing of guns, the hanging of curtains in the house of one MARASHAD and let the tribe explain the adoption of such forms which were only allowed to a Chief. The dis- affected ones in the tribe asked for a meeting of all the Chiefs at which they would present themselves. The Penghulu ac- corded this and ordered the Chiefs to be present at his Balei. The day arrived. All were congregated. A message came from those disaffected who were outside the fence of the house in the padang or field for the Waris to come out and meet the new Chief and escort him to the Penghulu’s presence. This created general consternation and after deliberation it was MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 313 decided that this was unconstitutional, that the Chiefs had not met for the purpose of receiving a newly elected Lembaga, but to deliberate on the shortcomings of the existing one. The answer was couched in these terms. Again the demand was made, and again it was refused. Nothing more occurred at the time, but the Penghulu and Waris applied for the arrest of the ringleaders in this unconstitutional proceeding. This was granted andthe arrests were made. The defence was that the tribe was dissatisfied with its Chief, that the tribe had the right of electing its Chief. Against this it was urged that there could be at no time two Chiefs in the same tribe. That the Penghulu had not acknowledged the dismissal of the exist- ing Chief, that the action of the disaffected members outside the Penghulu’s Balei was not customary, and that the pri- soners had been guilty of attempting to make disturbances in the tribe in no way warranted by the constitution. The ring- leaders were comparatively heavily fined and the original com- plaints against the Chief were again referred for enquiry to the Council of Chiefs ( Warzs serta orang yang dua Oblas). In 1887, the Rembau Chiefs were all divided against the Penghulu. The point at issue was that of revenues from waste lands. The question commenced to assume a very serious aspect when a force of thirty or forty armed Malays stopped a Chinaman, to whom the Penghulu had granted forest land for planting, from felling the forest. This act on the part of the insubordinate Chiefs resulted in a very elaborate enquiry. Lhe disaffected Waris urged that they had never received any part of revenues and the Chiefs of tribes urged with the disaffected Waris that they were entitled to re- venues from waste lands in the vicinity of their holdings. The Penghulu and his friends, however, denied the statements of the disaffected Waris. They also brought up a point of im- portance, viz., that if the Waris had a grievance they should do everything they could to settle it inthe tribe. If they could not that they should together bring the matter to the Peng- hulu’s Balei. This had not been done and the Penghulu had been ignored throughout. The disaffected Datohs at the en- quiry all asked to leave the Balei of the Penghulu and urged 314 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. the other Chiefs to do the same. Nearly all the Chiefs left. This was a sign that they were going out to try and arrive at an agreement to depose the Penghulu, but in this they failed, and returned without having been able to be of one mind in the matter (kabulatan). ‘Then came the question of the Lem- baga claiming a share of the revenue from waste lands. Now, according to the custom a Lembaga has no rights in the State except in his tribe and over the land which he bought from the Waris (tanah bertebus). It was evident that the mere fact of purchase gave him no rights to other waste lands, the matter was discussed at great length, the Lembagas bringing up numbers of sayings and laws that were useless by them- selves being all governed by the main laws, viz., “ Gaung, Guntong, Bukit, Bukau Herta Warts, Penghulu prentah loa, Lembaga prentah suku’’, 2. e., that all waste lands were the property of the Waris, that the Penghulu ruled the State and the Lembaga ruled his tribe. The case was given entirely against the Lembagas. This being done and the disaffected Waris and Lembagas having been proved to be wrong, it was necessary to consider the crime they had committed against the State. They were found guilty of departing from the con- stitution and of ignoring the rules of appeal and the ancient customs and usages of the State of Rembau. They were all dismissed from their posts and the families in each tribe were sent for in order that re-elections should be made. This was done and this one decision has restored the Penghulu as head of the State, the Waris as inheritors of waste lands, and the Lembaga as rulers in their tribes. This was a very leading case in reference to all the States of the Negri Sembilan, and by it every State has been main- tained on the same lines. In Sri Menanti there were terrible disputes regarding own- ership to mines and Waris claims. Because a Waris claimed as a Waris he also claimed ownership. This was evidently wrong. The Waris’ claim was a State claim, ownership was a private claim. Thus by giving a small percentage of tin revenues to the heads of the Waris tribe and by registering the various mines to the owners and legalizing a royalty to MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 315 be paid to them by the Chinese miner, the difficulty was over- come and every one became contented. The late Yam Tuan of Sri Menanti, in order to make a last attempt at quieting a very turbulent and powerful Waris faction in Ulu Muar, had married a lady of this family. This unfortunately did not improve matters, as although this faction became friendly with the Raja it started terrible struggles with all the other Waris and even with the tribes and being allied to the Raja became more formidable to the peace of the country than hitherto. Land cases are not very frequent here as land is so well de- fined by custom. At the same time there have been a number of cases which dated from previous years and had never been settled. Directly a case was brought up again faction fights - occurred and then the case was again left unsettled. A very old case at Ampang Serong, about five miles from Kwala Pilah, required immediate settlement. It was as between the tribe -of Beduanda Waris and the tribe of ‘Tiga Batu.’ The Waris first claimed that they had never sold the land and that it had been appropriated by the Tiga Batu tribe. This, however, they failed to prove, as it was ruled that they could not claim pur- chase money after upwards of one hundred years of occupa- tion. Then they claimed proprietorship of a great portion saying that the Tiga Batu tribe had encroached. The Tiga Batu tribe on the other hand said that the land had been mortgaged to the Waris for fifty dollars ($50). The whole case was investigated on the spot. It was perfectly evident that the Waris’ claim was incorrect. They claimed the paddy land and had forgotten to consider the hill land on the side of the valley where the houses and gardens are. Taking the hill land in the occupation of the tribe, it was evident that in ac- cordance with the ancient usage of selling land in straight strips across a valley or across it up to the main stream the land claimed actually did belong to the tribe of Tiga Batu though in consequence of the mortgage of the paddy field to the tribe of Waris it had been for years cultivated by the Waris holder of the mortgage. It was ordered that the amount of the mortgage should be paid to the Waris tribe and that the land should remain in the possession of the tribe of Tiga Batu. LoS) 16° MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. Land once held by atribe is very seldom sold to other tribes. If debts have been incurred and a person’s holding has to be sold it is nearly always bought in by the tribe and this avoids many complications in proprietorship that might otherwise arise. There are of course disputes in a tribe, but these are disputes of inheritance more than of boundaries and are far more easily settled. The technical terms for land pur- chased from the Waris and the dry outline of land tenure has already been described in my former paper. I have referred also to “‘ herta membawa,’ that is, property brought by the hus- band to his wife’s house, as in these States, the women being inheritors of all lands, the man always goes to his wife’s house (‘tempat semenda’’). If he divorces or his wife dies he re- turns to his mother’s house (‘‘herta pesaka’’). Cases of “‘ herta _membawa”’ are most difffcult to decide upon. I will give an instance. A foreign Malay from Sungei Ujong married a wo- man in Ulu Muar; he was accidentally wounded by a spring gun that had been set for pig, and died. His mother who lived in Sungei Ujong was informed by letter by the Chief of her daughter-in-law’s tribe. The mother arrived and claimed $150 worth of property that she had given to her son when he was coming to live with his wife here and which she stated he had brought to his wife’s house. The orang semenda or male re- lations of the lady denied this saying that the property had never been declared to them as “ herta membawa’’ which was necessary and that they altogether discredited the statement. After hearing amass of contradictory evidence with good points on both sides, it was ruled that the mother would not -have claimed without cause and awarded to her half the amount claimed. A question of some importance and which has not yet been decisively settled is that of “ pencharian berdua,’ 7. e., the for- tune acquired by husband and wife apart from “ herta mem- bawa’’ or “ herta pesaka.”’ The law runs ‘chart bhagi dapatan tinggal bawa kem- halek.” This cannot be translated literally, but it means that the money acquired by husband and wife must be divided, each person’s share remain to each, and the husband’s share MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 317° must go back to his mother’s house or to his “ anak buah,” that is, his blood relations. That property of this kind should not go entirely to the children made a great deal of difficulty, as it is notin accordance with Muhammadan law and in Rem- bau the Chiefs decided that all property other than “ herta pesaka”’ or “herta membawa’’ became unconditionally the property of the children and could not in any case return to the man’s relations. It was ruled, however, that land should not be affected, coming as it does under “‘herta pesaka”’ and that weapons, ornaments and silver utensils which were “‘ herta pesaka”’ must be returned. Also that “herta membawa”’ could still be claimed by the man’s relations. In Jempol where the people are very Muhammadan also this has been adopted, I will relate a case, however, which created great discussion. A man died the possessor of ten buffaloes. His child was a boy seven years old. The man’s brother took the buffaloes back to his mother’s house in order, it was supposed, to take care of them until his nephew came of age. The boy grew up and when he was about fifteen he claimed these buffaloes from his uncle, who would not satisfy his demand. The case came forward as the Chiefs could not settle it to the satisfac- tion of all parties. The boy claimed the buffaloes. The uncle first said the buffaloes had died of disease. Enquiries were made and it was found that he possessed buffaloes. The boy said that even if the buffaloes had died of disease his uncle should have informed his mother’s family. Then came the question of in- heritance, trusteeship, and the guardianship of the buffaloes, finally the question of “herta membawa.” The uncle first urged that the boy’s father had brought a number of buffaloes to his wife’s house from his mother’s house and that they should be returned. After a considerable enquiry it was found that there was no reliable evidence of this. Then the uncle claimed that according to the Malay rule, he being the caretaker of the buffaloes, was entitled to one-half of the buffaloes now that his nephew wished to divide. The boy said that his uncle had had no right to take the buffaloes. Then came the question of inheritance. The uncle said he only knew the old rule of 218 MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. “chart bhagit dapatan tinggal bawak kembalek”’ and claimed half the buffaloes. The boy said he knew that in Jempol the Muhammadan custom had been adopted that property acquired during marriage became the property of children and not of the “anak buah ;”’ finally it was decided that half the buffa- loes should be handed to the boy in satisfaction of all claims. It will be seen from this example how many rules there are in these States that may be brought forward in a case, in con- nection with which careful investigation is required. If, how- ever, a dispute is carefully summed up and the points fully ex- plained which lead to the decision, the public here is nearly always satisfied and the individual who loses his case has to be satisfied also. In connection with inheritance by the children, of property acquired during married life, it is necessary for the children to pay their father’s debts if there are any. If there is no pro- perty even the children are responsible for the debts of their father. Where the old rule is in force the “ tempat semenda”’ and the “‘ tempat pesaka”’ would have to arrange together to pay, and not only that but the “anak buah” were supposed to pay the funeral expenses of their male relation and not the “orang semenda.” It is still a question that has to be very carefully investigated in every case of debt, viz., as to whether one of the two should pay all. The rules of ‘‘ pantang larang’’ are important, minor laws on dress, on the architecture of houses, of covered gates to en- closures, of the firing of guns, the slaughtering of buffaloes and many other causes. For instance, no one but a Chief may have a covered gateway. No one buta Raja may put his kit- chen behind the house, and no one but a Raja may run his front verandah round to the back. No man may wear all yel- low nor all black. A quaint custom is that of “ géldran.” When a man marries, the “ orang semenda’’ of his wife as- semble together. Here all property questions are brought forward and decided such as ‘“ herta membawa,’’ &c. The “orang semenda” then confer a title on the man, such as “ Mentri” “ St Maraja’”’ “ Peduka Raja” “ Laksamang and many others. MALAY LAW IN NEGRI SEMBILAN. 319 Itmust be borne in mind though, in connection with all these customs and laws, that Muhammadan Jaw is always present and is enforced in many cases, but it requires careful handling. Nothing is more distasteful to the people than that Muhamma- dan law should be applied where custom provides the remedy, and as the Kathi is generally anxious to exercise Muhamma- dan law only, great care has to be taken to prevent him from interfering in cases of custom. What I have written may throw some light on the working of a curious constitution. MARTIN LISTER. dai RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR. BY Welk IMAXWELE. cM.G (Extracted from the Selangor Administration Report for 1889.) * 45 % “ 3. There exists, in Malay, an interesting historical work entitled ort Riioes osuhttat-elemans: written an Ay El 1288, by Raja ALI, of Riouw, which treats of the later history of those Malay States, the royal houses of which have been founded or influenced by Bugis chiefs from the island of @elebes. These include Riouw, Linggi, Johor, Selangor, Siak, &c. 4. Along table of descent is given, which is mostly fabu- lous until it approaches modern times. In compiling the latter portion, the author has perhaps consulted Dutch publications. The admixture of Bugis blood in the reigning families of the Malay kingdoms of the Straits of Malacca, seems to have commenced in the early part of the 18th century. It is related in the native chronicle above alluded to that Upu Tan- dert Burong, a Bugis Rajain the island of Celebes (the third son of the first Bugis Raja who embraced Muhammadanism), had five sons :— (1) Daing Peant, from whom (by hts marriage in Sian- tak) the reigning family of Siak in Sumatra are descended. He also married princesses of the reigning Malay families in Johor, Selangor and Kedah. (2) Dating Menimbun, from whom the Rayjas of Pontia- nak, Matan and Brune? are descended. 322 THE RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR. (3) Klana Faya Putra alias Daing Merewah, first Yang- di-per-Tuan Muda of Riouw. He married a daughter of Tumonggong ABDUL JALIL, of Johor. His son, KLANA INCHE UNAK, married in Selan- gor, and his daughter became the wife of her cou- sin DAING KAmojA, the son of DAING PERANI (No. 1), and third Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of Riouw. be (4) Daing Chela or Dating Palat, second Yang-di-per- Tuan Muda of Riouw. He married a daughter of Sultan ABDUL JALIL (sister of Sultan SULEIMAN 3ADR-ALAM SHAH) of Johor, and from the female issue of this marriage Sultan HUSSEIN of Singa- pore (1819) was descended. One of the sons of DAING CHELA, Raja LUMU, became the first Yang- di-per-Tuan of Selangor. From him the reigning family of Selangor is descended. Another, Raja HAjI, was the fourth Yang-di-per-Tuan Muda of Riouw and fell in battle at Malacca, fighting against the Dutch, in 1784. (5) Daing Kamasi, married the sister of the Sultan of Sambas (Borneo) and his descendants have remain- ed there. 6. Ofthese five chiefs, Nos. 1,3 and 4 established themselves in Selangor about 1718, and Raja LUMu, the son of No. 4, was left there as ruler of the country. The principal head-quar- ters of the Bugis was Riouw, and about this time they made piratical raids upon all the western Malay States, one after another. Raja LUMU of Selangor, on the occasion of a visit to Perak, about 1743, was formally invested by the Sultan of Perak (MAHMUD SHAH) with the dignity of Sultan, and took the title of Sultan SALAEDDIN SHAH. Huis successor, Sultan IBRAHIM, (in 1783) joined with his brother, Raja HAJ, the Yang-di-per-luan Muda of Riouw, in an attack upon the Dutch in Malacca. They were repulsed, and Raja HAJI was killed. The Dutch under Admiral VAN BRAAM then attacked Selangor, and the Sultan fled inland and escaped to Pahang. _ 7. IBRAHIM, aided by the Dato Bandahara of Pahang, re- conguered his fort from the Dutch in 1785, but the latter im- hte. i THE RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR. 323 mediately blockaded Kwala Selangor with two ships-of-war and after this blockade had lasted for more than a vear the Sultan accepted a treaty by which he acknowledged their sovereignty and agreed to hold his kingdom of them. 8. British political relations with Selangor commenced in 1818, when a commercial treaty was concluded with this State by a British Commissioner, Mr. CRACROFT, on behalf of the Governor of Penang, and this was followed by “an agreement of peace and friendship,’ concluded with Sultan [BRAHIM SHAH, who was still reigning. g. Sultan MOHAMMED succeeded Sultan IBRAHIM about the year 1826, and reigned until 1856. He was succeeded in the following year by Sultan ABDUL SAMAD, the present ruler. 10. Sultan ABDUL SAMAD is the son of Raja DOLAH, a younger brother of Sultan MOHAMMED, and at the time of the death of the latter, held the rank and office of Tunku Pangli- ma Besar (Commander-in-Chief). His eleetion to the sover- eignty was chiefly the work of Raja JuMa’AT, of Lukut, then a flourishing mining settlement, now decayed and abandoned, who feared the exactions of the late Sultan’s family. Sultan MOHAMMED had no less than 1g children, many of them ille- gitimate, and one of them, Raja MAHMUD (now Penghulu of Ulu Semonieh, a village in Selangor), had been recognised as Raja Muda in his father’s life-time. He was only eight years old when Sultan MOHAMMED died. ‘There were other claimants in the persons of various nephews of the late Sultan, sons of Raja USup and Raja ABDURRAHMAN, who thought their rights stronger than those of the sons of Raja DOLAH. But the influence of Raja JUMA’AT prevented a war of suc- cession. ir. The strong Bugis element in Selangor earned for the people of the State, in early days, the reputation of being the most daring and formidable of all the Malays on the west coast of the Peninsula. Their fleets were successful in Perak and Kedah (Alor Star in Kedah was taken and burned in 1770), and in a work published fifty years ago, Selangor is quaintly described as follows:—‘ of all the Malayan States “on the Peninsula, it labours under the heaviest ma/a fama on 324 THE RULING FAMILY OF SELANGOR. “the score of piracy, man-stealing, manslaughter, and similar “ pneccadilloes of the code of Malayan morals.’’* 12. Of the Malay population of the State at the present day there is little to say, except to emphasize the contrast noted by an eminent authorityt between “the frank simpli- ‘city and humour, harmonising well with a certain grave ‘‘ dignified self-possession and genuine politeness, which cha- ‘‘racterise the manner of the Malays of Kedah, and the sinis- “ter and impudent bearing of the maritime and seml- piratical “ Malay of the South.” f There is now a large population, of settlers from Sumatra and Java, who are influencing materially the character of the Muhammadan population. % * x * Moors’s Notices, p. 243. + The late Mr. J. R. Locan. t Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, vol. xvi, p. 321. —— SSS ee THE SPHINGIDA OF SINGAPORE, BY EIBUCENANT FE. KELSAUL, “RA. we age OR any one living in a place like Singapore, and who Bale has any spare time on his hands , it is a great thing (BG to havea hobby. It matters little what this hobby ph “\ is, but for one whose business keeps him indoors Te most of the day as happens to many in this Colony, some hobby that will take them out of doors is the best. Such a one is the study of entomology, which has many advantages. It can be carried on at any time; it incurs little expense; it employs both mind and body; and opens up a large field for thought and investigation. This field as well as being large is exceedingly varied, and if worked systematically and scientifically will afford unending enjoyment to the student. In this paper I hope to givea brief sketch of what may be done in the near neighbourhood of Singapore in one branch only of this interesting science, namely, in the collection and study of the hawk moths. All that is needed in the way “of gear isa net, a killing bottle, a small pith-lined box and pins for collecting, anda few setting boards and store boxes for preserving the insects. Our hunting ground is the nearest flower-bed, amongst the best flowers being honeysuckle, vinca and Barleria, and for humming birds Jantana, papaw and the tembusu tree (fagrea peregrina, Wall). Moth-catching may sound tame, but it is genuine sport, requiring a true and quick eye and ready hand, and often is quite exciting. The Sphingide, or hawk moths, the finest and most inter- esting group of moths, are fairly well represented in the Is- land of Singapore. Like most moths they are crepuscular or nocturnal in their habits, few appearing before dusk. 326 THE SPHINGIDA OF SINGAPORE. Their flight is strong and swift, and the movement of the wings very rapid giving rise toa humming noise, which in the case of the humming bird hawks has given them their popular name. As would be expected in swift-flying insects, their wings are long, narrow and pointed, with a strong rigid costa, and their bodies more or less fusiform, which renders their pas- sage through the air more easy. In all the hawks the proboscis is of great length, in order to enable them to reach the juice at the bottom of the long tubes of the flowers they frequent. In the green elephant (Pergesa acteus) this organ attains to 24 times the length of the body. Each species has one or more favourite flowers which it frequents. From sundown till dark—the humming birds appearing half an hour earlier—they may be seen darting from flower to flow- er and ever and anon pausing motionless but for the swift movement of the wings, which appear but as a shadow on each side before a flower from which, by means of their long slender proboscis they are drinking the nectar. They scarce- ly ever touch the flowers with their feet and never alight on them, but depend entirely on their wings for support. As soon as they have exhausted the supply of honey in one flow- er off they dart to another, where they repeat the same pro- cess. Sphinx convolvult has been known to come into a hole room and go round to the flowers in vases drinking the honey. Several species come to light and one or two are rarely taken any other way, for instance, the death’s head and oleander. The latter has been taken in considerable numbers at the beam of a powerful electric light which was being worked in the neighbourhood of some jungle. These moths probably play an important part in the fertilization of the plants they frequent. Whether they remain on the wing all night is difficult to say. They appear to leave the flower-beds soon after dark, as they fill themselves very rapidly with honey. I have, how- THE SPHINGIDA! OF SINGAPORE. 327 ever, taken Diludia discistriga at Crinum asiaticum as late as 10 p.m. In the daytime they remain concealed amongst the foli- age of trees and bushes. They are sometimes taken at rest on the trunks of trees or in corners of rooms whither they have probably been attracted by the light in the evenings. They seem to be very sensitive to the state of the weather and the moon and on moonlight nights few are to be seen at the flower- beds. Fine evenings after rain are usually the most favourable for observing them. Like many other insects these moths are liable to be at- tacked by a species of internal fungus. Three at least of this family of moths—Acherontia medusa A. morta and Diludia discistriga—make a _ squeaking. sound. It is noticeable that all the species taken in Singapore are larger than the same as given in MOORE'S ‘“‘ Lepidoptera of Ceylon,” where most of them are described and figured. The following is a list of the species recorded from Singa- pore :— SuB-FAMILY—Sphingide. Protoparce orientalis (Sphinx convolvult). Diludia discistriga. SuB-FAMILY—A cherontitne (Death’s heads). Acherontia medusa. A. morta. SUB-FAMILY.— Smerinthineg. One or two species. SUB-FAMILY.—Cherocampine. Cherocampa celerto. Cheerocampa Sithetensts. C. Rafilest. Criheylid. C. Lucasit. C. tenebrosa (7). Pergesa acteus, 328 _ THE SPHINGID OF SINGAPORE. C. nessus. Calymnia panopus. And two or three cther species probably new. SUB-FAMILY.—VWacroglossine (Humming birds). Hlemarts hylas. M. luteata. M. insipida. The convolvulus hawk (Sphinx convolvuli) is the com- monest. It may be taken at almost any season, but is more plentiful at some times than at others. This moth may almost always be taken at honeysuckles and when faradaya papuana is in flower one may be sure of obtaining large numbers at it. In fact they are so fond of it that I have taken as many as three at a single stroke of the net, and fifteen or twenty in one night is not an exceptional take. The caterpillar feeds on the Tembusu tree. Diludia discistriga closely resembles the foregoing species in general appearance and habits, but is larger, darker and has no red on its body and does not fly quite so rapidly. It is not nearly so common as S. convolvult. In fact, except at certain limited times, it is rare. Next come the death’s heads (Acherontiinz) represented by two species. These are large handsome moths whose principal colouring consists of black and yellow. They are usually taken at light. I have not yet heard of their being taken at flowers. By far the largest proportion of the species recorded from Singapore are comprised in the sub-family Choerocampinez. The largest and one of the finest of this sub-family is Calymnia panopus, the female of which is over 6” in span. Another beautiful member of this family is Cherocampa nes- sus, one of the handsomest hawks, its beautiful form and splendid green and golden orange tints rendering it conspi- cuous. The fore wings, dark green at the costal edge, shade off into the softest of browns, fawn and grey; the hind wings being deep glossy black contrasted with pale fawn. The abdomen is green down the centre of the back with a broad golden stripe down each side. The underside of the wings is THE SPHINGIDZ: OF SINGAPORE. 329 a beautiful combination of reds, yellows and greys, which a'most rivals the autumn tints of the birch. Then we have the beautiful Ce/erzo, distinguished by its rows of silver spots down each side of the body. It is com- mon on Sarleria flava and Vinca rosea (Madagascar peri winkle). Isoples Rafflestt and /. Theylia resemble one another in general appearance, but 7heylza is smaller and paler. These are common on Larleria and Vinca. Pergesa acteus, more commonly known as the green elephant, is a beautiful insect. Its fore-wings are of a dark greencolour. It is found on the same flowers as 7hev/ia and Celerto. ' Of the Macroglossine the most remarkable is Hemaris hylas, which frequents the coffee plantations, the larve feed- ing on the coffee tree, where it often does much damage. It has also been taken on lantana. The chief peculiarity of this moth is in its wings, which are quite transparent like those of a bee. The other humming birds are most plentiful at lantana and the tembusu (fagrea peregrina) when in flower. The male flowers of the papaw are alsoa great attraction. The mem- bers of this sub-family do not remain out after dark. There is much yet to be found out as to the form and habits of the larve and pupe of these moths, and there are probably new species to be found and described, so that there is ample scope, for any one taking up the subject to add to what is already known. ee | THE BURMANNIACEA OF. TH MALAY PENINSULA. BY FL AN RE DEE YMA. FS ar cS a 2 RTA 4. EP. a, aD [EZR & ay" Saw 32 —e ~ 7 ae @ = — S a HE curious little plants known as Burmanniacez, F though distributed over the whole tropical world, seems to be most abundant in the Malayan eeu Ps A large number of very extraordinary forms ha been described and figured by Professor Bree in “Malesia,” vol. i, from the specimens collected by him in Borneo, New Guinea and other Malayan islands. Only three kinds are included in the ‘(Flora of British India’? from the Malayan Peninsula, but these are not all that occur here. At present seven species are known to be found within this region, representing three genera, and more will surely be found as the botany of the Peninsula is worked up. These plants are constantly neglected by collectors, as they are usually difficult to find and very inconspicuous, and further- more some of them require to be preserved in spirits of wine, being indeed so succulent that they shrivel up to nothing when an attempt is made to dry them. They should be care- fully sought for in deep forests, at the roots of large and old trees. Frequently two or three kinds grow in one spot. Thus if Burmannia tuberosa is found growing in the jungle, it is probable that Gymnositphon and perhaps T7hismva are close at hand, and should be carefully looked for. The three genera which are found in the Peninsula are Burmannia, five species; Gymnosiphon and Thismia one each. The Burmannias may be divided into two sections—sapro- phytic and non-saprophytic. ‘The latter grow in open places, among grass, etc., the former in the dense jungle as aforesaid, 332 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. among dead leaves. Like all true saprophytes they have no green leaves, but the whole plant is white or yellowish, with the leaves reduced to scales. Thismta and Gymunosiphon are also saprophytic. The plants of the former genus are pecu- liarly soft and succulent and very curiously shaped. Two species occur in Singapore. 3 Gymnosiphon is an exceedingly delicate and fragile plant with a slender wiry stem about three inches tall and little violet flowers. . The relations of these little plants with other orders is still most obscure. Hitherto they have been associated with orchids, owing to a misconception as tothe structure of the seed. It is probable that they are most nearly related to the Li/zacez, and especially the curious Zaccacee of which the so-called black Chendrian Lily (Atacca cristata) is a common plant in our jungles. BURMANNIA.—Five species are known from the Pentn- sula, viz., B. longifolia (Becc.), B. disttcha (Linn) and B. celestis (Don.), non-saprophytes; and B&B. tuberosa, (Becc.), and B. gracilis, Ridl. saprophytes. The first two of these are alpine plants growing on the high mountains of Perak and Mount Ophir, and both are apparently perennials. LB. ca@/estis (Don.), is a small annual, very common in grassy spots. B. LONGIFOLIB (Becc.), Malesia, 1, 244, °t. 43) (ieee Flora of British Ind/a, vol. vi, p. 664. A perennial plant with a tall, leafy stem creeping at the base, the leaves are narrow and grass-like, acute, recurved. The flower-spike erect, with two short branches at the top covered with ncdding whitish yellow flowers half-an-inch long. The wings of the flower, so large in ZB. c@lestis, are very small and obscure. Perak and also Borneo and Java. B. DisTICHA (Linn., Sp., Pl. 287) has a distinct creeping stem like that of the preceding, but shorter and the leaves are tufted at the base. They are about three inches long, grassy and pointed, about 4 inch across. The whole plant is a foot and-a-half tall, and the stem terminates in an erect forked cyme with branches about 14 inch long and almost sessile flowers. The flowers are large and blue, erect, twenty on a branch, THE BURMANNIACE# OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. — 333 about half an inch long, with very distinct wings. The sepals are fleshy, linear lanceolate. The petals nearly as large, blunt. The stamens are sessile at the base of the petals with a very distinct bilobed dentate crest. The anther cells far apart, rent- form. The style rather stout, the three stigmas fairly large. The ovary is very large in proportion to the size of the flower, a good deal longer than the style. This is a widely distributed plant in the Tropics of Asia, occurring in mountainous districts from Nepaul throughout India to Ceylon, Sumatra and China and Australia. At present it has only been gathered on Mount Ophir in the Malay Penin- sula, but it will certainly be found in other of our mountain regions. B. CG&LESTIS (Don.) is a very widely distributed little an- nual. It is very common in grassy spots along roadsides. I have seen great plenty of it along the road towards Pasir Panjang, and it is also very common in the turf in the Botanic Gardens. It is not, however, always to be met with, being an annual in the strict sense, that is, it only lives till it has flowered and fruited, and then immediately dies. In Europe, where the growing season is so short, it would probably be literally an annual, and Jive throughout the summer, dying down in au- tumn or winter as so many English plants do, but as there is really no time when plants cannot grow here, this little Dragon’s-scales appears whenever the weather suits it, lives a short life, of perhaps a month or two, and disappears again, [t generally appears after heavy rains when the weather begins to get finer, and then the ground is often dotted all over with it. The whole plant is about three to four inches tall, some- times as much as six inches, often, in poor soil, much smaller. It has a simple slender stem with a-tuft of narrow point- ed leaves at the base, and one, more rarely two, and still more rarely three or more flowers, about half an inch long at the top. These flowers have the typical Burmannia shape, that is to say, they are urn-shaped with three thin wings running for the whole of the length. At the top are three little sepals, and alternating with these three minute petals. he stamens and pistil are quite hiddenintheurn. ‘The flower is of an exquisite lilac-blue, with yellow sepals. The stamens are 334 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. fixed tothe side of the urn and each consists of an anther, the two cells of which are oval in shape, and split transversely. They are separated by a broad connective which is crested above, and beneath prolonged into a kind of tooth. The style is slender, and ends in three short arms terminated by heart- shaped stigmas. ‘The fruit is a capsule. B Cc .estis (Don. Prod., 44), B. azurea (Griff.), B.java- nica (BI.), B. treflora (Roxb.), Cryptonema malaccensis (Turcz), Nephrocelium malaccensts (Yurcez), Malay “sisik naga’ (Dragon’s scales). Widely distributed over India, Mauritius, China, Malaysia and North Australia. Commoninthe Malay Peninsula. Singapore—-near Pasir Pan- jang, Tanglin, Changi and other places. Malacca—Merlimau, Pulau Besar. Pahang—Pekan, Kwala Pahang. Penang,—Telok Bahang (C. Curtis). Labuan (Bishop Hose). Borneo, (Beccari). B. TUBEROSA (Becc.) was described from specimens found by Professor BECCARI in Borneo and New Guinea; nor had any other person, as far as Iam aware, ever collected it till I found it growing plentifully in a damp jungle at Chan Chu Kang not very far away from the Selitar bungalow, and I afterwards met with it at Pataling on the Mwala Lumpur Railway in a similar locality. With it, in both places, | found the very curious ZThismia fumida and also a much commoner plant, Sczaphila tenella. Itis avery different looking plant to Burmannia celestis, owing to its saprophytic habits. It is fleshy and, except for the sepals, entirely pure white, about three inches long, but for fully three quarters of its length it is buried in the rotten leaves among which it, like other saprophytes, dwells. It has a small, oblong tuber at the base from which arise a few root hairs. The stem has a few little lanceolate leaves like scales upon it, and the flowers are crowded in a tuft upon the top. They are quite small, and the wings, which are large in Burmannia celestis, are very obscure here and have almost entirely disappeared. The sepals are bright cowslip yellow, and though the flowers are small and only one or two open at a time, it is really a very pretty little plant age. BECCARI observes, 1s sweetly scented. Singapore—Chan Chu Kang. Bukit Timah near the well of the bungalow. Selangor—Pataling. | THE BURMANNIACEA OF THE MALAY PENINUSLA. 335 B. GRACILIS, n. sp. was discovered by Mr. CurTIs at Tintow in Kedah in 1889, and is apparently an undescribed species. Like B. tuderosa it is saprophytic and inhabits dense jungle. The whole plant is from six inches to a foot tall, with a slender branched stem, on which are a few narrow lanceolate scale-like leaves $ inch long. The inflorescence is a branched cyme, the branches of which are about ? of an inch long, the flowers few, seven or eight in number, w ake pedicelled. The pedicels a quarter of an inch long with lanceolate acute bracts nearly as long (about ? ofthe length). The perianth is a quarter of an inch long, olipcie in outline with distinct but not very large wings. The sepals are small, ovate, lanceolate ; the petals very much smaller, short and blunt. - The upper part of the connective of the anther is bilobed, the lobes denticulate rounded not very dissimilar to those of B. celestis, but rounder, the anther cells are prolonged into somewhat long points, and the central tooth does not descend below them. The style is long, the stigmas reniform, the ovary small, the seeds fusiform acute at both ends. GYMNOSIPHON is also a saprophytic genus, of which a consi- derable number of species are widely scattered over the tropical zones. In texture they are more like some of the Burmannias, being very fragile and delicate and not fleshy like Thismia. ‘The common species here, I thought at first, might be BLUME’S G. aphyllum, of which the description is too meagre really to distinguish it. But on examining the herbarium and library of Buitenzorg, where many of BLUME'S types are kept, I found a little rough sketch of BLUME’S plant signed by him- self, which is quite unlike our species. There was no specimen in the herbarium. BECCARI in “ Malesia” (i., p. 241,) described and figured G. dorneense from Borneo and ©. puspormpon: from New Guinea; BLUME’S G. aphy/lum comes from Java. Ac- cording to BLUME’s sketch it has two large bracts at the base of the flower, which does not occur in our species. I have little doubt that the latter is BECCARI’S G. borneense although that is represented as rather fleshier and thicker in the stem than the Straits plant. G. BORNEENSE (Becc.) Malesia, 1, 241, Pl. xiv, fig. 5-9). A slender, wiry plant, exceedingly fragile and delicate, about 2 or 330 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. 3 inches tall, branched and quite leafless except for a few scales. The inflorescence is branched, and the flowers, which are shortly stalked, are arranged on one side of the branches. The whole plant is whitish, except the flower, which is of a pale violet colour. The little flowers are tubular with no wings, and have six small spreading oval perianth-lobes. The fruit is a capsule, covered with the tubular part of the corolla, which becomes skeletonised as the fruit ripens and looks like a network cover- ing it. The seeds are very numerous, dark brown, very small, subglobose with the ends drawn out into short points and covered with low warts or bosses. It grows in Singapore at Chan Chu Kang and Bukit Timah, in Selangor at Pataling, and in Malacca on Bukit Sadanen. It is found in the densest parts of the forest, and is very fond of appearing on newly cut paths through the forest. THISMIA.—This genus contains perhaps the most remark- able plants in the order, and indeed some of the most curious of th Malayan region. They are succulent, fugacious herbs, yellow, grey, or red, but never green, and would be taken for fungi by an ordinary observer. About six kinds have been described, of which the most striking forms have been met within Borneo and New Guinea, but other species occur in Ceylon, Burma and Tasmania. ‘They are usually to be met with in damp forests among the dead leaves on the ground, and especially at the foot of old trees. As they are so fleshy and delicate they require to be preserved in spirits of wine, in which, however, though keeping their form unaltered, they become pure white. Two species are to be found in Singapore, one of which Th. Aseroe was collected by Professor BECCAR Iat Woodlands near Kranji, and has since been found by myself on Bukit Timah. The other is an undescribed species, which I have met with both in Singapore and Selangor, but very rarely, and for which I propose the name of 7h. fumzda on account of its smoky colour. THISMIA ASEROE, (Becc., Malesia, vol. 1, p. 252, Plate ro). A small herbaceous succulent plant about 2 or 3 inches tall with a creeping white rhizome emitting at intervals small tufts of rather thick short roots and LOE stems. Flower-stems THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THN MAEAY PENINSULA. 337 solitary sometimes branched with a few scattered bract-like lanceolate leaves. Flowers terminal and single on each branch, about half an inch long, orange yellow with two lanceolate acute bracts at the base, lower portion of flower tubular ob- conic, yellow becoming olivaceous brown with a raised reticu- late pattern in the interior, which is visible externally when the flower is withering or preserved in alcohol; limb of flower, consists of six segments arranged in a circle and spreading bases triangular from a narrow ring, flat, then sud- denly becoming serrate, tubulate, between each a minute extra process. In the centre of the flower is a raised flat-topped ring, surrounding the mouth. The stamen are arranged round the walls of the tube pendulous from a short filament at the top, so that the anthers are on the inner surface next to the walls of the tube. ‘They are of the form of oblong scales, ending below in three acute subulate processes, the largest in the middle; on the inner face are the two narrow linear anthers; opening longitudinally from between them arises a quadrate organ with erose sides. The edges of the stamens meet so as to form acontinuous ring. The style is short reddish and scabrid with three very small stigmas. In fruiting the stem thickens and lengthens. The fruit is a cup-shaped capsule light brown, fleshy ribbed, the edges of which project some way above the top of the ovary which when ripe falls off in the form of a small round plate termin- ated by the style. The seeds are very numerous elliptic ob- long in outline and blunt, brown is ribbed. Singapore, Bukit Timah, near the well. September, 1890; Woodlands, Kranji (Beccari). Like other saprophytes, this beautiful little plant has a habit of appearing spasmodically and equally suddenly disappear- ing. In September last I was surprised to find the ground by the stream at Bukit Timah dotted all over with the little yellow stars of this plant appearing from among the dead leaves. I brought a number of plants home and kept them alive under a glass shade for some months, although in the jungle all had disappeared ina week. The rhizomes under cultivation were long persistent and continued to throw up flower stems. The flowers, however, did not produce fruit, 338 THE BURMANNIACEZ OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. but withered away, and from this and from the peculiar arrange- ment of the stamens it appears they require the aid of some insect-fertilizer. After fertilization the tube of the flower falls off leaving the basal portion in the form of a cup which increases in size. When the seed is ripe the whole of the top of the ovary becomes detached and with the seeds falls out upon the soil as the fruit becomes too heavy and weighs down its stalk. THISMIA FUMIDA. nD. sp. A small succulent herbaceous plant more slender and much less conspicuous than the preceding about four inches in height. Rhizome brownish with slender solitary stems bear- ing one or two flowers. Stems at first whitish, becoming brown when in fruit, with a very small scattered lanceolate acuminate leaves. Flowers much smaller than in 7h. Aseroe 2 of an inch long and nearly 4 an inch across. The tube almost elobose, scabrid narrowed above the ovary and becom- ing broader above white with pink stripes. The limb con- sists of six narrow lanceolate acuminate lobes becoming subulate gradually. They rise directly from beneath the central raised ring and there is no outer ring nor small pro- cesses as in Zh. Aseroe. They are greenish grey in colour. The central ring slopes inwards and is not raised above the limb except by its own thickness. The style is very short with three small recurved stigmas. The capsule is shorter and broader than in the preceding a quarter of an inch each way, the edge crenulate, the outside scabrid, and ribbed. ‘The opening of the ovary half way down the cup is $ inch across. Singapore, Chan Chu Kang: Selangor, near Pataling. Rare and spasmodic at the roots of trees. It is very diffi- cult to find on account of its inconspicuous colours. It is quite easily distinguished by its more slender habit, colour smaller size of the flowers. And the other points mentioned in the description. TABLE OF SPECIES. Ovary three-celled, Stamens three,. .. Burmannia. Non-saprophytes. Leaves narrow green Stem long, creeping, ..B. longifolia. THE BURMANNIACEAZ: OF THE MALAY PENINSULA. Stem short, flowers numerous, ...B. disticha. Annual, ace HES few, ae 3 cople StS. Saprophytes. Leaf rodnced to scales. Flowers crowded inahead, ...B tuberosa Flowers scattered on slender ; branches, 7) -oraciis. Ovary one-celled, Shammems three, ...Gymnosiphon Plant fragile whitish. Ovary one-celled, Stamens six, Plant succulent brownish. ee larsiania:, Flowers bright yellow. molheAseroe: Flowers grev. de Se h. fumida, borneen- ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER'S MILK “SUSU RIMAU” OF THE MALAYS. BY HEN: RIDEEY, M:A.,. F.L-S. While staying recently at Pekan ! procured, through the kindness of Mr. RODGER, a fine specimen of the remark- able vegetable production, known to the Malays here as ‘Susu Rimau.” The tradition is that it is the congealed milk of the tiger, and it is stated to produce eventually a climb- ing plant. It is considered a valuable medicine for asthma and other chest complaints, and is sold in the bazaars ata high price. The specimen given me by Mr. RODGER was considered a very large one, being about four inches cube, but a later one was brought in from the forests at Bukit Man- dai in Singapore which is even larger, being six inches in length and three inches through in the thickest part. Profes- sor VAUGHAN STEPHENS gave me alsoasmaller specimen from the interior of Pahang. The structure and appearance of all seem very much the same. Each consists of an irregular white mass lobed and cracked all over, covered with a thin rind, terra-cotta red in the fresh specimen, browner when older. When fresh the inte- rior is of the consistency of cheese, white, scentless, and with a faint funguslike taste. When dryer, and in old specimens it becames chalky and vimer. Under the microscope a section shows it to be a very com- pact mass of fungus threads (mycelium) with which are mix- ed innumerable globose cells. In the fresh specimen from Bukit Mandai the mycelium is very scanty, and in all it is very much less in quantity than the white globose cells. 342 ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER’S MILK. Through the mass runs a fine whiter network visible with the naked eye, which consists of chains of cells with more gra- nular opaque contents. The red rind consists of a very fine granular layer, in which I cannot perceive any cellstructure. It is very certain from this that it is no animal structure, and that it is very improbable that the climbing plant suppos- ed to be produced by it has anything to do with it, but that it is of the nature of a fungus. The Malays say that it is found under ground, but the specimen obtained at Bukit Mandal, was growing upona rotten tree, and to it was at- tached a fungus of the genus Polyporus, species of which are so abundant on rotten timber in the jungles. Some similar bodies are known from several parts of the world, and have been described, but at present their origin is very obscure, and I[ think it will be well to compare the known kinds with our Tiger’s Milk, and see wherein it differs. RUMPHIUS described and figured a fungus which he called Tuber Regium, in the Herbarium Amboinense (Vol. VI Plate LVII 4, p. 120). The picture represents a) bodyilimes a smooth block of earth on which a number of fungi evidently belonging to the genus Lentinus are growing. IRUMPHIUS gives along account of the “ Royal Tuber.” He says it is very common in April and October when the rainy season is on, and that then it is quite soft and not durable, and although his picture represents it as quite smooth, he says that when sud- denly dried, it becomes cracked and fissured: when he planted it in his garden and watered it with warm water it produced the fungi, but perished next year. The Lentinus is eatable, but hardly worth eating. The tuber he recommends for diar- rhea grated and mixed with rice and also mixed with oil as an ointment for sore mouths. Eaten raw he says it is insipid and earthy. He gives the following names for it, none of which occur in FILET’S Javanese Dictionary :—Malay, Uéz Raza, and Culat Batu, Amboinese Mathata Utta batuand Uttah putth.. In Hitoe it is called Zadalale (without heart), and in Ulias- sens, Urupickal. In Java Djanjor bongkang (dung of the Python); in Ternate Cadamaisse (earth-tuber). It was com- _ mon in Oma, Leytimor, Gorama and Ternate under grass on ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER’S MILK. 343 the mountains and at the roots of tall trees. He compares it with the Chinese plant now called Fuhling (Pachyma Cocos). This is a well known Chinese drug ofa very similar nature to our Tiger’s Milk, and which is probably also the same as the Tuckahee or Indian Bread of North America. I obtained a specimen of the Chinese Fuhling in the Singapore market. It is sold in the drug shops, and appears to have some repu- tation as a medecine. The plant differs somewhat from the Susu Rimau, and [ should imagine is a different species. It is more regular in shape, resembling a large truffle externally with a cracked brown skin darker coloured than that of the Tiger's Milk. The interior is a little more mealy in texture, but perhaps this is due to the age of the specimen, and the rind is thicker. In section the microscope shows that there are the fungus threads asin the Susu Rimau, but that the glo- bose cells are represented in great measure by amorphous granular masses. The white substance of Pachyma is stated by Professor BERKELEY to consist of masses of pectine traversed by mycelium threads, and the whole thing to be of the nature of a sclerotium, that is to say, a fungus in a restingstate. Mr. G. MURRAY, in a paper read before the Linnean Society in 1886, described a sclerotium upon which a Lentinus was growing somewhat as in RUMPHIUS’ picture which was brought from Samoa in the Fiji Islands by Mr. WHITMEE, This he thought at first might be identical with the Pachyma. Microscopic examination, how ever, showed no pectine in the Samoan plant, which consisted merely of a mass of fungus threads, and in fact was a typical Sclerotium. Our plant i is, however, somewhat more than this, as the pro- portion of fungus threads to the white globose ceils is so very small. It is evidently more closely allied to Pachyma, but | think is quite distinct from that specifically and may indee be RUMPHIUS’ long-lost Tuber Regium. The Bukit Mandai mass was partially encrusting a piece of rotten timber, and from it apparently grew a stalked Polypo- rus of large size. I thought at first that I had got hold ot the fungus that produced the Susu Rimau, and was much surprised to find it was a Polyporus, and not a Lentinus, but a section 344 ON THE SO-CALLED TIGER’S MILK. showed that the mycelium of the Polyporus was growing partly on the wood and partly overthe Tiger's Milk and there was not only no mingling of the two bodies, but their m croscopic structure was totally different. In that of the Polyporus there were no round globose ceils, but a mere mass of mycelium threads as in an ordinary Scierotium, so that the growth of the Polyporus upon the Susu Rimau is a mere accident, and we have again to seek for the fungus which produces this Tiger’s Milk. The plant is evidently not a very rare one and is well known to the Malays, so that if some of those whose business leads them into the jungles of the Peninsula will make enquiries about it, we may hope ere long to obtain the fungus it pro- duces and settle definitely its name and life history. ON-GRE HABIPS “OF THE CARINGA. (FORMICA GRACILIPES, GRAY.) BY F : aL ON RIDICEY, MA.,7 ELS. Every person in the Straits must be acquainted with the ferocious red ant commonly known as the Caringa, but although it is so abundant, and obnoxious, it seems that its ferocity and _ the sharpness of its bite are almost all the facts generally known about it. It is, however, a very interesting animal, not ~ only on account of its peculiar intelligence and courage, but also on account of its remarkable nest-building. I cannot find that the methods of making leaf nests as practiced by the Caringa has ever been described, and as it is very curious | will here submit some account of it. The nests are built in the leaves of any tree suitable to the ants, provided that the leaves are not too stiff to bend, or too small to fasten together conveniently. Usually a tree is selected which is attacked by one of the scale insects upon the honey-like exudations of which these ants live to a large extent. If possible the nest is built over leaves or stems infested by the scale insects, so as to include them in the nest, and in any case other scale insects are carried into the nest for the food supply when requisite. When the food supply is finished, the ants leave the nest and go to another tree. When anest is to be built a number of ants seize one edge of a leaf in their jaws and by sticking the claws of the hind legs into an adjoining leaf steadily draw the two edges together. Usually one ant commences the work; then others come up and assist, till finally a large number can be seen holding on tightly. The structure of the legs is evidently adapted for this work, asthey are remarkably long and furnished with very sharp hooked claws. If the edges of the two leaves are still too far apart, and one ant cannot reach both edges a chain is made. One ant grasps one edge with its jaws, another 346 ON THE HABITS OF THE CARINGA. seizes him gently but firmly by the notch above the abdomen in its jaws. A third repeats the operation on the second and holds the second leaf by its hind claws. In this manner the leaves are gradually pulled together till the edges almost or entirely meet. The ants can remain in this strained position for avery long time, but usually in a few minutes others come up and commence to sew the leaves together with silk. This is done in the following way. One or two ants come from the interior of the nest, each bearing a larva in its mouth, the tail of the larva pointing outwards. They then commence by ap- plying the tail end of the grub to the edge of one leaf irritating it by quivering the antennce overand uponit. The grub emits a thread of silk which is fixed apparently by the antennee of ant to the leaf-edge. The sewer then runs across to the other leaf drawing the thread from the grub and fixing it there, and thus it goes backwards and forwards from leaf-edge to leaf- edge till a strong web of silk binds the two leaves together. No silk is used in lining the nest, but any holes or spaces between the leaves, are closed with a curtain of silk. When a grub’s silk-producing power is exhausted, it is taken back to the interior of the nest and another one fetched. The rapidity with which the work is done is wonderful. I partially opened a nest on a Velvet apple tree (Dzospyros discolor) tearing open a space at one end about four inches each way, by raising one of the leaves which had previously been sewn to two others. The ants seemed much excited, but soon recommenced to repair the damage. First one, then another, and eventually ten or adozen seized the edge of the leaf in the way above described and began to pull it back into the old position. The operation took about ten minutes. The leaf seemed to move by short slight jerks, but slowly and steadily. Just as they had got it close to the other leaf, a gust of wind blew it open again andthe ants had to recommence. In less than a quarter. of an hour the leaves were Bea held in apposition and the sewing had begun. In the interior of the nest; the ee seem to be put down any how, in a pile in the centre. The rest of the ants remain in the middle of the nest crowded together, and all manner of things, suchas insects, bits of meat, etc., are brought in and de- ON THE HABITS OF THE CARINGA. 347 voured, Scale insects too are carried up into the nest, and thrown down anyhow, generally wrong way up. In two or three nests I have seen mud and gravel brought up and deposit- ed; in one made of the leaves of a caryota palm at the lowest end and at a point where the leaves did not actually touch, the aperture was filled up with a quantity of small stones and red mud agglutinated together with some wet slimy substance. It is possible that this was destined to weight down that end Ol themes ts. The courage of the Caringa is marvellous. It does not scruple to attack any insect however large. I once witnessed a fight between an army of Caringas who tenanted the upper part of a fig tree, and advancing crowd of a much larger kind of black ants. The field of battle was a large horizontal bough about 5 feet from the ground. ‘The Caringas standing alert on their tall legs were arranged in masses awaiting the onset of the enemy. The black ants charged singly at any isolated Caringa and tried to bite it in two with their power- ful jaws. If successful the Caringa was borne off to the nest aime soot of the tree. Ihe red ant om the other hand attempted always to seize the black ant and hold on to it, so that its formic acid might take effect in the body of its enemy. If it got a hold on the black ant the latter soon succumbed and was borne off to the nest in the top of the tree. Eventual- ly the Caringas retreated to their nest, and the last who left the field was one who had lost one leg and the abdomen in the fight, but notwithstanding this I saw it alone charge and repulse three black ants one after the other, before it left the field. I believe these ants are cannibals, at least they carry away dead ones into their nests, and commence sucking the bodies. When an ant is slightly wounded they do not kill it, but pull it about and nibble it, but if fatally wounded they bear it off to their nests and probably eat it. Besides other insects, meat and general animal food, they live as I have said, upon the honey of the scale insects. They suck this honey until they become so distended as to be almost transparent and on— meeting with others not so provided they spit the honey with much waving of legs and antennce into their mouths. Pepi pLiOGRAPHY OF MALAYA,” FROM JANUARY, 1888, TO JUNE, 1890. GC DAVIES SHERBORN, ¥:2:S., F.G:S. —— IN compiling this Bibliography, all sources of information have been utilized. In inserting, therefore, every publica- tion that has come under his notice, the compiler hopes that the entries- will prove of considerable assistance; but, as a large proportion of the literature of this district, either never reaches England at all, or else arrives so long after as to be too late for examination for this purpose, he begs the reader’s indulgence for any error that may be present. His thanks are are due to M. Martinus Nijhoff of The Hague for information as to some of the more recent books. ay Come SAA. fHeE D. — ABDOELLAH BIN ABDELKADIR MOENSJI.—Verhaal van de reis van Abdoellah naar Kalantan en van zijne reis naar Djeddah, in het Maleisch, voor de lithogr. pers geschreven en van aanteek. voorzien door 7. C. Klinkert. 4to. Lei- den, 1889, xil, 407 pp. ADRIANI, P.—Herinneringen uit en aan Nederlandsch Oost- Indié 1877-82. Schetsenen indrukken. Pt. 1, 8vo. Lof- persum, 1889, 2, 188 pp. —De tropische infectieziekten. 8vo. Leeuwarden, 1889, 121 pp. [Reprint from Ned. milit. geneesk. Arch., 1888. | * By “Malaya” is here meant that part of the Archipelago enclosed in a line drawn round the North of Siam and the Philippines, through Macassar Strait between Lombok and Bali, round the outlying Islands of Java and Sumatra and to the East of Nicobar and Andaman Islands. 350 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. AITTON, D.—Nederlardsch Oost-en West Indié, ten dienste van het onderwijs. Ed. 2, 8vo. Groningen, 1889, iv, 141 PP: | ALBERS, G.—Beitrag zur Kenntniss der Lucaniden-Fauna von Sumatra. Deutsch Entom. Zettschr, vol. xxxiii, 1889, pp. 232-240. } ALDERWERELT, J. DE ROO VAN.—Eenige mededeelingen over Soemba. Zzjdschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk. vol. XXX11, 1890, pp. 565-590. ALMANAK—Atau (Takwim) ja-itoe: Hitoengan Hari, Boelan dan Tahoen Orang Mesehi, 1890; Tahoen Orang Islaam, 1307-1308; Tahoen Orang Tjina, Kong-si, xvi. 8vo. Bata- VIG, LOO; 37 pp. Regeeringsalmanak voor Nederlandsch-Indié, 1888. Eerste gedeelte: Grondgebied, bevolking en inrichting van het bestuur van Nederlandsch-Indié. Tweede ge- deelte: Kalender en personalia. 8vo. Latavia, 1888, |, xx, 428 and 622 pp., II, xxvii, go6 pp. Regeeringsalmanak voor Nederlandsch-Indié, 1889. 8vo. Batavia, 2 parts, xvi, 436, 667 and xxviii, 891 DP: Regeeringsalmanak voor Nederlandsch-Indié, 18go. Pt. 1, Grondgebied, bevolking en inrichting van het bestuur. Pt. 2, Kalender en personaliaa ecu Naamlijst der Europeesche inwoners van het mannelijk geslacht in Nederl.-Indié en opgave omtrent hun burger- lijken stand. 8vo. Batavia, 1890, xv1, 443; Vil, 665 ; xxxil, OLOG AV, 462 pp. —Javaansche A/manak voor 188g. 5th year. 8vo. Dyokdja, 1889, 2, iv, 250, 135 pp., portrait and 4 pls. Bahasa Melajoe. Maleische Almanak, 1889, 13th year. 8vo. Djokjakarta, 1889, 2, iv, 319 pp., portrait. ALPHEN, D. T. VAN.—De overgang van gedwongene tot vrije Koffiecultuur. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1834- 1841. | A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 351 ALTONA, H.—Die Geschichtliche Entwicklung Niederlandsch- Indiens. 4to. Brunswick, 1890, 28 pp. ANDERSON, J.—English Intercourse with Siam in the Seven- teenth Century. 8vo. London, 18go. ANDRADE, P. DE—No Caminho de Mussirise, Bol. Soc. Geogr., Lisboa, WSO 7) Dyes 50: ANDRIESSEN, W. F.—De Islam in Nederlandsch-Indié, | ragen v. ad. dag, vol. iv, 1889, pp. 219-240. ANON.—Die aufschliessung von Mittelsumatra durch eine Eisenbahn. LZxport, 1888, No. 25. ———-—Wat het in den tijd der Compagnie voor de bevolking van Grissee al zoo in had, als de Regent naar Samarang moest. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 420-422. ——-Inwijding van het nieuwe Seminare te Pantjoer- mapitoe: Suadschr. Kijnsch. Zend., vol. xix, 1888, pp. Doe —Godsdienstige verschijnselen en toestanden in Oost- Indié. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxui, 1888, pp. 172-180. —Uit de Koloniale verslagen van 1886 en 1887. Christe- like Godsdienst. Wed. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxu, 1888, pp. 148-171. —De Zending en het opium. De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, p. 299. —Vorderingen op Sumatra. (I Laguboti, II Bale, III Pea Radja, IV Pantjoernapitoe, V Sipoholon, VI Simorangkir, VII Sipahutar, VIII Sigompulan, IX Bunga bondar, X Siboga. De Rijnsche Zending, vol. xix, 1888, pp. 92-141. ~——-Uit Indié. Ligen Haard, 1888. Sobat baik (pp. 360-364), Vier getuigen en geen eed (pp. 503-516), Mens- chenschuw (pp. 620-624). —lIets over de rooftochten der Atjehers op Poeloe Bras en de middelen tot tegengang daarvan. /nd. Muilrt. Liydschr., vol. x1x, 1888, pp. 219-230. 352 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA, ANON.—De Photographie in Nederlandsch-Indié, door een Liefhebber-photograaf. Tijdschr. Nijv. Landb. Ned.- Ind., vol. xxvii, 1888, pp. 187-191. —Onze Oost in 1886 en 1887. De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888. —De Opiumgruwel en zijne Genezing. De Macedoniér, vol. vi, E6688, p. 226. —Uit de Indische Krijgsgeschiedenis, door een oud- soldaat. Eigen Haard, 1888, pp. 438, 475, 608. —Het Koppensnellen en andere menschenoffers in sommige streken van onze Oost, in verband met het geloof aan een leven hiernamaals. De Macedontér, vol. vi, 1888, p. 136. —Inwijding van het nieuwe Seminarie te Pantjoerpitoe. De Rijnsche Zending, vol. xix, 1888, p. 55. —Het geloof aan weerwolven en Heksen in onze Oost. De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, p. 66. ———_—-Het geloof aan een leven hiernamaals in onze Oost. De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, p. 96. ——-— Een Bydrage voor de opiumgnapestie door een Indisch Journalist. zgen Haard, 1888, pp. 553-550. —Plechtige Begrafenis van een Gouverneur-Generaal in 1653. Lud. Milit. Tijdschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 494-497. ———-Bantam, door een Planter. TZ77dschr. Nijv. Lando. Ned.-Ind., vol. xxvii, 1888, pp. 363-371. —— —-De Vulkaan Kaba. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. Ind. Ver. vol. xlvil, 1888, pp. 172-174. ———-Verslag van het Mijnwezen in Nederlandsch-Indié over het jaar, 1886-87. Faarb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind. (techn. ), vol. xvil, 1683, pp. 277-321. ————Ilbid 1887-38. Ibid, vol. xvii, 1889, pp. 59-106. ——-—De Masdjid’s en inlandsche Godsdienstscholen in de Padangsche Bovenlanden, door een Maleier in het Hol- landsch beschreven. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 312-333: = A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 353 ANON.—Verslag van de werkzaamheden en verrichtingen van het Bataviaasch Genootschap van kunsten en wetenschap- WER e.. 1888. 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 40 pp. ——-—-Nota betreffende de rijkssieraden van het voormalig Panembahanschap Madoera. Notulen Algem. Pestuur. Batav. Genootsch. Kunst. Weten., vol. xxv, 1888, pp. XXHI-XXV1. —Nota betreffende de verhouding tusschen het euro- peesch en inlandsch bestuur op Java en Madoera, door eemNesent.. /7a. Gras, Vols x1, 1600, PP. 1528, 15,25.. ——-—De tekst van de prozabewerking van de Babad Tanah Djawi gecastigeerd. Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.- Ind., vol. Xxxil, 1889, p. 556. ———-FEene terechtstelling in Sarawak. TZzidschr. Ned.- Ind., 1889 (2), pp. 309-315. —Eene vacantie op Java. 7Zzjdschr. Ned.-Ind., 1889 (2), PP- 379-391. ~Het koloniaal paviljoen van Nederland op de Wereld- tentoonstelling te Parijs. Eigen Haard, 1889, pp. 488-490. ——~Anti Opium-bond. 7 vjdschr. Ned.-Ind., 1889 (2), pp. 294-301. -De Feestviering der Indische Instelling te Delft. Tijdschr. Ned.-[nd., 1889 (2), pp. 215-230. —Het koloniaal verslag van 1889. TZijdschr. Ned.-[nd., 1839 (2), pp. 261-294; 364-373. -——-Het drama van Tjilegon. Eigen Haard, 1889, pp. 201-203; 212-214. —Enkele dagen onder de Badoewi's. /ud. Gids, vol. AHELOOO, PP. 113-124. —De graanhandel van Britsch-Indie. 777dschr. Ned.- Ind., 1889, pp. 44-78. [See also N. P. van den Berg. | —De ontwikkeling van Malakka. Zijdschr. Ned. [nd., 1889, pp. 39-44. —De Tempel van Boro-Boedoer op Java. De Hutrs- vriend, vol, x, 1889, pp. 16-19, 1 pl. 354 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAVA. ANON.—Handboek voor cultuur en handels—ondernemingen in Nederlandsch-Indié. 8vo. Amsterdam, viii, 546 pp., 2 maps. 2. Jaarg (? 1889). ————De School voor dochters van Inlandsche hoofden en andere aanzienlijken in de Minahassa. 7Zzjdschr. Ned.- Ind. 1889, pp. 102-107. —Notulen van de vergadering der Soerabaiasche Vereeniging van Suiker fabrikanten op den 15 Januari 1889. 8vo. Soerabaia, 1889, 42. pp. —-—-Het Bataviaasch Genootschap van Kunsten en weten- schappen. TZidschr. Ned.-[nd., 1889, pp, 225-228. —~—Notulen van de vergadering de Soerabaiasche Vereeni- ging van suikerfabrikanten op den 15 Januari 1889. 8vo. Soerabaia, 1889, 42 pp. ——~—-Pictures from Siam. Sun (New York), 3 Novy. 1889. —Relagoes de Portugal com Siam. Bol. Soc. Geogr. Lisboa, vol. viil, 1890. Buys, M.—Isak Busmond. Een schets uit het Ambonsche Christenleven. /nd. Gzds, vol. xi, 13889, pp. 3062320) ——-— Leben der Eingebornen in Britisch-Borneo. Avzs- land, 1890, pp. 13-10. Mining Industry in Siam. London and China Tele- graph, 4 Feb. 1890; Board of Trade Fournal, March 1890, Pp. 340-342. ARCHER.—Journey in the District of Chiengmai. Pard. Papers, 1666, Siam No: 2. 3s. ARMINIUS.—Het budget van den Javaansche landbouwer. Ind. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1685-1721; 1885, 1918, 2140- PAUSE ——Jets over huwelijk en echtscheiding bij de in- landers, de daaruit voortvloeiende inkomsten der Moha- medaansche geestelijkheid en de administratie der Mos- keefondsen. /ud. Cds, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1501-1520, 1652-1660. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 355 ASTON, W. G.— Adventures of a Japanese Sailor in the Malay Pucnipelaso, VAUD! 1704-1771. journ. kk. Astat.. Soc., VOIX, OOO. Pp. 157: ATJEH.—Twaalf photographien van Atjeh. Sub. from s’Gra- venhage, 1889. ———— Iets omtrent den oorsprong van het Atjehsche volks en den toestand onder het voormalig sultanaat in Atjeh. (Getrokken uit een rapport van den Gouverneur van het Gouvernement Atjeh en onderhoorigheden en ontvangen bij een schrijven van den Algemeenen Secretaris dd. 30 Juni 1887, No. 956. Tijdschr. Ned. taal-land-volkenk, vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 89-98. Album. 10 photographische afbeeldingen uit Atjeh, naar opnemingen door S. Bonga, photogr. uitgevoerd dooney \VVollrabe yr,met tekst van GE. VoL. van Zuylen. Portfolio, s Gravenhage, 1889. ATOERAN RAAD AGAMA —Di tanah Djawa dan Madoera di persertaken dengan bebrapa kepoetoesan Hoekoem di dalem perkara-perkara jang masoek pada Koewasa Raad Agama, dari pada tahon 1849 sampeh 1888. 8vo. Batavia, 1839, 56. pp. “HAH. A. B.’—Nederland en zijne bezittingen buiten Europa ed. 2, 8vo. Amsterdam, 30 pp. “ BABAD GIANTI.’’—3rd Pt. 8vo. Djocdjakarta, 1888, 170 pp. BADINGS, A. H. C.—Nieuwe Hollandsch-Maleisch, Maleisch- Hollandsch woordenboek zoo gemakkelijk mogelijk in- gericht ten dienste van Nederlanders welke zich in Indié wenschen te vestigen. 8vo. Schoonhoven, 1880, Vill, 394 PP. BASSLER, A.—Reisen im Malayischen Archipel. Zeztschr. PUBOL VO, XX, TOOO, Pp. 120-123. BAKER, J. G.—On a further collection of ferns from West Borneo, made by the Bishop of Singapore and Sarawak. Fourn. Linn. Soc. (Bot.), vol. xxiv, pp. 256-261, 356 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. BALEN, J. HENDRIK VAN.—De Nederlanders in Oost en West te water en te land. vol. 1 De Kroon van Mataram. His- torisch verhaal van den eersten krijgstocht der Neder- landers in de binnenlanden van Java. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1890, 199 pp. a —-Ibid, Vol. i. In dienst van den Grooten Mogol. Historisch verhaal van de wonderbare avonturen en omzwervingen der bemanning van het Oost-Indisch jacht ‘ Terschelling ” 1661-1663. _8vo. Amsterdam, 1890, 173 pp. 12 pls. Baty, J. S.—List of the Hispidz collected in Burmah and Tenasserim, together with descriptions of some of the new species. (Viaggio di Leonardo Fea). Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nad. Genova, vi, 1889, pp. 653-666. BARFUS, E. vON.—Die Kaffee-Kultur auf Menado. Ausland, WSOS, Pp. 7L0: Die Kultur der Gewiirznelken and Muskat-nussbaum auf den Molukken und Banda Inseln. Ausland, 1889, Pp- 195-197: BARFUS, L. vON.—Die Kolonie Sarawakauf Borneo. Ausland, 1888, pp. 910-912. BARRANTES, V.—El teatro tagalo. Rev. Contemp., 1889, April, June, July and Oct. BASTIAN, A.—Ergebnisse der Reise des Capitan Jacobsen in Indischen Archipel. Zeztsch. Ethnol., vol. xx, 1888, p. 438. Indonesien, oder die Inseln des Malayischen ‘Archipels. Pt. 4. Borneo und Celebes. 8vo. Berlin, 1889, CVI, 70 pp. 3) pls: Bas, F. DE——De opnemingen in Nederlandsch-Indié gedu- rende de Jaren, 1885 en 1886. Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., 1888, pp. 276-284. BATAVIA.—Trade of Batavia (Java) for Foun a7 Paper, 8vo. London, 1890 [5895- 98]. ; A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. G5 y 7 BEAUREGARD, G.' M. OLLIVIER.—Divinités Malayses. Rev. Trad. Poput., vol. iii, 1888, pp. 662, 663. ——__—_———-Dictons et proverbes Malayses. Rev. Trad. Popul., vol. ii, 1888, pp. 490-492; vol. iv, 1889, pp. 28-30, 352-354. BEAUVOIR, COMTE DE.—Java, Siam, Canton. Voyage autour du Monde: Ed. 15, 18mo., Pars, 1889, 456 pp. BEBERAPA TJERITERA PEROEPAMAAN.—(Herziening). Tyita- kan jang kadoewa kalinja. 8vo. Letaw?, 1888, 36 pp. BECCARI, O.—Malesia. Raccolta di Osservazioni botaniche intorno alle piante dell’Archipelago Indo-Malese e Ieapuano, voli, Fase. 4. ato. f7renz:, Koma, 1880, containing :—Nuove palme Asiatiche, pp. 169-200. Le Bombaceae Malesi, pp. 201-280, pl. xxxvi. Le palme del Benere Eritchardia, no text, pls: xXxxvn, xxxvil.. (riuri- daceae Malesi, no text, pls. xxx1x-xll1. Ibid, vol.in, Fasc.5. gto. /7renzz, Roma, 1890 —containing :—Le Palme del genere Pritchardia, pp. 281- prj ke Mriuridaceae della Malesia, pp. 318-344. —_Re- vista monografica delle specie del genere Phoenix, pp. 345-416, pls. xlii-xliv. Index, pp. 417-432 completing the work. BEEKMAN, A. A.—Kleine schoolatlas van Nederland en zijne overzeesche bezittingen in 14 kaarten. 4to. Zutphen 1889. Schoolatlas van Nederland en zijne over- zeesche bezittingen in 24 kaarten. 4to. Zutphen, 1880. BEESTON, R. D.—Report on the Segama Expedition. British North Borneo ferald, Jan. 1888, p. 304. BEHR, Fr.—Ueber die Aussprache des Namens Java. Zeztschr. f. Schulgeogr., vol. ix, 1888, p. 139. BERGEN, H. vAN.—Kemoening. Leesboek in Samenspraken voor de laagste klasse der N.-I. scholen. Ed. 3, 8vo. Samarang, 1889, 52 pp. 358 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. BERGROTH, E.—Commentarius de Aradzdis in Burma et Te- nasserim a L. Fea collectis. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova (2), vol. vil, 1889, pp. 730-739. BERNIER.—Lao-Kai. Ann. Extr. Orient, vol. x, 1888, pp. 277, 270: BEYFuUSS, GuSTAV.—Diebes-Orakel in Java. Zeitschr. ff. Ethnol, vol. xx, 1888, pp. 278-283, 3 figs. BEYFuss.—Alexandersage auf Sumatra. Zeztschr. Ethnol., VOl. XX1, 1669),p. 62. BIBLE.—-Het Oude Testament, in het Maleisch. Vertaald door H.C. Klinkert. 4to. Lezden (Niedesl. Bibelgebell.), 1888, in 3 pts. | ———--Het Nieuwe Testament, in het Maleisch. Vertaald door H. C. Klinkert. 4to. Lezden, 1889, 684 pp. BLasius, W.—Die Voégelvon Palawan. Ornzs, 1888, pp. 301- 320. BLOMMEN, VAN [F. G. VAN BLOEMEN-WAANDERS |.-—Indische Schetsen. No. V. Tjampoer Adoe No. VI, Eene Water- kwestie. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, pp. 115-155. ———_ ——_— —_ —_ —_—_——— De Gouvernements-Koffie cultuur op Java. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1890, 28 pp. BLUMENTRITT, FERDINAND.—Die Philippinen in 1888. Oe6es- terr. Monatsschr. Orient, 1888, pp. 187-190. Die Politische Lage den Philip- pinen. Unsere Zeit, Dez. 1889, pp. 512-531. Breve diccionario etnogrdfico de Filipinas. r2mo. Manila, 1889, 16 pp. —_———__-___—_—____—————Alphabetisches Verzeichnis der eingeborenen Stamme der Philippinen und der von ihnen gesprochenen sprachen. Zertsch. ges. Erdk. Berlin, xxv, 1889, pp. 127-140. ee namie ee Die Philippinen in 1889. m,O xu, 1889, pp. 175-178. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 359 BLUMENTRITT, FERDINAND.—Die Seelenzahl der einzelnen eingebornen Stamme der Philippinen. Szzdr. taal-land- volk. Ned.-Ind. (ser. V), v, 1889, pp. 121-125. ———_——_______-. -————__D ie Subanos (Mindanao). Aus- land, xx, 1889, pp. 392-395. oa Die Chinesen Manilas. Frei bearb. nach dem Spanisch des DY. /sabelo de los Reyes y Florentino. Globus, \vii, 1889, pp. 97-100. Bock, C.—Chez les cannibales du Borneo. Premiére relation authentique sur l’intérieure de cette ile. 8vo. Tours, 1888, 215 pp. —Reis in Oost-en Zuid-Borneo van Koetei naas Banjermassin, ondernomen op last der Indische Regeer- ing in 1879 en 1880. Met aanteekeningen en bijlagen van Robildé van der Aa, eene historische einleiding over Koetei en de betrekkingen van dit leenrijk tot de regeer- ing van Nederlandsch-Indié, door Tromp. Pt. 2, qto. eae so8, vill, xx 65-129) pp. fl. (Pt. 1 ap- peared in July, 1881, and contained an ethnological atlas. | BoOEKOE WET.—Hal Pangadilan Hoekoeman djeung Atoeran noe djadi Babakoe Hoekoeman Politie baris Oerang Priboemi di Indié-Nederland. Kalawan darwehan Kand- jéng Gouvernement disalin tina basa Walanda Kana basa Soenda Koe Raden Karta Winata, Patih Soemédang. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, iv, 136, 26 pp. BOEKOE KAADILAN HOEKOEMAN.—Atas bangsa Djawa dan Sebrang di Hindia-Nederland. Wetboek voor strafrecht voor de Inlanders in Ned.-Indié. 8vo. Batavia, 1880, vill, 157 pp. BOEKOE.—Pladjaran bergoena pada anak-anak jang soeka bladjar dalam sekola. 8vo. Satavia, 1889, 91 pp. BOERLAGE, J. Gi—Handleiding tot de Kennis der Flora van Nederlandsch-Indié. Beschrijving van defamilies en ges- lachtender Neder. ) Indische Phanerogamen. Pt. 1 Dicotyledones dialypetalla. I. Thalamiflore. Disciflore, Fam. 1 Ranunculaceee (Moringaceze). 8vo. Lerden, TOGO, 1, SIV, 323) pp: 360 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA, BOERLAGE, J. G—Matériaux pour la flora de Buitenzorg. Ann. Fard. Bot. Buttenzorg. vol. viii, 1889, pp. 47-78. BoESER, J. C. and D. C. vAN NEck.—Beknopte Aardrijks- kunde van Nederland en zijne bezittingen. 6 Ed. 8vo. Arnheim, 1889, iv, 101 pp. BOISSEVAIN, G. M.—De Muntquaestie in Nederlandsch-Indié. De Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1051-1083 & 1236- 1268. BOKEMEYER, H.—Die Molukken. Geschichte und Gnellen- mdssige Darstellung der Eroberung und Verwaltung der Ostindischen Gewirzinseln durch die Niederlander. Mit einem anhang um bisher ungedruckten aktenstiicken. 8vo. Leipzig, 1888, xxxv, 364, 139 pp., map. BONAPARTE, PRINCE R.—Les Danseuses Javanaises. La Nature, 1889 (June), pp. 69, 71. BONDERWIJNSE, J. & G. H. VAN SoeESsT.—De Indo-Neder- landsche Wetgeving. Staatsbladen van Nederlandsch- Indié, bewerkt en met aanteekeningen voorzien door J. Bonderwijnse en G. H. van Soest. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 33 afl., 1887-8, met Register, Pt. vill, pp. 641-852. BooL, H. J.—De Opiumpacht op Java. Vyragen des tids, vol. xv, 1888, pp. 75-97: —— ———— Oost-Indié na den val der Compagnie. De LTijdspiegel, 1888, pp. 71-104. Koloniale Hervarmingen. Vvragen d. tijds, vol. xv, 1889, pp. 71-100. Boon, Itt.—Sketches in Siam; I].—A Day in the Country. Williams’ Lit. Monthly (Williamstown. Mass.), July, LOO) Dp. Ol. BORNEO.—Papers relating to North Borneo. Fol. London, reso (Parl Paper No--5,6017), 7 pp: —I.—Bandjermassin. Algemeen overzicht. Eenige verblijdende teekenen. De arbeid onder de chineezen. Onze scholen. De arbeid bij de inlandsche gemeente. De arbeid onder de Europeanen. II.—Kwala Kapoeas. iI.T—Mandomai. IV.—Tameang Lajang. De Aijnsche Lending.—Tijdschr. berord. Christ, Ned. [nd., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 61-89. , ere } A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 361 BORNEO.—Handbook to British North Borneo. 8vo. London, 1890, 184 pp. BOSQUET, F. C. E.—Beknopte handleiding det Javaansche spraakkunst. 8vo, Soerabazja, 1888, ii, 78 pp. BOULENGER, G. A.—On the Reptiles of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, pp. 534-536. —_—————--List of the Reptiles, Batrachians and Fresh-water Fishes collected by Professor Moesch and Mr. Iverson in the district of Deli, Sumatra. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1890, pp. 31-40. BRAM-MorriIs, D. F. vAN.—Het Landschap Loehoe. 777dschr. taal-land-volkenk, Ned. Ind., vol. xxx, 1889, pp.498- 550. BRAU DE SAINT-POL-LiAS.—Conférence sur Atché, partie sep- tentrionale de Vile de Sumatra. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Toulouse, vol. vii, 1888, p. 78, BRANDES, J.-—Een Jayapattra of acte van eene rechterlijke uitspraak van Caka 849. Tijdschr. Ind. taal-land- volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 98-149. —__—_—_——\—E ine Jayapattra van Caka 849. TZ7jdschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 98-149. Die koperen platen uit den mataram’schen tijd, gevonden in de residentie Krawang. 777dschr. [nd.- taal- land-volkenk., vol. xxxul, 1888, pp. 338-363. ——_——_——— Nog iets over een reeds gepubliceerden piagém van Sultan Agéng. TZidschr. [nd.-taal-land-volkenk, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 363-368. --—lets over een ouderen Dipanégara in verband met een prototype van de voorspellingen van Jayabaya. Tijdschr. Ind.-taal-land-volkenk, vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 308-431. —De inkt gebezigd voor het schrijven der oud- Javaansche handschriften uit de 14e en 15e caka-eeuw. Tijdschr. [nd.-taal-land-volkenk, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 438-440. ee 362 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. BRANDES, J.—De koperen platen van Sembiran (Boeleleng, Bali), oorkonden in het oud-Javaansch en het oud- Balineesch. Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., vol. XXxlll, 1889, pp. 16-57. -—Nog eenige Javaansche piagéms uit het Mo- hammedaansche tijdvak, afkomstig van Mataram, Bantén en Palembang. TZzdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-[nd., vol. xxxil, 1889, pp. 557-602. Een oud-Javaansch alphabet van Midden-Java. Tijdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-[nd., vol. xxxii, 1889, PP- 441-455, pl. BREIJER, J. F.—Vermeestering eener benting te Toembang- Patangan (Z. en O. Afdeeling van Borneo) op 18 Maart 1887. Jud. Milit. Tijschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 149-159. BRENKELMAN, J. P.—De moderne koloniale politiek. Z7z7dschr. Geschiedenis, vol. iv, 1889, pp. 137-154. BRILL, W. G.—Nederland en de oostersche volken. Met- voorrede van J. H. Gunning. 8vo. Lezden, 1889, viiit 46 pp. BROCK, J.—Die Ophiuriden-fauna des Indischen Archipels. Zeitschr. wiss. Zool., vol. xlviu, 1889, pp. 465-539. BROOSHOOFT, P.—Memorie over den toestand in Indié, Pt. 1, 4to. Samarang, 1888. BROUWER, J. L.—Suikerziekte van het Suikerriet. 8vo. Soerabaya, 1889, 32 pp. M.—Oost Java én de Minahassa. Stemm. Waarh. Vrede, 1888, pp. 960-967. BRUINS, F.—Nederland en Insulinde. Een School-en hand- atlas in 16 bl., fol. Groningen, 1889, 4 pp. 16 maps. BUCHLER, A. P.—Soerakarta vé6r-63 jaren. Zizdschr. Ned.- Indié, vol xvii (1), 1888, pp. 401-432 and ibid (11) pp. 1-38. | BUNING, A. WERUMENS.—Een Kykjein Java. 8vo. Amster- dam, 1888, 31 pp. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 363 BUNYON, CH. J.—Memoirs of Francis Thomas McDougall, some time Bishop of Labuan and Sarawak, and of Har- riett his wife. 8vo. London, 1889, 2 portraits. BuRCK, W.—Over de Koffiebladziekte en de middelen om haar te bestrijden. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 1v, 76 pp, 1 pl. [See also ‘ Javasche Courant.’ | BUTLER, A. G.——On the Lepidoptera of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 542-546. Cappy, [Mrs.] F. C.—To Siam and Malaya in the Duke of Sutherland’s Yacht ‘‘Sans Peur.” 8vo. London, 1888, 372 PP: CAMPEN, C. F. H.—Beschrijving van de westkust van het Noorder-Schiereiland van Halemahera. Lujdr. taal-land volkenk. Ned. Ind. (5), vol. III, 1888, pp. 154-162, Map. CANDEZE, E.—Elatérides recueillis en Birmania et au Ten- asserim pendant les années 1885-1887. | Viaggio di Leon- andopbeanl) “Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat., Genova, V1, 1889, pp. 667-689. CANGA-A rgiielles y Villalba, Felipe.—tLa isla de la Paragua. Bol. Soc. Geogr. Madrid, xxiv, 1888, pp. 43-82 ; and 4to., Madrid, 1888, 88 pp. CARPENTER, FRANK G.—A friendly Malay Rajah. The Sultan of Johore and his little semi-barbarous Kingdom. New York Werld, 28 April, 1889. CATALOGUS van de Ethnologische Verzameling der Instelling voor onderwijs in de taal-land-en volkenkunde van Ne- derlandsch-Indie te Delft. 8vo. Delft, 1888, vi, 136 pp. ——_-—Bibliothéque de M. 1l’Abbé Favre, Professeur de Malais et de Javanais 4 l’école des langues orientales. Linguistique et Histoire de l’'Oceanie (Malaisie, Philip- pines, Australie at Polynésie) en vente chez Maison- meuverand (Ch: Leclerc: Sve. Faris, 1888, 68 pp. —yvan boeken, kaarten, atlassen en andere drukwer- ken in voorraad bij’s Landsdepot van leermiddelen te Batavia. 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 8, 44 pp. 364 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. CATALOGUS van de boeken en kaarten, uitmakende de biblio- theek van het departement van Kolonién. 2e Vervolg. met alphab. register. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, viii, 86, X1 pp. —Eerste supplement op den Cata/ogus der bibliotheek Van’s Lands Plantentuin te Buitenzorg. 8yvo. SAatavia, 1889, 32 pp. CATCHPOOLE, ALLEN.—Pulo Condore. A paper by A. C. (£903). 0 3. 4: extracted... by H. Yule. Scott. Geogr. Mag., vol. iv, 1888, pp. 98-108. CATENIUS, H. A. N.—Poeé gata basa Atjeh? (Spreckt gij Atjehsch?). Zamenspraken, gezegden en spreekwijzen in de Hollandsche, Maleische en Atjehsche taal. gto. Breda, 1888, xxxvi, 182 pp. CANVIN, CH.—Considérations sur ]’étiologie et la pathogénie du Béri-béri. 4to. Lyon, 1889, 113 pp. (Thésis). CHARENCY, DE.—Notice sur les Sauvages velus des Lao. Muséon, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 244-246. CHERIBON.—De zwarte jager. Avonturen in de wildernissen, wouden, en zeeén van Nederlandsch-Indié. Ed. 3. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, 216 pp., 2 pls. CHEVILLARD, SIMILIEN.—Siam etles Siamois. 18mo. Parts, 1889, iv, 302 pp. CLERCQ, F. S. A. DE.—lIets over hets eiland Mor tegenover de Kust van Waropen. De /nudische Gids, vol. x, 1888, Pp. 520-529. ———_— —_—___-——_——Het eiland Wiak of Biak benoorden de Geelvinkbaai. De /ndische Grids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 203-314. ee ee Le isole Koemamba, Mor, Wiak, O Biak. Cosmos, vol. ix, 1888, pp. 232-244, pl. vii. i i ee Langs de zuidkust der Maccluer Golf. /nd.-Grds, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1666-1684. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 305 CLERCQ, F. S. A. DE.—Dodadi ma-toe en Goma ma-toe of Zielenhuisjes in het district Tobelo op Noord-Halmahera. Intern. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. ii, 1889, pp. 204-212, pl. xii. —— Debaai van Wandamén in het Zurd- westen der Geelvinkbaai. Jd. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 460-477. ——_—_-—_____- Een paar dagen op de kust van Javer in de Geelvink-baai, Jud. Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1258- W271. CoBLIJN, W. A.—De verdediging van Java zonder Marine. 8vo. s’'Gravenhage, 1888, 50 pp. CooL, W. and G. B. HOOIJER.—Eene schoone bladzijde uit Atjeh’s geschiedenis. Met een voorwoorde van generaal K. van der Heyden. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1889, viii, 82 PP: CORDES, J. W. H.—Eene wandeling in Buitenzorg’s planten- _tuin. I. J/ud. Gids, vol. x1, 1889, pp. 1271-1296, 1483- 1501. —Flora en Pomona te Batavia. /zd. Gids, vol. x1, 1889, pp. 477-496, 654-684. In Pasoereeans bergen. I., /nd. Gids, vol. x1, 1889, pp. 2286-2300. : Het boschgebied van Javas bergen en zijn belang voor de irrigatie. /udische Gids, 1889, p. 681. COTTEAU, EDMOND.—En Océanie. Voyage autour du monde en 365 jours: 1884-1885. 8vo. Paris, 1888, 390 pp., 4 maps, 48 figs. [Borneo, Krakatau, Java, &e. CREAGH, C. V. and W. E. MAXWELL.—Propitiatory Sacrifice of a Buffalo inthe Malay Peninsula. J/zd. Antzg., vol XVI, VSSQ, p> 31. CREMER, J. T.—Delische Schetsen. igen Haard, 1888, Be 534-536, 558-500; 1889, pp. 56-61, 261-265. CRETIER, H.—Bijdragen uit het Scheikundig laboratorium van het hoofdbureau van het mijnwezen in Nederlandsch Indié te Batavia. 1886-1888. Yaarb—mijn. Ned. Oost. Ind., vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 83-120. 366 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. CRETIER, H.—Ibid, vol. xviii, 1889, pp. 161-188. Crié, L.—Recherches sur la Flore Pliocene de Java. Faard —mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind., vol xvii, 1888, pp. 49-71; and | Samn. Geol. Reitchsmus. Leiden, No. 17, vol. v, pt. 1, 1888, pp. 1-22, pls. 1-viil. CROZIER, MARQUIS DE.—Notice des manuscrits siamois de la Bibliotheque nationale. 8vo. Paris; Teag CUSHING, J. N.—Grammar of the Shan Language. 8vo. FRan- goon, 1887, 118 pp. Day, D. D.—Explorations in British North Borneo, 1883- 1887. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc., vol. x, 1888, pp. 1-24, Map of Lake Shirwa. On the Caves containing edible Birds’ Nests. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 108-116. DAMMERBOER, J.—Parsiadjaran ni anak sikola. Gouv. Be- sluit dd. 19 April, 1889, No. 34 Na ni rokom di Pan- garokoman ni Goebernemen di Batavia. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 22 pp. DARWIN, C.—The Structure and Distribution of Coral Reefs. Ed. 3, with an Appendix by Prof. Bonney. 8vo. London, 1889, 350 pp. [For general discussion of theo- ries of Coral Reefs see Rep. Brit. Assoc. (Bath, 1888), 1889, pp. 718-723, and various letters in ature, vol. XXx1x and xl. DECKER, E. D.—V. Multatuli. DE LA CROIX, J. E.-La Géographie politique et la situation economique de la Peninsule Malaise en 1887. Budd. Geogr. Hist. Paris, 1888, pp. 284-325, Map. gor (presq’éle malaise) et les concessions d’Ayer-Itam, Pataling, Batu. 4to. Parzs, 1888, 19 pp. Vocabulaire francais-malais et malais-fran- cais. Précédé d'un Précis de grammaire malaise pas J. Montano. 8vo. farts, 1880; xIvill, 256 pp. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 367 DEELSTRA, F.—Kleine aardrijkskunde van Nederland en Nederlandsch-Indié voor de volksschool met schetskaar- tjes. 4to. Groningen, 1889, 29 pp. DELAVAND, L—-Mouvement Géographique. ev. de Geogr., vol. Xi, 1888, pp. 280-2387: [Siam, &c.1. DELPRAT, TH.—Bezoek aan de Merapi ter Sumatra’s Westkust. Eigen Hlaard, 1888, p. 252. —Viering van het Moharram-of Hassan-Hoes- sein-feest. Lzgen Haard, 1889, pp. 480-484. Dew, A. T.—Exploring Expedition from Selama, Perak, over the mountains to Pong, Patani, in November 1883. Journ. St. Br. R Asziat. Soc., No. 19 (1888), pp. 105-120. DHARMA.—Het een en ander over landrenteregeling op Java. 8vo. s’ Gravenhage, 1889, 16 pp. DicKSON, Sir. J. FREDERICK.—The Straits Settlements and British Malaya. Eunglish [/lustr. Mag., Jan., 1890. DIEREN, E. vAN.—Nogmaals de Beri-Beri-Kwestie. 8vo. Arnhem, 1888, 85 pp. DISTANT, W. L.—Descriptions of four new Malayan Cicadidz belonging to the .eyden Museum. Motes Leyden Mus., vol. x1, 1889, 87-90. Descriptions of new species of Rhynchota collected on or near the Kina Balu Mountain, North bomeor, An. Vac, Nat. Trst., (6) vol: im, 1880, pp: 419-422. [Prionolomia nigrovittata; Leptopsaltria mas- cula; Cosmopsaltria montivaga; Pomponia viridimacu- lata; P. Grecina; Fulgora Whiteheadi.] Enumeration of the Czcadide collected by Mr. L. Fea in Burma and Tenasserim. Ann. Mus. Civ. Nat. Genova, vol. vi, 1889, pp. 453-459. Dixon, J. F.—The Straits Settlements and British Malaya. English [llust. Mag., 1890. DOELEMAN, A.—Onze bezittingen in oost en west. Een leerboek voor lager en middelbaar onderwijs, inzonder- heid voor kweek-en normaalscholen. 8vo. Sreda., 1888, Vil, 209 pp. 368 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. DOEWA.—-Belas tjeritera dan peroepamadan taerkerang pada bahasa melajoe oleh A. F. von de Wall. 8vo. Betawz, 1889, 38 pp. DOHRN, C. A.—Lebioderus candezei. Stettin Ent. Zett., xlix, 1888, pp. 243, 244. [Coleoptera; Borneo.] DOHRN, H.—Ueber einige merkwurdige Pseudophylliden [from Palawan]. Stettin Ent. Zeitt., 1888, pp. 353-362, pl. i DoriA, G.—Note Erpetologiche. Alcuni nuovi sauri raccolti in Sumatra dall Dott. O. Beccari. Ann. Mus. Genova, sér. 2, vol. v1, 1888, pp. 646-652, figs., pl. viii. DOUWES DEKKER, A. H. E.—Aesculaap als carricatuur- schilder. Bedenkingen tegen het artikel van Dr. Th. Swart Abrahamsz over Multatuli. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 2, 41 pp: DULAURIER, ED.—Fragments relatifs 4 l’historie malaye (arti- cle posthume). Loéuws, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 1-18. Documents relatifs a histoire du royaume d’Atcheh (Achem) pendant le xvii siécle. Mém. Soc. Ocean., vol. 1, 1889, pp. 76-87. DUNN, E.-—-The Dayaks of Sarawak, Borneo. Fourn. Man- chester Geogr. Soc., vol. ili, 1887, p. 221 &c., map. DRIESSEN, FELIxX.—Tie and dye work, manufactured at Sema- rang, Island Java. /utern. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. i, 1889, pp. 106-108, pl. vi. Drost Dz., A.—De zending-conferentie te Londen. Med. Ned. Zending, vol. xxx, 1888, pp. 383-401. . Dru, L.—La Peninsula de Malaca. Proyecto de perforacién del istmo de Krau. Bol. Soc. Geogr. Madrid, vol. xxii, 1807, Pp. VOls ; DUBOIS, EUGENE.— Over de Wenschelijkeid van een onder- zoek naar de diluviale fauna van Nederlandsch-Indié, in het bijzonder van Sumatra. Nat. Tijdschr. Ned. O.-/nd. vol. xlviii, 1889, pp. 148-165. | A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 369 Easton, N. W.——De vulkanen Sitong en Pando, te Wester- Afdeeling van Borneo. Faarb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-lnd. (Verh.), vol. xviil, 1889, pp. 24-53, 3 maps and view. -Geologisch onderzoek van den omtrek der Brandewijinsbaai. Faarb. Mijn. Ned.-Oost-[nd. (Verh.), vol. xviil, 1889, pp. 5-23, map. Overzicht der goudproductie in een gedeelte der Wester-Afdeeling van Borneo, gedurende het jaar 1887 en eenige opmerkinger over de daaromtrent opgegeven bedragen. Faarb. Mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind., vol. xviil, 1889, pp. 106-112. EBBINGE WUBBEN, F. A.—Naar de Talaut-eilanden. 777d- schr. Ned. Aarde. Genootsch, (Versh.), [2], vol. vi, 1889, pp. 201-213. Eck, R. vAN.—Een kwijnende tak van nijverheid op Java. Eigen Hlaard, 1889, pp. 576-578. ———-————Tooneeltjes uit het Javaansche volksleven. Eigen Haard, 1889, pp. 416-421. ECKART.—Indische brieven aan een staatsraad met een voor- rede van Prof. P. J. Veth. 8vo. Haarlem, 1888, viii, eo) PP- EEKHOUT, R. A.—Java, overbevolking en emigratie. Ed. 2. 8vo. Latavia, 1889, 23 pp. ENDE, VON.—Monnaies de Insulinde [collection von Ende}. Rev. Numts. Belge, (4), 1889, pp. 607-610 Noticed also in Indep. Belge, July 15, 1889. —Die Baduwis auf Java. MWitth: Anthr. Ges. Wren, vol. xix, 1889, pp. 7-13. EVERETT, A. H.—Remarks on the Zoo-Geographical Rela- tionships of the Island of Palawan and some adjacent Islands. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, pp. 220-228, map. —-The ‘Tamarao” of the Philippine Islands. Nature, vol. xxxix, 1889, p. 150. ——List of the Birds of the Bornean Group of isimidsse oun, oivais Dr, ih. As. Soc., vol. xx 8vo- 2 plates and coloured map. 370 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. FAIRMAIRE, L.—Deux Hétéroméres nouveaux de Sumatra [Zhertus sumatrensis, Amarygenus tricolor]. Ann. Soc. Entom. France [6], vol. viii, 1888, Bull., pp. cxci-cxcil. FERGUSSON, A. M. & J.—AIl about Tobacco. Including Practical Instructions for Planting, Cultivation and Curing of the Leaf. With other suitable Information, &c. 8vo. Colombo, 1889, vill, 303, 1x pp. JRefers to the Industry in Sumatra. —_—_—__——_—_———All about Spices. Pepper, Cubebs, Nutmegs, Cloves, Ginger, Vanilla, Pimento, Cinnamon. With Instructions for Planting, Cultivation and Preparation for Market, and Information to the Spice Industry in Ceylon, India, Eastern Archipelago and West Indies. 8vo. Colombo, 1889, vil, 274 pp. FERNANDEZ GINER, J.—Filipinas, Notas de viaje y de estan- cia. 8vo. Madrid, 1889, xvi, 217 pp. FIGEE, S.—Uitkomsten van meteorologische waarnemingen in Nederlandsch-Indié gedurende Januari, Februari, Maart, April, Mei, en Juni van het Jaar 1889. Vat. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind., vol. xlix, 1890, pp. 443-500. FIGEE, S. & H. ONNEN.—Vulkaniche Verschijnselen in Aard- bevingen in dem O. I. Archipel Waargenomenen ge- durende de maanden............van’ het Jaarsaeae Nat. Tijdschr. Ned.-Ind. Ver. (Yearly). FILET, G. J.—Plantkundig woordenboek van Nederlandsch- Indié met karte aanwijzingen van het geneeskundig en huishondelijk gebruik der planten, en vermelding der verschillende inlandsche en wetenschappelijke bena- mingen. Ed. 2, 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, xil, 348 pp. FLacs, H.—Van overzee. Schetsen uit het Javanasche volksleven. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 144 pp. FLoris, D. DE-—Notes sur la résidence ae Deli (Sumatra). Bull. Soc. Geogr. Comm. (Havre), 1888, p. 185. FOKKENS, F.—L’administration de Pilede Java. C. R. Acad. Sct. Moral. Polit., 1888, (November). A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA, 371 FoorE, ANNIE.—Bogoriana. L7gen Haard, 1889, (through- out.) FORBES, ANNA.—TInsulinde: Experiences inthe Malay Archi- pelago. 8vo. London, 1888. ——Reizenin den Indischen Archipel. 777dschr. Ned. Indié, vol. xvii (1), 1888, pp. 161-197, 241-282, 365- 338.7— FOULLON, H. von.—Untersuchung der Meteorsteine von Shalka und Manbhoom. Ann. K. K. Hofmus., vol. iii, 1888, pp. 195-208. FOURNEREAU, L.—Les ruines Khmers du Cambodge-Siamois. Bull. Soc. Geogr. Parts, vol. x, 1890, pp. 242-278. FRANK, J.—Disk van Hogendorp, als economisch-politisch hervormer van Nederlandsch-Indié geschetst. De /n- dische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1675-1691, 1849-1861. FRANKFURTER, O.——A Siamese version of “‘ The House that Jack built.” Zrubner’s Record, ser. 3, vol. i, No. 6, 18go. FURNEE, JNR., G. J. H.—Een fragment uit mijne beri-beri- aanteekeningen. (De causa morbi der beri-beri). 8vo. _ Utrecht, 1888, 20 pp. | ‘“v, G.’—Het feest te Batavia in 1869. Z77dschr. Ned.-Ind. 1889, (2), PP. 306-309. GAHAN, C. J.—On the Coleoptera of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 538-541. GAUTHIER, C.—Exploration dans le Laos. Rev. Frang. de V’Etrang. Col., 1888 (November). —-De Bangkok a Saigon par le Laos et le Mékong. Bull, Soc. Géogr. Comm. Paris, vol. x, 1888, bo ZN) Une exploration commerciale au Laos. Bu//. Soc. Geogr. Commerc. Parts, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 10-42, map. GEEST, E. DE.—Kantoorwandkaart van Nederlandsch Oost- Indié 1: 1,800,000. Amsterdam, 1888. 372 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. GELDER, W. VAN.—Beschrijving van het eiland Java en zijn bewoners. Pt. 2, West-Java. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, viii, 74 pp. [Pt. | appeared in 1887.]| Boekoe batjaan salawe toeladan pikeum moerid-moerid pangkat panghandapna di sékola Soenda. 8vo. Batavia, 188g, 11, 64 pp. GERHARD, L. G.—Multatuli. Eene stem uit Indié met een voorbericht van A. W. Stellwagen. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, 151, pp. GESTRO, R.—Sopra alcuni Cetonie dell’isola Nias e della costa occidentale di Sumatra raccolte dal dott. Elio Modigliani. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2], vol. vil, 1889, pp. 93-99. | : GIGLIOLI, E. HILLYER.—Usi e credenze giavanesi. Arch. Tradiz. Popul., vol. viii, 1889, pp. 17-25. GopDON, A. P.—Zeventien jaren later. Z77dschr. Ned.-Ind., 1889 (2), Pp. 373-379. GODWIN-AUSTEN, H. H.—Land and Fresh Water Mollusca of indiacdiscwietiae ke Malay Peninsula... 2242 Islands of the Indian Ocean. Pt. vi (text). 8vo. London, 1888, pp. 207-257. —On a Collection of Land-Shells made in Borneo by Mr. A. Everett, with descriptions of sup- posed new species. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1889, pp. 332- 355, 5 pls. ieee —Description of a supposed new species of Helix from near Moulmain, Tennasserim. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. [6], vol. iii, 1889, p. 107. (Helzx (Agista mitanensis.) GOEBEL, K.—Morphologische und Biologische studien. IV. Ueber Javanische Lebermoose. Ann. Farad. Bot. But- tenzorg, vol. ix, 1890, pp. 1-40, pl.i-iv. [Contains “ Eine _Javanische Plagtochila mit Wassersacken.” | GOGORZA Y GONZALEZ, J.—Dates para la Fauna Filipina- An. Soc. Espan. Sci. Nat., xvii, 1888, pp. 247- 303- Rep. tilia Pisces, ;celan 2 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 373 GORHAM, H. S.—A new species of the Coleopterous family. Endomychidz. Notes Leyden Mus., x, 1888, p. 152 | Sumatra. | GRAAFLAND, A. F. P.—Schets der chineesche vestigingen in de afdeeling Karimon. Sidr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. [5], vol. 11, 1888, pp. 505-545, map. Sie Schetsen uit Indragirie. 8vo. Bata- va, "880, vi, 62 pp., map. ————-—De verbreiding van het matriarchaat in het landschaap Indragiri. SBijdr. taal-land-volkenk. N.-Ind., vol. v, 1890, pp. 40-47. GRABOWSKY, FR.—Die “ Olon Lowangan” in Siid-oost- Borneo. Ausland. 1888, p. 581-584. ——Kalkstein hohlen in Siid-oost Borneo. Globus, vol. liv, 1888, pp. 326-329, 2 figs. Das Betelkauen bei den Maleische Vé6l- kern, besonders auf Java und Borneo. J/utern. Arch. Ethnogr. vol. 1, 1888, pp. 188-191, pl. xvi. ——___-————_ Ueber weniger bekannter opfergebrauche beiden Oloh Ngadjuin Borneo. J/uztern, Arch. f. Ethnol., vol. 1, 1888, pp. 130-134, pl. —————-Negara, ein Industrie-Centrum in Sid- oost-Borneo. Globus, vol. lv, 1889, pp. 90-92, figs. Der Tod, das Begrabnis, das Tiwah oder Todtenfest und Ideén tiber das Jenseits bei den Dajaken. ICEL AnCh.s Hihnogr., Vol. i, LOo9, PP. 177-204, pls. Vill-X1. a ———— Familie, Verwandschaft und Freundschaft bei den Olo Ngadju in S.O. Borneo. Szjdr. taal-lana- volkenk. Ned.-Ind., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 463-466. Streifziige durch vier Malayischen distrikte Siid-oost-Borneo. Globus, vol. lvii, 1890, pp. 11-13, 219-221. 374 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. GRANT, W. R. OGILVIE.—Notes on pigeons collected by Mr. A. H. Everett in Mantanani and Banguey, off the North- West Coast of Borneo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol. il, 1888, pp. 351-352. [Carpophaga Everettt, fp. n]. GREVE, D. R. DE—Hoe de Koffiebladziekte het eerst in Nederlandsch-Indié werd waargenomen. J/zd. Gids., vol. x1, 1889, pp. 1551-1555. GROENEVELDT, W. P.—Notes on the Malay Archipelago and Malacca. Misc. Papers. Indo-China & Ind.-Arch., vol. 1, 1887, p. 126. GRONEMAN, J.—In den Kédaton te Jogjakarta. Ocepatjara, Ampilan en tooneeldansen. 8vo. Lezden, 1888, 69 pp., pls. and 17 Photographs. ———————--De_ sekatén te Jogjakarta Eigen Haard, 1888, pp. 466-468. —_———— ——-Tyjandi Idjo nabij Jogjakarta. Tijdschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 313-338, pl. ——_——_——-—-De gamélan te Jogjakarta Uitgeg. met eene voorrede over onze kennis der Javaansche muziek door J. P. N. Land. ato. Amsterdam. (K. Wet WAkage 1890, il, il, 125 pp. GROOT, CORN. DE.—Herinneringen aan Billiton, Historisch Lithologisch, Mineralogisch, Geographisch, Geologisch en mijnbouwkundig. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1887, xv, 549 pp. and col. map, 4 pls. Groot, H. A. DE.—Studie over rijstprijzen. II. Beschou- wingen over een landrentestelsel. III. Terrassenaanleg. IV. Zoutmonopolie. 8vo. Soerabata, 1888, 138 pp. GUNTHER, S —Der Krakatoa-ausbruch und die ])Jammerungs- erscheinungen. Petermann’s Mitth. vol. xxxv, 1889, PP» 73273: Guppy, H. B.—The Geological Structure of the Sindang- Barang District, on the South Coast of Java. Scoé¢. Geogr. Mag., vol. v, 1889, pp. 73-79. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA: 375 Guppy, H. B.—The Cocos-Keeling Idands. Scott. Geogr. Mag., vol. v, 1889, pp. 281-297, 457-474, 579-588, map. ——Preliminary Note on Keeling Atoll, known also as the Cocos Islands. Nature, xxxix, 1889, pp. 236-238. Preliminary Note onthe Keeling Atoll. Zvans. Wckt Tust., vol. xxi, 1889, pp: 72-78. -The South Coast of West Java. Scott. Geogr. Mag., vol. v, 1889, pp. 625-637. “H. T. H.” [HAUGHTON|—Treaty with Java [Raffles and Geners, erott|. Journ. In. “Ascat. Soc, 8vo, No. 19 [1888] pp. 151-152. HAAN, A. DE.—De Zendingsarbeid in Nederlandsch Oost- Indié. Overz. V Zendingconfer, 1888, pp. 23-48. HAAN, E.—Potloodschetsen. Een en ander over de Javanen, ook in verband met de zending. V De nieuwe zending, (a) Indische staatskerk. (6) Zendinggenootschappen. De Macedoniér, vol. vi, 1888, pp. 163, 245, 277. HABBEMA, J.—Boenga sampai ia-itoe berbagai-bagai tjeritera. 8vo. LBataw7z, 1888, 47 pp. —Inlichtingen omtrent eenige Maleische woor- den en uitdrukkingen. TZzdschr. Ind. taal-land- volkenk., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 305-312. HAEGER, ALBERT.—Duitschers in Indié. TZzdschr. Ned. Indzé, vol. xvil, 1888, pp. 161-189. HAGEN, BERNHARD.—Beitrage zur somatischen anthropolo- gie der Malayen volker. A/ztth. Anthrop. Ges. Wien, vol. xvili, 1888, Széz., pp. 84-85. ———-——_—___--—————-Bemerkungen ber einen Fall von “Amoklaufen” eines Malayen. Mitth. Anthr. Ges. Wien, vol. xix, 1889, p. 32. HAL HONG SOEI.-—Atawah pamilihan tempat-tempat pekoe- boeran pada bangsa tjina di karangken oleh J. W. Young, dan di salin pada basa Melajoe oleh R. J. M. N. Kussen- drager. 8vo. SGatavia, 1880, 11, 21 pp. 376 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA.. HALLETT, S. HOLT,—A thousand miles on an Elephant in the Shan States. 8vo. London, 1889, 518, pp. maps and illustrations. HAMER, C. DEN.—Proeve eener vergelijkende woordenlijst van zes in de Z. O. afd. v. Borneo voorkomende taaltak- ken. JZadschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind., vol. xxxii, 1889, pp. 455-487. Hamy, E. T.—Notes sur une statue ancienne du dieu Civa, provenant des ruines de Kampheng-Phet, Siam. fev. Ethnogr., vol. vii, 1888, pp. 363-372, Pt. TIE. HANE-STEENHUYSE, CH. D’.—Les Archipels des fles Philip- pines. Budd. Soon: Belge. Geogr., xii, 1888, pp. 469 514, map. HANSEN-BLANGSTED.—La Colonie Malaise de New York. Mém. S. Océan, vol. 1, 1889, pp. 98-100. HARMSEN, L. K.—Inilah kitab edja, ja itoe pada menjakatan permoeladn beladjar membatja (Tjitakan jang kalima kalinja). 8vo. Satavia and s’Gravenhage, 1888, ii, 62 pp., pl. HARTERL, ERNST.—Salanga. Deutsch. Geogr. Blatt., vol. Xl, 1890, pp. 352-357. HERVEY, D. F. A.—The Traditions of the Mentra,_ or, Abori- gines of Malacca and the adjoining States. Folk-Lore Fourn., vol. vi, 1888, pp. 64-74. ——— —Notes on Malacca Folk Medicine. Ind Antig., vol. xviii, 1889, pp. 59-61. ‘‘ HASAN-HOSEIN.”’—see O. L. Helfrich. Hasper, H.—De Nederlandsche bezittingen in Oost en West- Indié en Palestina, voor de lagere school. 8vo. Amers- foort, 1889, 11 pp. HEATON, J. HENNIKER.—On the Origin, the Manners, Cus- toms, and Institutions, and the Annihilation of the Aborigines of Australasia. Trans. R,, Soc tea ee XIV, A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF’ MALAYA. eu /a| HEERDT, P. F. vAN.—Atlas van de waarnemingen in den Indischen Oceaan. Fol. Amsterdam, 1889, 22 pp. HEIJCOP TEN Ham, A. J. C. E. vAn.—De berechting van civiele Zaken en van misdrijven op de terechtzitting der landraden op Javaen Madoera. 8vo. Lezden, 1888, viii, 19O pp. HEIN, ALVIS RAIM.—Ornamente der Dajaks. Zeztschr. Ver. Ost. Zetchenlehrer, 1889; also 8vo. Wien, 1889, 29 pp. -_-_ Malerei und technische Kinste bei dem Dayaks. Anu. K. K. fofmus, vol. iv, 1890, pp. 197-288. HELFRICH, O. L.—De Ejilanden groep Engano. Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888, p. 272, map. Bijdrage tot de geographische, geolo- gische en ethnographische Kennis der afdeeling Kroé. Bydr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-I[nd., vol. xxxviil, 1889, pp. 515-022. and others.—Het Hasan-Hosein of Ta- boet-Feest te Benkoelen naar mededeelingen der Heeren. O. L. Helfrich, W. R. Winter en D.M.F. Schiff. Intern. Arch. Ff. Ethnogr., vol. 1, 1888, pp. 191-196, pl. xvii. HENDRICH, C. CuHR.—Die Vijftigjarige verkzaamheit der Rinsche Zending op Zuid-Borneo. TZzjdschr. Rijdschr. Zend., vol. XixX, pp. 7-49. HENDRICH.—Missionar Hendrich’s Bootreisen af dem Katin- gan in Stid-Borneo (aus seinen Tagebiichern mitgeteilt). Mitth. Geogr. Ges. Thiiringens, vol. vi, 1888, pp. 93-110. HEUDE, P. M.—Studes sur les Ruminants et les Suilliens de Asie Orientale. Cerfs des Philippines et de I’Indo- Chine. 4to. Changhat, 1888, 66 pp. 21 pls. —-__-———_—— The “ Tamarao” of the Philippine Islands. [Anoa Mindorensis|. Nature, vol. xxxix, 1889, p. 128. HEYLAERTS, F. J. M.—Noctuelle inédite de l’ile de Sumatra. Eriocera cluysenaert. C. R. Soc. Entom. Belge, 1888, No. OB [Do late See 378 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. HIKAJAT Orang terbangoen dari pada tidornja terdjempoet dari pada Hikajat Seriboe Satoe Malam oleh R. Brons Middel. 8vo. Satavia, 1889, 108 pp. HIDALGO, J. G.—Descriptions d’éspéces nouvelles de Philip- pines. Fourn. Conchyl., xxviii, 1888, pp. 310-312. —-————- Recherches conchyliologiques de M. Qua- dras aux fles Philippines (suite). Addition aux genres Cochtostyla, Helix, et Nanina. Fourn. Conchyl, xxvii, 1888, pp. 30-97, pls, iv, v. “H. N.’—An article on Singapore. Pall Mall Gazette, Aug. 21, 1890. HopbDAy, J. R.—Narrative Report on the Survey Operations in the Northern Shan States, 1886-7. Rep. Surv. India, 1886-7, pp. Ixxvi-lxxviil. HoEZzOO, W.—Gewoonten en gebruiken der Javanen bi gele- genheid van eene Zons-en Maansverduistering. Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxiil, 1889, pp. 376-383. —Boekoe adjaran baroe aken goena segala orang jang kepingin lekas bisa membatja bahasa malaijoe den- gan hoeroef Wolanda. 8vo. Samarang, 1889, i, 78 pp. HoOFDIJK, W. J.—Drie stadién op den voordingsweg van Batavia. De Gids, 1858, pp. 152-170. HOLLANDER, J. J. DE.—Handleiding tot de Kennis der Ma- leische taal. Ed. 10 by L. K. Harmsen. 8vo. Utrecht, NSCO, Xv, 352) pp: HONRATH, E. G.—Neue Rhopalocera. Berlin Ent. Zett., xxxu, 1680, pp. 247-252, pl. vw | Berneol: Hooze, J. A.A—Nadere gegevens betreffende enkele Kolen- terreinen in Koetei en onderzoek eener aardoliebron aldaar. Faarb. mijn. Ned. Oost.-[nd., (techn.), vol. xvui, 1888, pp. 325-336, map of pelaiabs and map of the Sange a-Sangga River. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 379 Hooze, J. A——Onderzoek naar Kolen in de Straat Laut en aangrenzende landstreken. Yaarb. min. Ned. Oost-[nd. (techn.), vol. xvil, 1888, pp. 337-429, maps of Poeloe Laut, 1: 10,000, and Tanah Boemboelanden, 1: 200,000. —Kolen aan de Oostkust van Borneo van de St. Lucia tot aan de Pamoekan-Baai. Yaarb. mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind., (techn.), vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 431-470, maps of St. Lucia Baai, 1: 800,000; Kolenvindplaatsen aan de Oostkust van Borneo, 1: 1,000,000; Pamoekan-Baai, I: 200,000. Hornabay, W. T.—Two years in the Jungle. The experi- ences of a hunter and naturalist in India, Ceylon, the Malay Peninsula and Borneo. 8vo. New York, 1888, map. HUTTENBACH, HEINRICH.—Anleitung zur Erlernung des Ma- layischen zum Studium wahrend der Reise nach Ostindien. Ed. 2, 16mo. Worms, 1889, 21 pp. Huyser, P. C.—Decentralisatie van bestuur in Ned.-Indié. De Indische Gids., vol. x, 1888, pp. 1841-1849. Huysinc, D.—Wat Kan de Zendingbond doen voor de oprichting van militaire Tehuizen in Nederlandsch-Indié ? Overz. V. Zending confer, 1888, pp. 172-184. ‘IBRAHIM ”’.—Geschiedenis van Ibrahim (Soendaasch). 8vo. Batavia, 1888, 119 pp. Iki Lajang pranatan bab anggon anggon paméran ing para banggedée lan para prijaji Djawa. 8vo. Semarang, 1889. IMMINK, A. J.~-De regtspleging voor de Inlandsche Regt- banken in Nederlandsch-Indié, 2 pts. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, xxx, 674; 1, 690 pp. INDO-CHINE, L’.—La Péninsule Malaise, Siam, Birmanie, Cambodge. $8vo. Lille, 1889, 89 pp. ‘“‘INDOPHILOS.”’—Indische toestanden. TZijdspiege/, 1889, pp. 207-224. 380 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. “W. J.’—Vertellingen uit het Indische oorlogsleven. Lzgex flaard, 1888, pp. 6, 46, 58, 97,-132, 137, 17) ugommaes DAA, 278, 202: JACKSON, H. M.—Narrative Report on the Survey Operations in the Southern Shan States, 1886-7. Rep. Surv. [ndta, 1886-7, pp. lxxvili-lxxxi. JACOBSEN, ADRIEN.—A. Jacobsen’s und H. Kiihn’s Reise in Nederlandisch Indien. G/odus, vol. lv, 1889, pp. 161, 102; 200, 213, 225, 244, 201, 279° 2g0: -—A. Jacobsen’s und H. Kithn’s Reise in Nederlandisch-Indié, G/odus, vol. lv, 1889, No. 11, map and figs. JACOBY, MART.—List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera col- lected by Signor Modigliani at Nias and Sumatra, with descriptions of the new species. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova [2], vol. vii, 1889, pp. 278-287, pl. List of the Phytophagous Coleoptera ob- tained by Sign. L. Fea at Burmah and Tenasserim, with descriptions of the new speices. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova [2], vol. vii, 1889, pp. 147-237. JANSSEN, C. W.—K. A. Holle, Wat een Nederlander in Indié doen kan. Eene schets, met portret. 8vo. Ams- terdam, 1888. JANSZ, P.—Een Noodkreet, andermaal aangeheven (Opium handel) met een inleidend woord van H. B. Breer. Stemm. Waarh. Vrede, 1888, pp. 237-255. JAVA.—Twaalf photographién van Java, Cab. form. s’Gra- venhage, 1889. JENTINK, F. A.—On a collection of Mammals from East Sumatra. Notes Leyden Mus., vol. xi, 1888, pp. 17-30. Eenige Bemerkingen betreffende de Zoog- dieren, besproken door Schiniling in ‘‘ De Grenslijn van Wallace eene continentale Grens.” 7ijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genotsch., 1889, pp. 244-253. | A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 381 JENTINK, F. A.—On the Shrews from the Malayan Archipe- lago. Notes Leyden Mus., vol. x, 1889, pp. 161-167. SS Mammalia from the Malayan Archipelago. In Weber's Zool. Ergeb. Ned. ©.-Ind. pt. 1, 1890, pp. 115-130, pls. vili-xi. - JoacHim.—Gids in zaken van en voornamelijk ten dienste van officieren van de Nederlandsche zee-en landmachte (schutterijen) en van het Nederlandsch-Indische Leger. 8vo. Hoorn, 1889, iv, 60 pp. JONGE, J. K. J. DE—De opkomst van het Nederlandsch gezag in Oost-Indié, Verzameling van onuitgegeven stuk- ken uit het oud-koloniaal archief bewerkt door Mr. J. K. Jee njonve. math vol., ed. by M: Livan Deventer. — 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1888, vill, cxliv, 551 pp. ————_——_ —_——_|bid., 14th vol., ed. by P. A. Tiel and J. E. Heeres. 8vo. s’Gravenhage, 1890, xii, lxxxiv, 396, nS) 1) 96 SSE —Alphabetisch Register [ to above ] bewerkt doorJ. W. G. van Haarst. 8vo s’Gravenhage, 1888, 130 pp. Jorst.—Photographie von Madchen der Liu Kiu-Inseln. WEWSCLT. f. uhnol., VOU. xix, 1887, Pp: 562. JONKMAN, H. F.—Mr. C. Pijnacker Hordijk, Gouverneur- Generaal van Nederlandsch-Indié. Lzgen Haard, 1888, Po Bic Jupp, J. W.—The Earlier Eruptions of Krakatoa. Nature, Wola x), Log, Pp. 305. —_——_———The “ Krakatoa Eruption’’ and the Javanese Cnromeless 7 7uoner's frec. (3), vol. 1, 1890, p. 85. “A. H. K.’—De Hadyjis in Nederlandsch-Indié. Stemmen Waarhetd Vrede, 1888, pp. 1155-1162. “V. K.”—Cijfers en feiten uit het koloniaal Verslag vani 889. {nd.-Gids., vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1732-1754 and 1951, 1986. 382 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA, KAN, C. M.—Twee Reizigers in de Doesoen, F. J. Hartman in 1790 en de Controleur W. E. M. S. Aernout 1884 bis 1886. Tijdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., 1888, pp. 287-293. ———Bodemgesteldheit der Eilanden en Diepte der Zeéen van den Indischen Archipel. 77jdschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888, 27 pp. 2 pls. ‘ KANTJIL.—Het Boek van den Kantjil, Javaansch dierenepos. Uitgeg. door K. inst. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. 8vo. s’fTage, 1890, 169 pp. KAPIRAN.—Een Javaansch Opium Drama, vertaald en toege- licht door Anti-Njerét. Med. Zendingsts., I, 1889, pp. 272-307. KARSCH, F.—Beitrage zu Bolivar’s Monografia de los Pirgo- morfinos. zt. Nachr., xiv, 1888, pp. 328, 340, 355. [Java, &c.]. Eine Stelzenwanze als Zerotorerin des Zucker- rohres auf Java. Ext. Nachr. xiv, 1888, pp. 205-207. [Rhynchotta]. KELLER VAN Hoorn, S. C.—De Labang Mesém te Tandjoeng Anjar op het eiland Madoera (Bangkalan) 777dschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk., vol. Xxxil, 1888, pp. 431-435. KERCKHOFF, CH. E. P. vVAN.—Aanteekeningen betreffende eenige der de afdeeling Padang-Lawas voorkomende Hindoe-oudheden. Tzjdschr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind., vol. xxxii, 1889, pp. 487-498. KERN, H.—Over de vermenging van Ciwaisme en Buddhisme op Java, naar aanleiding van het Oud-Javaansch Gedicht Sutasoma. Versi. Med. K. Akad. Wet. (Letter. jai. vol. v, 1888, pp. 8-44. : -Regelen van Klankverbinding in’t Oud-Javaansch. Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 287-313. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 353 KERN, H.—Eenige imperatiaformen van het Oud-Javaansch. Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk Ned. [nd., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 20- 44. ——-——-— Oud-Javaansche absolutieven. Lujdr. taal-land- volkenk. Ned. [nd., vol. iv, 1889, pp. 44-55. —- Rottineesch-Maleische woordenlijst. Bzzdr. taal- land-volkenk Ned. [nd., vol. v, 1890, pp. 1-16. a \alocrans /07d.,.p. £20. KESTEREN, C. E. VAN.~~Eene subsidie voor het uitgeven van _ statistische overzichten betreffende Nederlandsche Indié. Ind. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 2189-2207. KIELSTRA, E. B.—Atjeh onder het bestuur van den Gouver- neur Demmeni. /nd. milit. Tijdschr., vol. xix, 1888, pp. 499-526, 613-636. ————-———-—Atjeh onder het bestuur van den Gouver- neur Laging Tobias. /ud. milit. Tijdschr., vol. xviii, 1888, 517-549. a ——— De Lampongss van 1832-1834. De lndische Gids, vol. 1888, pp. 667-680. ——General van Swieten. igen Haard, 1888, pp. 497-503, portrait. Zzujdschr. Ned. Ind., 1888, pp. Bo5 100, (nd) mutt. Tijdschr., 1888, pp. 375 and 301. ——Het contract met Bondjol van Januari 1824. Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned. Ind. [5], vol. iii, 1888, pp. 142-144. —— —— --—— Onze aanrakingen met Troemon. De /n- dische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1191-1207. Java’s grootste ramp (opium). De Gids. [4] vol. vi, 1888, pp. 32-83. ———— Dwangcultuuren vrije arbeid in Bengkoelen. De Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1209-1236. —-—_—__——- De Koffiecultuur ter Westkust van Sumatra. De Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1437-1487, 1609-1675. 384 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. KIELSTRA, E. B.—Sumatra’s Westkust van 1826-1832. Szjdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., [5] vol. ili, 1888, pp. 216- BS ihe ; ——Sumatra’s Westkust van 1833-1835. Badr. . taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., [5] vol. iv, 1889, pp. 161- 259, 313-380, 4607-515. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van Palem- bang sedert 1848. 1. Het bestuur van Steinmetz. J/nd. Milit. Liascn7., 1S8O,. pp. O7-Ngo. ———~ Sumatra’s Westkust van 1836-1840. Bz7dr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-[nd., vol. v, 1890, pp. 127-221. Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van Palem- bang sedert 1848, Inleiding. I, Het bestuur van Steinmetz. Ind. Milit. Tijdschr., 1889, pp. 97-130. General-Majoor H. K. F. van Teyn, Gou- verneur van Atjeh en onderhoorigheden. Ligen Haard, 1889, pp. 428-430, portrait. —De kleine verpachte middelen op Java. De Gids, 1889, pp. 221-247. ——De opstand der Chineezen in Serawak (1857). Zzdspregel, 1889, pp. 346-357. | ————__——_——_ Bijdragen tot de geschiedenis van Borneo’s Westerafdeeling. Jd. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, (throughout). KILIAAN, H. W.—Een onderzoek naar de beteekenis van de Wisatin’t Madoereesch. De /ndische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1025-1036. KING, G.—The species of ficus of the Indo-Malayan and Chinese countries. Pt. 2, fol. Calcutta, 1888, [containing Synoecta, Sycidium, Covellia, Eusyce, Neomorphe.| KirBy, W. F.—On the Insects (exclusive of Coleoptera and Lepidoptera) of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Saex 1888, pp. 546-555. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 385 KiTAB.—Beberapa tjeriteradn. Tersalin dari pada bhasa Wolanda. 8vo. Semarang-Oudeweterig, 1889, 144, pp. jang bergoena kapada kanak-kanak, jang hendak beladjar membilang. Bahagian jang ka-tiga. Gouv.- besluit dd. 19g April, 1889, ser. 34. 8vo. Betawz, 1889, 62 pp. KLEYN, R. H.—Het gewestelijk bestuur op Java. $vo. Lez- der., 1888, xvi, 280 pp. (Inaug. diss.) Koss, J. H.—Die Vulkanische Eruption und des Seebeben in des Sundastrasse im August, 1883. Verh. Nat. Ver. Karlsruhe, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1-20. KNEELAND, SAMUEL.—Manila and its surroundings. Har- per’s Mag., March, 1889. KOBELT, W.—Fortschritte in der Geographie. Humboldt, vol. vii, 1888, pp. 271-274. [Indian Archipelago, &c.] KODDING, W.—Die Batakker auf Sumatra. G/lodus, vol. li, OOO MPP. 5175 715) GO; 107. KOORDERS, S. H.—Verslag van eene dienstreis naar de Kari- mon-djawa-eilanden. Wat. Tijdschr. Ned. I[nd., vol. xliu, 1889, pp. 20-133, map & 2 plans. -KoTTA POHAMA.—TZvdschr. Ned. Ind. 1889, [2], pp. 230-240. KORNDORFFER, J. P. J. W.—Militair onderwijs in Nederland en Nederlandsch-Indié (1735-1890). Eerste proeve van een bibliographisch overzicht. De Milttair Spectator (Breda), 1890, (35 pp-)- | KRAATZ, G.—Beitrage zur Kenntniss der Pachyrrhynchus- Arten. Deutsch Ent. Zeit, xxxii, 1888, pp. 25-32 [Phi- lippines. | KRAKATOA.—Report of the Krakatoa Committee. The Erup- tion of Krakatoa. Editedby G. T. Symons. 4to. London. (Royal Society), 1888, 386 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. KRAMER, H.—Der Gotzendienst der Niasser, Missionar de rheinischen missions gesellschaft. TZzdschr. Ind. taal- land-volkenk. vol. xxxill, 1890, pp. 473-500. KRANS, A.—Di alcuni strumenti musicali dall isola di Nias dal Dott. Kk. Modighani. Arch. Antrop. Ethnol., vol. Xvill, 1889, pp. 161-181. KREEMER, J.—Wat de Javanen zoo alvanons denken. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 121-125. De Javaan en zijne vogels. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol xxx, 1868, pp. 120-147, 227-250: ———— —Bij de afbeelding van de kerk te Kéndal-Payjak. Med. Ned. Zending. vol. xxxii, 1828, pp. 260-265. ——-—De Zending in Oost-Java. Met eene voorwoord van Mr. O. J. H. Graf van Limburg Stirom: Bd suena S’ Gravenhage, 1889, 8 pp. 10 fl. 10 and Stemm. Waarh. Vrede, 5888, pp. 387-590. ————Iets over Djimats. Med. Ned. Zending vol. xxx, 1888, pp. 349-355. ———__—-———— Eenige addenda en corrigenda op Veth’s “Java.” Ind. Gids, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 1040 andinez ge KRIENS, M. J. E.—Hollandsch-Maleisch technisch zeevaart- kundig woordenboek. 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1888, 50 pp. —— Kruijt J. A.—Verslag aangaande den werkkring Mé6djé6- warno over het jaar 1887. Med. Ned. Zending. vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 284-302. Verslag van den werkkring Mdédjéwaro over 1888. Aled. Ned. Zending. vol. xxxili, 1889, pp. 197-315. —Verslag van den Zendeling te Kéndal-Pajak over het jaar 1888. Med. Ned. Zendel, vol. xxxiil, 1889, pp. 278-297. KRUIJT, J. H.—Iets over de vestiging der Nederlanders in Perak. Zzjdschr. Ind. taal-land-volkenk. vol. Xxxill 1890, pp. 596-600. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 387 KRUISINGA, Lie Koloniaal-Werfdepét te Harderwijk. Eigen Haard, 1889, pp. 540-544. KRUSEMANN, C. A.—Eenige dagen bij de Badoewis. Fava Bode, 1888, Sept. 30, Oct. 1, 2 & 3. also /udische Grids, Jan. 1889. KRuyT, J.—Verslag van den Zendeling to Kendal-Pajak over het jaar 1887. Med. Ned. Zending., vol. Xxxil, 1888, pp. 266-284. KruytT, J. P. G.—Daftar toelisan. 2 sheets fol. Lezden, 1889. KUuHR, EpD.—Kort als een droombeeld. J/zd. Grds, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 140-152. KUHN, E.—Beetrage zur Sprachenkunde Hinterindiens. Gz. philos.-philol. K.-bay. ak. wiss. vol. 1, 1889, pp. 189-236. Kusky, H. L.—Een vriendenkring in de Vorstenlanden. Ro- mantisch verhaal uit Indié. 2 Pts. 8vo. Arnhem, 1889, iv, Z2Qi ie 252) Dp. LAJANG.—-([ki) pranatan bab anggon Pameran ing para Pangedé lan para Prijaji Djawa ing tanah Goepermenan bawah Nagara Djawa lan Madoera Alija saka tanah Prajangan ikoe kadjabakake. 8vo. Samarang, 1889, 16 pp. LAKTAW, P. S.—Lexico tagalog. I. Hispano-tagalog. 8vo. Manila, 1889, 620 pp. &sh. 3 LAND, J. P. N.—-Ueber die tonkunst der Javanen. Vierteljah- reschrift Mustkwiss., vol. v, 1889. LANESSAN,-DE.—Ethnographie. L’évolution des peuples de Yextréme Orient et les régles de la colonisation moderne. Kevuie Sci. xii, 1888, pp. 673 and 752. LANGEN, ADOFF & R. VircHOW.—Berichte und Individual- aufnmahmen aus dem Malayischen archipel. Zeztschr. 7/2201. VOl. Xx1, 1850, pp. 123-100. LANGEN, G.—The Key, or Ké, Islands. Proc. Geogr. Soe., London, vol. x, 1888, pp. 764-779, map. ——————-Ein Eckchen von Nederlandsch-Indien. Auys- land, 1890, pp. 17-20. 388 A BIBLIOCRAPHY OF MALAYA. LANGEN, K. F. H. vAN.—De inrichting van het Atjehsche staatsbestuur onder het sultanaat. Met eene genealo- gische tabel en eene afbeelding van Atjehsche Munten. Bijdr. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind., [5] vol. i, 1888, pp. 381-472—also 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1888, 11, 91 pp. with additions. —_——_—__—_—-———_-Atjeh’s Westkust. TZidschr. Aardr. Genootsch., ser. 2, vol. v, 1888, pp. 212-271, 44I- 521, map. ———— -—_ —_——_—_———~Atjeh’s Westkust. Zidschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., [2], vol. vi, 1889, pp. 1-109. ——————_—_————--Woordenboek der Atjehsche taal. Uitgeg. door het K. Inst. taal-land-volkenk. Ned.-Ind. 8vo. S’ Gravenhage, 1889, vi, 288 pp. ———————-~Handleiding voor de beoefening der Atjehsche taal. Ulitgeg. voor het K. Inst. taal-land- volkenk. Ned.-Ind. 8vo.S’ Gravenhage, 1889, Xil, 15817 Pp: LEENDERTZ, C. J.—Schetsen uit het volksleven in Insulinde. Vragen v. ad. dag, vol. iil, 1889, pp. 731-752. Van Atjeh’s stranden tot de koraalrotsen van Nieuw-Guinea. 8vo. Arnhem, 1890, xil, 309 pp., 5 pls. Lens, A.—De rechtstoestand in Nederlandsch-Indié van Ver- eenigingen in Nederland als Rechtspersonen erkend. 8vo. Lezden, 1889, 64 pp. (Inaug. Diss.) LETHIERRY, L.—Liste des Hemiptéres recueillis 4 Sumatra et dans l’ile Nias par M. E. Modigliani. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, ser. 2, vol. vi, 1888, pp. 460-470. LEVYSSOHN-NORMAN, H. D.—Ter herinnering. (Toekoe Kadli Malikoel Adil Raden Hadji Mohamad Moesa, hoofdpanghoeloe van Limbangan. Jaden adipati aria Koesoema Diningrat, Regent van Galoeh [Cheribon]. Eigen Haard, 1888, pp. 80-82, 93-96. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 389 LEWIN, L.—Ueber Areca Catechu, Chavica Betel und das Betelkauen 8vo. Stuttgart, 1889, v1, 101 pp. 2 pls. 6m. LICHTENTIJST van het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden en de Kolonién. 8vo. S’ Hage, 1890 (Minist. Marine, hydrogr.), 80 pp Lorpb, W. FREWEN.—The English Conquest of Java. Nvne- teenth Cent., vol. xxvii, 1890, pp. 621-638. LIEFRINCK, F.. A.——De onbebouwde gronden in de landschap- pen Boeléléng en Djambrana, eiland Bali. fol. Batavia, 1889, 28 pp. ee Biydrage tot de kennis van het eiland Bali. TZuajdschr. taal-land-volkenk. N.-Ind., vol. xxxii, 1890, pp. 233-472. LISTER, J. J—On the Natural History of Christmas Island, in the Indian Ocean. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 512-531, map & pl. LisTER, MARTIN.—The Négri Sémbilan their Origin and Con- stitution. Journ. St. Br. R. Asiat, Soc., No 19 [1888], PP SS aeK LITTLE, R. M.—Report on a Journey from Tuaran to Kiau and ascent of Kinabalu Mountain. Yourn. St. Br. R. avai s0ce NO. 19 (188s), pp- 1-25- LOGAN, J. K.—Journal of an Excursion from Singapore to Malacca and Penang. Misc. Papers Indo-China and Ind.-Arch., vol. 1, 1887, pp. LOMAN, A. D. and J. G. R. AcQuoy.—Verslag aangaande de verhandeling “ Ue Gamelan te Jogjakarta,”’ aangebo- den door de Heeren J. Gruneman en J. P. N. Land. Vamsi Mica Ak Wer. Lett.) ~[3]) vo. vol. vi 1889, pp. 201-200. LoMAN, J. C. C.—Landplanarien der grossen Sunda-Inseln. In Weber’s, Zool. Ergeb. Ned. O.-Ind., pt. 1, 1890, pp. HQ0-150,.pls. Xl, xii. 390 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. LONTER, J. DE.—Decentralisatie in Nederlandsch-Indié. De Indische Gtds, vol. x, 1888, pp. 1577-1609. [Voordracht den 25 Sept. in Neth. Ind. Genootsch. Gehoud. ] Louw, P. J. F.—De vierde Javaansche Successieorlog (1746—- 1755). 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 6,145 pp. LOUWERIER, J.—Eenige namen ontleend aan vroegere toes- tanden, door christen-inlanders aan hunne kinderen ge- geren. Med. Ned. Zending, vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 359- 203° ee Eenige opmerkingen omtrent het Inlandsch onderwijs. Med. Ned. Zendel. vol. xxxil, 1889, pp. 176-190. Lupwic, H.—Die von Dr. J. Broch im Indischen Archipel gesammelten Holothurien. Zool. Fahrb. vol. ili, 1888, pp. 805-820, pl. xxx. LuiTjes, F. A.—Kitab edja dan batja. Batjian jang perta- ma. Gouv-besluit dd. 7 Juni 1889, No. 31. 8vo. Bara- via, 1889, vill, 28 pp. MEYNERS D’ESTREY, H.—La principauté de Sourakarta. Ann. Ext. Orient, vol. xii, 1889, pp. 289-303. M’CARTHY, J.—Siam. Proc. R. Geogr. Soc., 1888, pp. 117- 134. [Notes on this paper occur in German in Ausland, 1888, pp. 349-352, pp. 373-377: and in Glodus, vol. lin, Pp. 49]. McCLuRE, W, G.—Siamese Calendar: The Church at Home and abroad, 1889. “ MALAY STATES.’—Further correspondence respecting the Protected Native States. Fol. London, 1889, (Parl. Paper, No. 5884), 116 pp. Ish. MALLINCKROOT, W.—Poeloe Gontong. (Eene Indische phan- tasie). Op waarheid gegrond. TZzydsprege/, 1889, pt. |, pp. 472-491, pt. II, pp. 64-38. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 391 MANTEGAZZA, PAUL.—De mensch in het geslachtsleven. Natuurhistorisch en anthropologisch onderzoek naar den sexueelen omgang bij de verschillende volken der aarde. Voor Nederland bewerkt en met tal van ethno- graphische bizonderheden betreffende des Nederlandsche bezittingen in Indié vermeerderd door A. R. Westerhout. —8vo. Amsterdam, 1889, xv1, 432 pp. MARCHE, ALFRED.—Rapport sur Tile de. Bongao. Arch. Miss. Scient., xiv, 1888, pp. 351-359. Rapports sur lile de la Paragua ou Palawan. Az7ch. Miss. Scz, xiv, 188, pp. 301 & 371. Rapport sur l’exploration de la baie VUlugan (céte onest de Palawan ‘‘La Paragua’’). J/dzd., PP- 375-379: Rapport sur l’archipel des Calamianes. Ibid, pp. 381-390. MARRE, ARISTIOE.—Sourat per oupama an malayon. (Le Livre des proverbes malais). ec. textes publ. v1i1 Congr. intern. (Orient. Stockholm), 1589. 8vo. Paris, 1889, vol. 1, pp. 265-300. —___ -__ —— —Code malais des successions et du marri- age, Pexte malaise publ., transcr., trad., et annoté. 8vo. Paris, 1889, 1, 24 pp. —Code malais des successions et du mar- tiage. Muséon, vol. vill, 1889, pp. 488-500. MARTIN, K.—Geologische Studien tber Niederlandisch West- Indien, auf Grund eigener Untersuchungsreisen. 8vo. Leiden, 1888, ix, 238 pp., map, pls, & figs. Neue Wirbelthierreste von Pati-Ajam auf Java. Samm. Geol. Mus. Lerd., vol. iv, 1888, pp. 87-116, pls. xi, xl, and Faarb. Miynwz. Ned.-Ind., vol. xxvii, pp. 20- 48, pls. x1, xu. — Ueber das Vorkommen einer Rudisten fihren- den kreideformation in stidostlichen Borneo. Samm. Geo Wus. Lewden, No: 17 (vol. iy, pt. 4), 1888, pp. 117-125. eee eee 392 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. MARTIN, K.—Ueber das Vorkommen einer Rudisten fthren- den kriedeformation im sudoestlichen Borneo. Yaard. mijn Ned. Oost-Ind. vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 72-82. ——Ein Ichthyosaurus von Ceram. Samml. Geol. Mus. Letden, No. 16 (vol. iv, Heft 3), pp. 70-86, pl. x, & Faarb-myn. Ned. O.-[nd. vol. xvii, 1888, pp. 3-19, pl. x, 1888. Die fauna der kreideformation von Martapoe- ra. Faarb myn. Ned. Oost-/nd. vol. xviii, 1889, pp- 3-74) pls. xv-xxX1. Ein neues Telescopinn, und die Beziehung die- ser fassung zu Nerinca. ‘faarb. mijn. Ned. Oost-Ind. vol. xvill, 1889, pp. 109-115, pl. xxvi. ——Eruptie van de G. Tandikat of Sumatra. 777- dschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch., vol. vi, 1889, pp. 459-461. Untersuchungen tuber den Bau von Orditulina (Patellina) auct. von Borneo. Faarb. min. Ned.Oost- Ind., vol. xvii, 1889, pp. 86-109, pls. xxiv, xxxv. Versteinerungen der sogenanten alten Schie- ferformation von West-Borneo. Yaardb. min. Ned, Oost- Ind., vol. xviii, 1889, pp. 75-86, pls. xxii, Xxi1. MASSINK, H.—Bijdrage tot de kennis van het vroeger en tegenwoordig bestuur op het eiland Madoera. 8vo. Arnhem, 1888, vi, 86 pp. [Mang. diss. ] MASTHOFF, E. B.—Aanteekeningen omtrent de onderafdee- ling Tabalong en Kloewa van de Zuider-en Oosterafdee- ling van Borneo. Die Indische Gids, vol. x, 1888, pp. 231-259. MATTHES, B. F.—AI de boeken van het Nieuwe Testament in het Makassaarsch vertaald. Uitgegeven voor reken- ing van het Nederlandsch Bijbel-genootschap. Pt. 2. 8vo. Makassar & Amsterdam 1888. [Pt. 1 has appeared in 1875. | A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 393 MATTHES, B. F.—Supplement op het Boegineesch-Hollandsch . Woordenboek. Uitg. voor rekening. van het Neder- landsch Gouvernement. 4to. S’Gravenhage, 1889, iv, 150 pp. MAURITS.—Goena-Goena. Oorspronkelijke Roman. 8vo., Leiden, 1889, 4, 254 pp. “W. E. M.” [MAXWELL].—Brief Account of a Journey on foot from Province Wellesley to Selama on the gth and fommOctober, 1874. jour. ot Br, k. Asiat. Soc. No. 19, [1888], pp. 120-123. Superstition as to Circumcision amongst the Malays. /nd. Antiguary, vol. xvii, 1888, P- 330: —_—_________—__——— Tests of virginity amongst the Malays. Jud. Antzq. vol. xviii, 1889, p. 61. A Manual of the Malay language with an introductory sketch of the Sanskrit element in Malay. Id. 2, 8vo. London, 1888, vill, 182 pp. 7sh. 6d. —___ ————— Pulau Langkawi Yourn. St. Br. it Asvar. Soc. No. 19 [1888], pp. 27-33, map. —————_——————Rayja Ambong. A Malay Fairy (lem Our. St. b7 i. Astat. Soc. No. 19 [1888], pp. 55-71, also text in Malay. ———_—_——_— ——_——__——_-——_Note on the Derivation of Gutta- percha. /ud. Antzq., vol. xvii, 1889, p. 368. ——— —_---—_ —_ ——.—— See also “W.E. M.” “MAYER, E.—Bilder aus den Sunda-Inseln. Ausland, 1889, pp. 287-2901. Mayne, R. C.—Summary of Explorations in British North Borneo. Proc. Rk. Geogr. Soc. 1888, pp. 134-146. MEESTER, J. DE.—In de Kampong te Parijs. Lvgen Haard, 1889, pp. 296-299. MEIJER, J. J.—Bijdrage tot de kennis yan het Banténsch dialect der Soendaneesche taal. Bujdr. taal-land-vol- kenk. N.-Ind, vol. v, 1890, pp. 222-261. 394 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. MELATI VAN JAVA.—Van slaaf tot vorst. Historisch roman- tische schets uit de geschiedenis van Java. 8vo. Culem- borg, 1888, I, viii, 187 pp., I, vi, 256 pp. MELDRUM, Dato JAMES.—Notice on Johore. Scott. Geogr. Mag., vol. v, pp. 657-6809. METEOROLOGISCHE Waarnemingen in Nederlandsch-Indié. Nat. Tijd. Ned.-Ind.—yearly. | METZGER, E.—Notes on the Dutch East-Indies. Scof¢. Geogr. Mag., vol. iv, 1888, pp. 432-439, 457-475, 560. — —-————-Die Nederlandsch Kolonie Deli auf Sumatra. v, vi, Fahresh. Wurtt. Ver. Handels-Geogr., 1888, p. 20. —Herrscher und Berherrschte auf Java. Glodus, lvi, 1889, Nos. 1, 2. —Das Stammland der malayisch-polynesischen Volker. Globus, vol. lvii, 1890, pp. 189-101. —-Niederlandsch-Ostindien. Globus, vol. Ivii, 1890, pp. 10Q-III. MEULENBELT, H. H.—O. J. van Lendein, als Zendeling op West Java. Ned. Zendingsts., vol. 1, 1889, pp. 224-245, 257-272. MEUNIER, S.—Les sources thermales de Konupan (Java). Nature (Paris), vol. xvi (1), 1888, pp. 79, 78, -view. MEYER, A. B.—Terres comestibles del’archipelIndien. fev. Ethnogr., vol. vii, 1888, p. 173, etc. MEYNERS' D’EstTREY, HENRY.—Contes de Nias. Ann. Extr. Orient et Afrique, vol. x, 1888, pp. 291-299: Nouvelle Revue, 1888, pp 550-560. —_—_————___———————-Borneo Central. Le Dous, soun Supérieur. Ann. Extr. Orient, Afrig., vol. xi- 1888, pp. 143-147, 161-166. eee Se ee ———e ——____—_—- La poésie des Battaks. Le langage des feuilles. Ann. Extr. Orient, vol. xi, 1889, pp. 257-204. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 395 MeEYNERS D’EsTREY, HENRY.—Les Javanais. Ann. Extr. Orient, vol. xii, 1889, pp. 33-42; and Rev. Sct. vol. xlili, 1889, pp. 783-786. MICLUCHO-MACLAY.—Tidschr. Ned. Indié, vol. xvii, 1888, PP: 399-400. MIRJAM, het Indische meisje. Stemm. Waark. Vrede, 1888, pp. 36-50. MODIGLIANI, E.—Da un’opera sull’isola di Nias. Antiche rela- zioni fra l’oriente e l’occidente. Boll. Soc. Geogr. Ital., vol. 11, 1889, pp. 763-772. Les ‘boucliers des Nias. J/tem. Arch. Ethnogr., vol. 11, 1889, pp. 214-217. La donna Nias nella famiglia e nella societa. Nuova Antol., vol. xxiii, 1889, pp. 63-87. Materiali per la fauna Erpetologica del Visola Nias. Ann, Mus. Crv. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2], vol. vil, 1889, pp. 113-124. Appunti intorno ai mammiferi del Visola Nias. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2] vol. vii, 1889, pp. 238-245. Un viaggio a Nias. 8vo. Afz/ano, 1890, xv, 726 pp. 30 pls. MOLLENDORFF, O. F. voN—Diagnoses novarum specierum ex insulis Philippinis. Machr. Malac. Geo. xx, 1888, pp. 141-145. eee ——_——__—————Von der Philippinen, IV, Nach- trage und Berichtigungen zur Fauna von Cebu. Malac. Blatt., x, 1888, pp. 144-264, pl. iv. lbid, V. Nachr. Malac. Geo., xx, 2888, pp. 65-90, 97-109. ———Bemerkungen zu _ Hidalgo's Aufzahlung der Philippinischen Landschnecken. MMadac. Blatt., x, 1888, pp. 115-131. 396 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. MOo_tTkeE, A. F. vON.—Holland in ostindien. Aws/and, 1889, pp. 1 -420--20. Monaco, [Prince of.]—Armes de Bornéo. Présentation. Bull. Soc. Anthrop. Patis, vol. xi, 1888, py aie. MONTERO Y VIDAL, JOSE.—Historia de la pirateria Mahome- tana en Mindanao, Jol6 y Bornéo. Comprende desde el descubrimiento de dichas islas hasta Junio de 1888. 2 vols. 8vo. Afadrid, 1888, xx, 444 and 445~751 pp. with appendices I~132 pp. Moore, W. U. and P. W. BASSET-SMITH.—Bathymetric con- ditions as to growing corals and other species on Tizard and Macclesfield Banks, in the China Sea. Amer. Fourn. Sez. ‘[3i) vol. xxxvin, 1880; pe! 160: MorGA, ANTONIO DE.—Sucesos de las islas Filipinas. Obra publ. en Mejico el afo de 1609, nuevam. sacada 4 luz y anot. por José Rizal y prec. de un prologo del /. Blu- mentritt. 8vo. Paris, 1889, XXXVill, 374 pp. MULTATULI, [E. D. DECKER]. MULTATULI—Verzamelde werken. Eerste naar tijdsorde gerangschikte uitgave, bezorgd door zijne weduwe voo- rafgegaan door studién over Multatuti door C. Vosmaer. ° 10 vols. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888. NAAM en ranglist der officieren van het Koninkliyk leger der Nederlanden en van de Nederlandsche-Indién voor 18go. 19th year. 8vo. Gorinch, 1890, xvi, 396 pp. Namo TaAssA—Bhagavato Arahato Samma Sambud dhassa. Ein buddhist. Katechismus with notes by E. Cours. Lezp- zig, 1889. NAUMANN, E.—Fossile Elephantenreste von Mindanao, Suma- tra, und Malakka. Adhk. K. Zool. Anthrop. Ethn. Mus. Dresden, 1888, (11 pp., 1 pl.) NEDERBURGH, S. C. H.—Tjilegon. Bantam. Java. lets over des Javaanslasten en over zijne draagkracht. 8vo. ’S Gravenhage, 1888, iv, 56 pp. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 397 NEDERBURGH, S. C. H.—Opium smokkelhandel. 8vo. 'S Gravenhage, 1889, 18 ph. NEDERLANDSCH-INDIE.—Finances of the Dutch East Indian Possessions. Parl. Paper, 8vo., London, 1890 [5895-33. NEIS, PAUL.—L’enfant sans téte, conte du Laos. Rev. tradit. popul., vol. iii, 1888, pp. 153, 154. NEURDENBURG, H.—Hoe kan men komen tot uitbreiding en verdeeling van het zendingwerk in onze Oost. Med. Ned. Zending., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 401-420. See Overzicht van het Zendingsveld in Nederlandsch-Indié. Rev. Zendingsts., vol. 1, 1880, pp. 83-91; 245-254. NEURDENBURG, J. C.—Uit de geschiedenis der Zending. Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxui, 1889, pp. 106-126. NiAs.—-De Rijnscke Zending, vol. xix, 1888, pp. 89-92. NICLON.—Algerié en Atjeh. Tijdschr. Ned. [nd., 1888, pp. 321-333: NIERMEYER, J. F.—Dres parliamentary papers over reizen in Siam en Zuidwest-China. TZijdschr. Ned. Aard. Gen- ootsch. (2) vol. iv, ( Versl, en Med.), pp. 422-424. NIKS, J. F.--Berichten omtrent Savoe. Med. Ned. Zendel. vol. xxx, 1888, pp. 81-94. ee De Rottineesche nederzettingen op Timor. Med. Ned. Zendel. vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 95-97. OATES, E. W.—-On the species of 7helyphouus inhabiting Continental India, Burmai and the Malay Peninsula. Fourn. Asiatic Soc., Bengal, |vii (2) 1889. OELSNER,—Altes Mauerwerk auf Java mit spuren friherer findu=Cultur. Zetschr. , Ethnol., vol. xxi, 1800, p. 793: OprPEL, A——Der gesundheitzustand der Europder im Malai- ischen Archipel. Ausland, 1880, p. 24. 398 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. ORANG PRAMPOEWAN Tertjaboet dari Sair-Sairan karan- gannja Lie Kim Hok. Dikaloewarken oleh jang tjitak. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 46p. OUDEMANS, A. C.—Engano (bewesten Sumatra), Zijne ges- chiedenis, bewoners en voortbrengselen. Zz7dschr. Ned. Aardr. Genootsch. [2], vol. vi, pp. 109-165. OUDEMANS, J. T.—Apterygota des Indischen Archipels. In Weber's Zool. Ergeb. N. O.-Ind., pt. 1, 1890, pp. 73-93; pls; Vi, Vil: PAGENSTECHER, ARN.—Beitrage zur lepidopterenfauna des malayischen Archipels. V. Verzeichniss der Schmetter- linge von Amboina nebst Beschreibung neuer Arten. 8vo. Wiesbaden, 1888, [1889], 133 pp. PANNEKOEK, G. H.—De viering van het 250-jarig bestaan ~ van Batavia in 1869. TZidschr. Ned. Ind. 1889 (2), pp. 161-206. PARKER, E. H.—Sino-Siamese names. In ‘ Notes” Chzua Rev., vol. xvi, 1888, pp. 376-380. ————Siamese Royal Family—Notes. China Rev., vol. xvil, 1888, pp. 51-54. —Siamese words in Hainan and China. Cyhz- na Rev., vol. xviil, 1890, pp. 196-198 (“‘ Notes’”’.) PASCOE, F. P.—Descriptions of some new Genera and Spe- cies of Curculionide, mostly Asiatic. Ann. Mag. Nat. fist., [6] vol. 11, 1888, pp. 409-419. Desmidophorus morbosus (Siam); Alcides obtusus (Sarawak) ; Proropte- rus irtirtus (Ceram). PEELEN, H. J. E.—Sereh. Hare geaardheid, hare oorzaken — en de middelen te harer voorkoming. 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 2ES) OY: PEKELHARING, C. A.—Verslag omtrent de onderzoekingen naar de oorzaak der Beri-Beri. Mandel. I. Ned. Nat. Gen. Congres, 1888, pp. 46-55. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. 399 PEKELHARING, C. A.—De loop der beri-beri in Atjeh in de jaren 1886en 1887. Tijdschr. Ned.-Indié, vol. xvii, 1888, PIDs Sea eye —— and C. WINKLER.—Onderzoek naar den aard en de oorzaak der beri-beri, en de middelen om die ziekte te bestrijden. Ingesteld op last der Regeering. ANOmULLECHD, OOS, Vill, 128 pp., 0 pls. & 2 figs. also in French (same place and date). PENGAKOEAN.—Nal kapertjaijaian orang meschie tjara ke Rasoelan. (Aportoliesche Gemeente). 8vo. Batavia, 1889, 20 pp. PERATOERAN HOEKOEMAN.-—Policie jang oemoen atas orang Bangsa Djawa dan Sebrang di Tanah Hindia-Nederland. 8vo. Samarang. 1889; 42 pp. PERELAER, T. H.—Baboe Dalima, or the Opium Fiend. 8vo. London, 1888. |/Translated from the Malay by E. J. Venning. | PERELAER, M. T. H.-—Het Kamerlid van Berkenstein in Ne- derlandsch-Indié. Teekeningen door J. C. Rappard. Ato. Leiden, 1888, [to be completed in 50 parts, with 107 plates. ———_—_—_—————Run away from the Dutch; or, Borneo from South to North. New Ed. 8vo. London, 1889, 376 Pp: PERHAM, J.—Manangism in Borneo. ourn. St. Br. R. Astat. Soc., No. 19 [1888], pp. 87-103. PERUGIA, ALB.—Elenco dei Pesci raccolti dal Dott. Elio Mo- digliani nelle isole di Nias di Sumatra. Ann. Mus. Civ. Stor. Nat. Genova, [2], vol. vii, 1889, pp. 169-277. PETIK-AN dari Staatsblad-Staatsblad dan Bijblad-Bijblad : aken goenanja kepala-kepala district van onderdistrict di dalam tanah Djawa dan Madoera di koempoelken oleh A. W. M. Strick van Linschoten. Semarang-Oude- wetering, 1889, iv, 36 pp. 400 A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.—Trade of the Philippine Islands for 1889. Parl. Paper, 8vo. London, 1890, [5895-81]. PHiLips, W. J.—Penjoeratan pekerdja-an perang di negeri Atjeh. 8vo. Samarang, 1889, ii, 36 pp. PIEPERS, M. C.--Ueber die Entwicklungs geschichte einiger javanischer Papilioniden-Raupen. 7/77dschr. Entom. Ned. Ent. Ver., vol. xxxi, 1889, pp. 339-358, pls. svi vane PIJNAPPEL, GZ. J.—Maleische grammatica niet alleen voor hen die voor eenig practisch doel die taal noodig hebben, maar vooral voor hen die belang stellen in de taalkunde in het algemeen ter opwekking tot verdere oefening en beoefening geschreven. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, 4,108 EP: PITON, A.—Un voyage a Bornéo. ev. Marit. Colon., 1888, pp. 66-86, 305-325. PLEYTE W2zN., C. M.—Koninklik Zodlogisch genootschap ‘Natura Artis Magistra.” Gids voor den bezoeker van her Ethnographisch Museum. Insulinde. I. Java. 8vo. Amsterdam, 1888, vill, 22 pp. Pocock, R. I.—On the Arachinda, Myriopoda, and Land Crustacea of Christmas Island. Proc. Zool. Soc., 1888, pp. 550-504. ————___—_—————— A new Species of Glomerzs from Borneo. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6), vol. iv, 1880, p. 474i Concolor. | POENIKA.—Serat Gatrel lotjo anjariosaken bab ilmoe ban- tahan kalajan dewi Perdjiwati. 8vo. Soerabaza, 1889. POENSEN, C.—Het Daboes van Santri-Soenda. Med. Ned. Zending., vol. xxxil, 1888, pp. 253-260. — De Zending in Kediri en Madioen in 1887. Med. Ned. Zending., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. 302-308. ———-Een Mohammedaansch tractaatje. Met aan- teekeningen. Med. Ned. Zendel., vol. xxxii, 1888, pp. [-23. A BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MALAYA. Ao! POESTAKARADJA POERWA.—